Home

E-Notebook User`s Guide

1. OnErrorl SELECT Moles 7 Equivalents Reactants Limiting Yes 7 Reaction Conditions Reaction Molarity Solvent Ratio Sum Solvent Ratio 4 Select the target property that is to be calcu lated from the dropdown list The selected property is displayed 5 Type the formula into the formula box 6 To reference values in other tables or property lists within the same section begin and end the reference with square brackets and and use colons to denote specific properties For exam ple Reaction Conditions Reaction Molarity refers to the Reaction Molarity property in the Reaction Conditions property list Standard symbols may be used e gt gt lt lt gt lt amp l l e Boolean operators may be used NOT AND OR XOR You may use functions IF test trueValue elseTest elseTrueValue falseValue returns one of two values depending upon whether the test returns True or False OnError returns the first argument if it can be calculated without error If an error would occur in the calculation of the first argument the second argument is returned in this example a blank cell would be returned SaltWeight salt code returns the molecular weight property of the salt with this salt code The Salt Codes are found in a user s User Configuration folder SUM tableproperty returns the sum of the table cells for the proper
2. ARa cr gt Rasan a L iesea fal mot l A OTE searen fiii G Ajex B A O Oes Bookmarks e Ch a Click OK to go back online and synchronize Of b Click Discard Changes to remove the new collection or changes made in that collec tion 8 Click the Cancel button to cancel the login NOTE Depending on your configuration the Discard Changes button may not always be available to you when syn chronizing the contents of a collection that has changed offline Creating an Offline Folder If you do not yet have an offline folder you can create one To create a new Offline collection 9 In the Collection Tree right click your user collection A menu appeats ay a Back gt P Ba Id Rrodium H A tie Go Up To on a Browse Here i F Refresh User 2 oe Foc La Import Export User Configuration N Biology Notebook Chemistry Notebook Collection Search Restore Changes Copy Paste Chemical Structure Search Section Search Paste Reference 10 Point to New then select Offline A new Offline collection appears and you are prompted to rename it e 547 A button Work Offline appears in the upper right corner of the screen Clicking this button will enable you to work in offline mode NOTE You should have to create the offline folder only once You can then continue to use the same folder 548 E Notebook Feat
3. Created Last Action 05 Aug 05 5 05 29 PM 0530 10 Aug 05 1 23 13 AM 0530 35 Chemistry Notebook 003 AWAITING COUNTERSIGN HELEN Documents submitted by RHODIUM Key Name Status Witness Created Last Action Comment 44 Chemistry Notebook 007 AWAITING COUNTERSIGN 08 Aug 05 1 03 12 PM 0530 9 10 Aug 05 2 16 37 AM 0530 review 34 Chemistry Notebook I 002 REJECTED CARBON 08 4ug 05 10 08 30 4M 0530 10 Aug 05 1 27 13 AM 0530 Have anc 22 Chemistry Notebook I 006 REJECTED CARBON 08 Aug 05 11 26 24 AM 0530 09 Aug 05 11 14 50 PM 0530 The field displays two lists e the first is a list of documents sent to you by some other author waiting for your action e the second is a list of documents submitted by you that are still going through the signature process Reviewing a Document You can review the documents you have submitted for electronic signature through your user home page 1 In the Collection Tree select your user collec tion Your home page appears in the right frame You can view the record of your submitted documents in the Display Document List Field at the bottom of your Home Page 2 To review a submitted document right click the document submitted by you from the sec ond list and click Review The PDF rendition is displayed 3 To make a change in a submitted document e Click Modify Submission to modify and resubmit your rendition e Click Cancel Submission to cancel your sub mission Once
4. oBack s Collections Show History oo Navigation Toolbar Mo an Ua GoTo Refresh Working with Notebooks Notebooks contain Page or Experiment collec tions Each Notebook has a table of contents asso ciated with it which displays summary information for each collection in the Notebook Creating a Notebook To create a new Notebook collection 1 In the Collection Tree right click your user collection A menu appeats File Edit View Tools Help Back Browse Search E CAMSOFT nha User Conf 99 Up To b Notebook Browse Here Browse All offine Import User Configuration Export Unannotated Version Search Chemical Structure Search Copy Collection Search Folder Notebook Paste Paste Reference Section Search Page Template 2 Select New then Notebook 3 A new Notebook collection appears and you are prompted to rename it Its Table of Con tents section appears in the right frame TIP If you would like to create a new Page Experiment within the Notebook simply click the New Experiment icon Mew Experiment Each Notebook has a Table of Contents section associated with it The Table of Contents summa rizes all of the Pages Experiments that the note book contains Double clicking the number associated with any of the contained Pages Exper iments listed will allow you to navigate to that Page Experiment You may also print the Table of Contents to create a hardcop
5. Library Product Reaction Summary Parallel or Small Array Summary ds Reaction Reactants Products Tools Reaction l Reactants Products eneric Reaction and Components oO spauodwop uoppeay 624 eIntroducing CombiChem for E NotebookCambridgeSoft To view the generic components of the reaction click the Components tab The display changes to show one of the generic components of the reaction Library Product Reaction Summary Parallel or Small Array Summary ds Reaction Reactants Products Tools Reaction j Reactants Products eneric Reaction and Components 4 Component 1 a a w To view a particular component select it from the dropdown list To return to the generic reaction click the Reaction tab that is next to the Components tab Preparing a Reaction from an Existing Experiment CombiChem makes it possible for you to prepare a generic reaction from an existing experiment When you select this option the generic products of the existing reaction become the generic reac tants of the new experiment To prepare a generic reaction from an existing experiment 1 From a CombiChem Library section click Reaction in the CombiChem menu EL QO A FB 14 A chemistry notenook 002 amp JCurie Library Product Reaction Summary Parallel User Configuration A Chemistry Noteb
6. 1 In the Collection Tree click the template to select it 2 Drag the template into the Notebook A new Page or Experiment is created based on the template Alternatively you may right click the template and select Copy Then right click the Notebook and select Paste See Working with Templates on page 517 for information about creating the initial template Closing and Reopening Pages and Experiments Pages and Experiments have several states which define their lifecycles You may perform transitions on a Page or Experiment to move it from one state to another e Open writable optional annotation of changes e Closed read only e Reopened writable required annotation of changes changes visible on the screen and in the printed copy See Changes and Audit Trail on page 597 for information about visu alization of changes and providing annotation Enterprise Working with the Inbox E Notebook makes it possible for data to be sent from external sources to an Inbox or temporary holding area For example you could send spectral data to a particular E Notebook user or to a spe cific experiment This could be done with for example the Send2 feature The section will appear in an Inbox and from there you can move it into the appropriate experiment 514eWorking with E NotebookCambridgeSoft For more information see Using the Inbox on page 545 Working with Folders
7. 4 Click the plus sign next to Transition Types to expand it and see the transitions 5 Right click the transition listener you wish to remove A menu appears Collection Type Experiment Configuration Experiment Contained Collection Types Contained Reference Types States Open Transition Types Close Transition Listeners Closed Rename Transition Listener Re Open Delete Transition Listener Search Engines Commands change Display Transition Listener IENTransitionListener ProgID ENStar 6 Select Delete Transition Listener ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types A message appears asking you to confirm that you wish to delete the Transition Listener 7 Click Yes The transition listener is removed from the transition Managing the Standard Transition Listeners Transition listeners are used to perform a certain function that is associated with a transition from one state of a collection to another E Notebook provides several standard transition listeners that you may associate with transitions Managing the Annotate Transition Listener When a user performs the transition the Annotate listener prompts the user for an annotation that is associated with the transition Listener Listener ProgID Comment ENStandard9 AnnotateTListener If you would like to make the annotation required you can configure the custom properties Annotate Properti
8. N Add Row Before a Add Row After Remove Row Move Row U p 116 162 g mol B L Add Property Before Add Property After Remove Property Moye Property Left Moye Property Right Move Row Down Gut Reference Gopy Reference Paste Reference Glear Reference 167 21 g mol Edit Reference Sort Ascending Sort Descending Pivot Table 2 Select Remove Property A dialog box appears asking you if you are sure you want to delete the property from the table 3 Click Yes The column is removed from the table NOTE If the table has been pivoted right click a row to remove a property To remove a row 1 Right click the row you wish to remove from the table A menu appears 2 Select Remove Row A dialog box appears asking you if you are sure you want to delete the row from the Table 566eWorking with Data in ENNotebookCambridgeSoft 3 Click Yes The row is removed from the Table Organizing Columns and Rows in a Table You can easily rearrange rows and columns in a table organizing them so that the information is displayed more effectively You can move columns left or right move rows up or down and sort data in the table in ascending or descending order Move a column To move a column left or right 1 In the table right click the column you wish to move A menu appears Spectra Ancillary Data Table Table amp Add Property Before 1 S
9. SE Reaction Reactants Products Tools Save Reaction Reactants Products Navigator x To view the reactants that match the second generic component of the reaction click the C2 tab Then click any of the locations in the Naviga tor to view the corresponding structure that matches generic component C2 l Reaction Reactants Products Tools Save ReRCION ed Viewing and Hiding the Docked CombiChem Navigator You have the option to either view the navigator palette in a docked position or in a floating posi tion depending upon your viewing preference Ini tially the Navigator is docked but you may remove it from its dock and relocate it to any area on the CombiChem screen This allows you to cus tomize the appearance of your CombiChem library When the CombiChem Navigator is docked you use the Navigator button to display it To view the CombiChem Navigator when it is docked From the Reactants or Products section in a Com biChem Library move your cursor until it is over the Navigator button The Navigator appears sliding out from its dock To hide the docked the navigator simply move your cursor to an area of the screen that is outside of the Navigator and the Navigator will slide into its dock again Viewing the Navigator as a Floating Palette To remove the Navigator from its dock and view it as a floating palette as shown below 1 If the Navigator is not alrea
10. ath Folder Mes Chemistry Notebook sibling Offline User Configuration Biology Motebook Collection Search Chemical Structure Search Section Search 19 Select the collection type A new notebook collection appears within the same container collection NOTE Your system configuration determines the collec tions to which this form tool can be added ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Sections and Collections e 595 596eWorking with Sections and CollectionsCambridgeSoft Chapter 31 Changes and Audit Trail E Notebook provides auditing and change control features for compliance with 21 CFR Part 11 which is part of Title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations for the Food and Drug Administration FDA 21 CFR Part 11 sets forth guidelines for keeping maintaining and authenticating electronic records For every change made to E Notebook data an audit trail records the logged in identity of the user the date and the time This is done automatically when you add delete or update data The audit trail information is stored in the E Notebook data base In addition E Notebook may be configured so that you can annotate the changes you make to collections by providing reasons for them See the following topic for more information e Annotation of Changes e Working with the Changes Icon e Saving Changes to a Collection You can also view prior versions of collections and if Visual Display of Changes is enabl
11. setup instructions Documents ej My Network File name Chemistry Notebook 1 002 bA Place Save as type MS Word Document doc 4 Choose a folder and file name and click Save You are prompted to choose an export range Export to MS Word Export Document hENotebook Documents Chemistry Notebook I 002 doc aoe W Open Document After Export ome 5 Select an export range The options are 572eWorking with Data in E NotebookCambridgeSoft All Sections to export all of the Sections e Sections from X to Y to export a range of Sections where X and Y are values you specify e Current Section to export only the current Section 6 Click the checkbox Open Document After Export if you would like the PDF document to be opened immediately after the export is com plete 7 Click the Export button To export a collection 1 In the collection tree right click the item you wish to export A menu appears if a Back ad A i Ki H Rhodium User Configuration Offline lt f3 Chemistry Motebook Che o2UpTo j l Chet Browse Here Cher Refresh Chemistry Experiment E n Import 3 eal Export 3 Cral Annotate Lask Change 1 F Chemat Restore Changes Ci Folder Copy 3 E Chemist Paste te Paste Reference Chet Cher Duplicate Rename Move Down Export to MS Word Print gt Sign and Close Sign and Keep Open View Si
12. 2 Select Add In Configuration e 723 The System Configuration dialog appears System Configuration Fit jeld Type IENField ProglD IENFieldCtl ProgiD License Key a i Subsection ENStandard9 SubsectionFactory ENStandardCtl9 SubsectionCtl ENStandard9 DocumentFactory ENStandardctl9 WordFramectl ENStandard3 AncillaryDataField ENStandardctl9 AncillaryDataCtl ENStandard9 DBTableField ENStandardCtl9 DBTablect ENStandard9 DBYValueField ENStandardCtl9 DBYalueCct ENStandard9 ENFieldBase ENStandardCtl9 DBTableFitterCt ENStandard3 DocumentFactory ENStandardctl9 ExcelOLECt ENStandard9 SpectrumFactory ENStandardCtl9 Imagectl ENStandard3 DocumentFactory ENPowerPointCtlS PowerPointCtl ENStandard9 StyledTextFactory ENStandardCctl9 StyledTextCtl ENStandard3 URLDisplayField ENStandardCctl9 URLDisplayCtl ERGRFGH ENStandard9 PropertyListFactory ENStandardCctl9 PropertyListCtl ENStandard9 PropertyQueryField ENStandardCtl9 QueryTablectl ENStandard9 TableFactory ENStandardCtl9 Tablect ENStandard9 TableQueryField ENStandardCctl9 QueryTablectl ENSearchEngine9 CollectionQueryFacto ENSearchEngine9 CollectionQueryCtl ain ENSearchEngine9 CTypeDomainField ery ENSearchEngine9 CollectionTypeField ENSearchEngine9 CollectionTypeQueryCtl elp ENStandard9 HelpField ENStandardCtl9 Helpctl ENSearchEngine3 JoinTypeField ENSearchEngine9 JoinTypectl ENStandard9 QueryTextFactory ENStandardCtl9 QueryTextCtl ENStandard9 SearchLocationField ENStandardCt
13. 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears 696 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft 4 Type in a name and select Context Sensitive Help from the dropdown list of field types 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Managing Captured Image Fields Captured Image Fields allow users to view and edit PDF images and documents using the same tools as Adobe Acrobat software thus helps manage PDF files in E Notebook If you associate the Active Document Form Tool with a Captured image field users can import or export the PDF documents Associating the Image Importer Form Tool allows users to import images of various types as well NOTE Export to PDF ts only available in Enterprise versions of E Notebook To add a Captured Image field 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the Captured Image field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears 4 Type in a name and select PDF Viewer from the dropdown list of field t
14. A new Ancillary Data section appears in the right frame 4 Click the import tool Ey to import a file 5 A menu appears pai 6 Select Import A dialog box appears and you are prompted to select the file 7 Select the file and click Open 564eWorking with Data in E NotebookCambridgeSoft The type of file and its size are displayed in E Notebook To edit a stored document file you must first expott it to another location 1 Click the import tool A menu appeats l Check surn l Import Ancillary Data Export Ancillary Data Clear Ancillary Data j 2 Select Export A dialog appears prompting you to select a location for the exported file 3 Enter a destination for the file and a file name and click Save 4 Open the appropriate application and open the file you created 5 Edit the file just as you normally would 6 Save the file 7 From the section in E Notebook click the import tool again A menu appears 8 Select Import A dialog appears and you are prompted to select the file to import 9 Select the file and click Open The edited document with your changes is stored in E Notebook To clear a stored document file from a section in E Notebook 1 Click the section tools icon A menu appears 2 Select Clear Stored Doc 3 You are prompted to confirm whether you wish to clear the document file Confirm Clear Contents re you sure you want to clear the content
15. excludes collections from the stored hit list that are part of the previous search results The stored hit list is com pletely replaced e Exclude Sections from the Previous Search excludes sections from the stored hit list that are part of the previous search results The stored hit list is completely replaced If the current search engine is a collection search engine then this option is not present e Add to the Previous Search adds the results specified in the search query to the previous search results Duplicate collec tions and or sections will not be added e Remove from the Previous Search removes the results specified in the search query from the previous search results 2 Fill in the new search criteria 3 Click the Search Now button The hitlist appears modified according to the option you chose in step 1 If you wish you may refine your search further by selecting another option from the dropdown list Using the E Notebook Search Types E Notebook offers an extensive array of searching features You can search for e Chemical structures e Strings of text e Values in property lists and tables e Collections and sections that meet specific cti teria such as creation date ot owner s name You can search for sections that meet the criteria you specify Similarly you can search for collec tions based on specific attributes The Chemical Structure search will find structures in chemical
16. www cambridgesoft com services f Fi DOWNLOADS DOCUMENTATION INTERNATIONAL OFFERINGS No ChemOffice ChemDraw Chem3D ChemFinder SEARCH TechSuppott co Oner Desktop Support Technical Support News Q amp A Contact Downloads Documentation MacOS 10 3 users aypa n 8 0 6 ChemDraw Plugin Compatibility Lost Codes has been released to fix Troubleshooting Service Plans compatibility with Netscape and Mozilla browsers under OS 10 3 The fix is available Entarnrica Cunnart fael Register tab Accessing the Online ChemDraw User s Guide The Online menu link Browse CS ChemDraw Docu mentation opens the CambridgeSoft Desktop Man uals page where you can access current and ChemOffice 2006 ChemFinderAccessing the CambridgeSoft Web Site e 187 Online Menu Overview previous versions of the ChemFinder Users Guide To access the CambridgeSoft Manuals page 1 From the Online menu choose Browse CS ChemDraw Documentation A e ChemStore com ChemFinder com www cambridgesoft com services Cambridgesoft com NI ro meson Toranes Tuou Taar soer Desktop Manuals Enterprise Manuals Software Developer s Kit SDK search TechSuppot v co O ne z Desktop Manuals The following is a list of manuals in PDF format available for download The manuals contain information for our Desktop Software including e ChemOffice e ChemDraw e ChemFinder e Chem3D
17. Fields Reaction New Field Listener 4 Replace the Analyze Reaction field listener with a new field listener For this click New Field Listener Enter a name and type ENISISDraw9 ISISDrawCSListener in the 690 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft ProgID of the Reaction field listener as shown above This listener implements ISIS Draw editing Section Type Reaction Configuration Reaction Fields Reaction New Field Listener Field Listeners Analyze Reactic ProglD for the new field listener OK Reaction Conditions Reactants Cancel Products Preparation Solvents Reaction Toolbar Commands Export to MS Word Print Form Tools Batch Explorer Character Map Section Listeners g B ENISISDraw3 1SISDrawCS Listener 5 Click OK and following dialog appears To countercheck that the configuration is done properly click Custom Properties and the follow ing dialog should appear 6 Click OK to dismiss the dialog 7 Close the Section Type Configuration dialog Managing Database Table Fields Database table fields display the results of a SQL SELECT statement represented as an ADO record set These fields are for display only and users may not edit them A Database Table Field may exist independently in a section Or you may set up the field such that its value s are determined by a value in a separate property list field that is part of t
18. Hiding a Box You may wish to hide a box if for example you wish to access the box that contains it in a form To hide a box 1 Right click the frame of the box The box menu appears 2 Select Hide Box Test Section Type i Untitled Box z Hide Box Show Contents Insert Box Within Insert Box Above Insert Box Below Move Box Down Z Box Properties ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms e 663 The Box is no longer visible in the form as shown below In this case the root box of the form is visible The root box does not display the hash marks Test Section Type Ly 3 To access the box that contains the hidden box right click within the hidden box and select Box Properties Test Section Type Show Contents Insert Box Within Box Properties The Box Properties dialog for the container of the hidden box appears Hiding Fields in a Form You may wish to hide the fields in a form while you ate configuring it so that it is easier to access the box menus This may become especially impor tant if you have hidden the frames of the boxes To hide the fields in a form 1 Right click the section menu icon that appears in the form The section menu appears 2 Select Hide Fields Advanced Guery Copy Section Logg Rename Section Hide Fields Refresh The fields in the form
19. Horizontal ka Component 2 ka en The Xs are removed from the wells leaving the wells blank Preview Alternatively you may click each well individually to disable it Changing the Size of the Plate To change the size of the product reaction plate In the Product Layout dialog type in new val ues for the Column Count and Row Count The plate layout changes to reflect the new val ues 638 elntroducing CombiChem for E NotebookCambridgeSoft Changing the Grouping Order You can change the order in which components ate laid out in the product reaction plate By default the first generic component is filled into the plate with a horizontal fill direction from left to right the second generic component ts laid out vertically within the array of the first component 3 In the Product Layout dialog select the first component to be laid out in the plate from the dropdown list 4 Select the Fill Direction for the component from the dropdown list The next component will automatically assume the fill direction that is perpendicular to your selection Setting Product Grid Options You can modify the settings that determine how products are named and numbered in a Com biChem Library To do this 1 From a CombiChem library click Tools in the menu The tools menu appears v v QO A P 14 A chemistry notepook 003 Pl Browse Search _ Work orti amp Curie L
20. K m s m3 Specification of Units Permitted Units 2G K as Us min hr m s km hr mi hr ml ul m3 To specify the units for a property in a property list ot table 1 In the Section Type Configuration dialog right click the field containing the property whose units you wish to set 2 Select Field Properties from the menu that appears The properties dialog appears 3 Click the property in the tree to select it The attributes of the property are displayed The Units list will be disabled if the Type is text number date or structure Otherwise its contents will change to reflect the permitted units for the unit type you have selected The ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields default selection in the units list will be the first units in the list which will be ordered as in the table above Select the default Units from the Units drop down list These are the units that will be displayed by default when a user enters only a numerical value into the cell Entry of data When a user enters a value for a property list entry or table cell which has been defined as a type that has units the text is interpreted as follows Leading and trailing spaces are removed A trailing period if present is removed If a hyphen dash or minus sign is present and not the first character of the string the string is deemed to represent a range and divided into the part befo
21. NIOR BH SAS SSL oo Using the ChemDraw tools draw a structure or reaction TIP You can access a drawing menu by right clicking in the structure window This menu allows you to among other things copy and paste structures Expanding the Drawing Window To expand the drawing window 1 Double click the frame of the chemical struc ture field The chemical structure field expands 2 Using the ChemDraw tools draw the structure or reaction 3 When you are finished editing double click the frame of the chemical structure field to return it to its original size in the form e 549 Working with Images in Chemical Structure Fields Chemical Structure Fields can also be used to dis play and annotate standard image files You can paste standard image files into chemical structure fields and then use the ChemDraw tool bar for annotation such as text and arrows Text in the chemical structure fields is searchable Inserting an Image a Structure To insert an image into a chemical structure field 1 Copy the image onto the clipboard You may do this by for example selecting the Select All and Copy commands when the image file is open in Microsoft Photo Editor 2 Right click within the structure field in E Notebook A menu appeats 3 Point to Edit and click Paste The image appears in the chemical structure field 4 Use F7 to zoom in and F8 to zoom out Annotating the Image To annotate the ima
22. The collection menu appears 2 Select Copy 3 Right click the collection into which you wish to add the reference The collection menu appears File Edit View Tools Help Back Browse Search 60 Up To F I H Browse Here Browse All Mew F Import 7 H Export E E Copy Sy Paste Paste Reference i il 4 Select Paste Reference ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Sections and Collections e 585 The reference appears in the Collection Tree within the container collection you selected NOTE Your system configuration determines which collections can be referenced within which container collections It is also possible to create references to collections from property lists and tables Duplicating a Collection within a Container Collection You can duplicate a collection within its container collection in the Collection Tree The duplicate you create contains references to all of the collections that are contained within the collec tion at the time the copy is made To duplicate an item within the same container collection 1 Click Browse The Collection Tree appears 2 Right click the collection that you wish to duplicate The collection menu appears File Edit View Tools Help Back Browse Search 60 Up To F Browse Here I C Gn Sh Se BB n oreo ro Browse All New F Import Export l aE E Copy Paste Paste R
23. The collection menu appears A menu appeats O O f B Id 2 Select Collection Properties gt Configuration Horr J gt Collection Types The Collection Properties dialog box appears User Properties JF Root a User Group T on aes F al Folde Go Up To General Collection Security H Sear Browse Here al Offlin Browse All Fal User Refresh Collection Type a Rea JA Reac Import Relationships gF Auto Export JA Rend Annotate Last Change gF Rend Restore Changes En Biolog LE Biolog Delete Ti Cher Rename tf sual Move Up a nals Move Down AAT Salt JF Solve Show History Fa Sove User Info al Solve ME Inherits Security Jf Solve Collection Properties ra Temp collection Type Configuration iy Comb EA pSr Name User Owner System Administrator Type Collection Type Contents 0 items Created Friday April 23 2004 4 25 31 PM 0400 Last Modified Sunday May 02 2004 11 10 05 4M 0400 Statue Created Aubogave Interval Edit Aubosave Interval 2 If Inherits Security is checked select it to clear the checkmark 3 Click the Collection Security tab ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging E Notebook Security e 775 The Security tab appears The groups and users who have permission to access this item appear in one of the two lists Inherited Permissions Assigned Permissions User Properties General Collection Security Inherited Permissions Permigsi
24. a System Administrator 0 Shared Configuration 0 User Configuration carbon hydrogen amp neon amp xenon A argon boron a helium Rhodium a Sodium Configuration a b Click Select and you can select the User Type the name of the section by which the document will appear in the E Notebook collection in the following box Rhodium s dog Hame Fill the properties in the Property Values List Metadata r Date 12 2 2005 Document Frequency Property Walues ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with E Notebook Click Send button to finish the Send to E Notebook process File Edit View Tools Help T Qui Bl id alpen Dif row se A amp Rhodium 0 User Configuration Rhodium s doc yieaseaianres Bf Chemistry Notebook a Review amp Comment B B Chemistry Notebook 001 9 4 Q3 InBox Import O seare fa O O e s 2 ty P Organic Syreheses CV 1 476 4 QUINIZARIN OOSOO Submited by L A Bigelow md H E Raynolds Chocked by Roger Adme m G S Hists 1 Procedure Ous buniod Sifeen gams 0 9 mols of p chlorophanol 30 2 0 moles of phthalic anhydride 50 g oE iaaa i cid d 2 H c o vk sede ances ae ae a Irdcoride volution to wredace a pusie cler about 30 ce eie 300 cc mors Note 2 The document in PDF format gets added to your collection in E Notebook as a diff
25. however will present the search results in a list rather than ordering them by structure To conduct a search for structures 1 While in Search mode select Chemical Structure from the Search for drop down list 2 Click the New Query icon An empty query form appears Chemical Structure Query S Substructure xl V Map Reaction Centers GR LX EB 3 in Save AV P24 New Query Section 3 Within the chemical structure box draw the structure or substructure for which you wish to search or right click within the structure box to import a file For more information about the structure drawing capabilities of ChemDraw please consult the ChemDraw User s Manual 4 Do one of the following e Click Search Now to execute the query A results list appears e Click the Save Query button to save the quety The Collection tree appears with a new Structure Search and you are prompted to give the Structure Search a name An example of substructure searching of Cyclo For example you can create a query such as the pentane The substructure query following This indicates that the bond must NOT be in a ring Will hit the following and other molecules That bond is already in a ring so no hits are returned for this query General Query Properties For information on query properties see Chem o Finder Appendix I A Searching with the Search Location Field The search location fie
26. 1 2 Dimethoxyethane Acetonitrile AcOH Benzene Benzonitrile BuOH Butan 1 ol Carbon tetrachloride ccl4 CH2C12 CHCIS Chloroform CICH2CH2Cl DCE DCM Dichloromethane Diethyl ether Dimethyl Formanide R11 R22 R36 R37 R38 1 256 gin R10 R19 R20 0 867 g ml R11 R19 R36 R37 R40 1 034 gin R11 R36 R67 0 785 gin R10 R34 R35 1 049 gin R11 R36 R66 R67 0 791 gin R11 R20 R21 R22 R36 0 786 g ml R10 R34 R35 1 049 gin R11 R23 R24 R25 R45 0 879 gin R21 R22 1 01 gml R10 R22 R37 R38 R41 0 811 gin R10 R22 R37 R38 R41 0 811 g ml R23 R24 R25 R40 R48 1 594 g ml R23 R24 R25 R40 R48 1 594 gin R40 1 325 g ml R20 R22 R38 R40 R48 1 492 gin R20 R22 R38 R40 R48 1 492 gin R11 R22 R36 R37 R38 1 256 g ml R11 R22 R36 R37 R38 1 256 gin R40 1 325 gin R40 1 325 g ml R12 R19 R22 R66 R67 0 706 g ml R20 R21 R36 R61 00R R11 R19 R36 R37 R40 1 034 ginl R20 R21 R61 0 937 gin R10 R19 R20 0 867 gin R20 R21 R36 R61 0 944 gin aimh Cancel 3 Browse to the solvents folder with the solvent you wish to add Select a solvent from the list This list displays all of the solvents in your User Configuration folder ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookE Notebook Features 4 Click Add to close the dialog The formula you entered appears in the sol vents table If a solvent which you wish to add in the solvents table is not listed in Solvents Folder in your User Configuration Folder then you can manually add t
27. Commands You can associate commands with a section type to render the contents of sections to MS Word or to print sections This section describes how to set up an E Note book application to render the contents of a sec tion Adding Commands to a Section Type You can associate commands with a section type if you wish the users to allow to render the contents either printing or exporting to MS Word To add commands to a section type 1 Right click the section type in the Collection Tree and select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Section Type Test Section Type noas Summary Field Commands Form Tools Section Listeners 680 Managing CommandsCambridgeSoft The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 2 Right click Commands and select New Com mand from the menu that appears A new command appears and you are prompted to rename it 3 Type in a name for the command 4 Enter the IENCommandProgID for the Com mand you wish to add 5 To close the Section Type Configuration dia log click the close button in the upper right corner 6 The dialog closes To add another command to the Section Type repeat steps 2 and 3 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Section Command You can view and edit the custom properties that may be associated with a section command To do this 1 Right click the section type th
28. Configuration dialog i Section Type Form B Configuration rome Table Field o Field Type Tabl gt List of data properties Neuen Hera aaa H Structure z Database Lookup Form Toc Move Field Up i Section Move Field Down Delete Field Rename Field Field Properties A menu appears 2 Select Field Properties The Field Properties dialog appears 3 Right click the name of the field and select New Property from the menu that appears w Table Field T able Field A new property appears in the tree It s attributes appear to the right 5 rabe ij iol x Properties Listeners m Property Name Nickname Type text x Units z V Active J Not Blank J ENTER to Create New Line Required Read Only Enumerator Nono sti Properties 4 Type in a Name and Nickname for the prop erty See step 4 in Creating a Property List on page 697 for details Configuring the Appearance of a Table To configure the appearance of a table 1 Click the Appearance tab 712 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft The Appearance tab appears 2 Select a Font from the drop down list 3 Select a font size from the Font Size drop down list 4 Select whether or not the grid lines will be dis played by clicking the checkbox Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on p
29. E Notebook allows you to draw a reaction using ISIS Draw If your system is configured to use ISIS you will be able to draw chemical structures using the ISIS Draw tools For more information about using the ISIS Draw Tool please see the ISIS Draw User s Guide Drawing a Structure or Reaction To draw a reaction 1 Double click within the reaction field and ISIS Draw page will launch as shown Reaction p e Save SMAA ISIS Draw Untitled in CS_NOTEBOOK9 E Notebook Instance EEX Fie Edit Options Object Text Templates Chemistry Window Help OS z a lololole 4 9 e 6 o 4 cai a il gt 2 Using the ISIS Draw tools draw a reaction with reactants to the left of the arrow and prod ucts to the right Reaction COO ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookE Notebook Features When you are finished editing click on the close icon to return to E Notebook OOO COCO Working with the Name Struct Feature With this feature the names of compounds you draw in a reaction are added to the stoichiometry grid automatically using ChemDraw s Name Struct feature Prior to using this feature you need to have ChemDraw Ura installed on your machine The Name Struct feature is designed to be as smart as a real chemist interpreting chemical names into their most reasonable structures as they are actually used by chemists To convert a name to a structure 1 Draw the structures in the
30. Each field type determines how it will replace the tag with its data within the IENFieldCtl_Export method 666 Managing Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and FormsCambridgeSoft When a user prints a section the printed header and footer are pulled from the colection type export template that corresponds to the user s region See Creating and Editing the Export Templates for a Collection Type on page 765 for information about headers footers and setting up templates for users from different geographical regions Section Metadata Tags Within the contents of the section type export template the following tags can be inserted Each of these tags will be replaced by the corresponding information at the time of export or printout Tag Replacement lt sectionName gt The name of the section lt sectionIndex gt The numerical position of the section within its containing set of sections lt sectionCount gt The number of sections that are contained within the set of sections Standard Field Types This section describes how each of the standard add in field types replaces the tags in an export document with the field type e Active Document field type The Active Document field type replaces the export tag with the body of the Word document e ChemDraw Structure field type The ChemDraw Structure field type substitutes a ChemDraw OLE object into the Microsoft Word document As a result the Che
31. Go to the section you wish to move 2 Click the section menu icon A menu appears RAC ered Dan rnaar i T Cut Section Copy Section 4 Move Up Move Down Duplicate Section Delete Section Rename Section Export to MS Word Print 580eWorking with Sections and CollectionsCambridgeSoft 3 Select Move Up to move the section the left a single position or select Move Down to move the section to the right a single position The section is moved in the way you selected 4 Repeat the process until the section is in the desired location Renaming a Section To rename a section 1 Go to the section you wish to rename 2 Click the section menu icon The section menu appears 3 Select Rename Section A dialog box appears and you are prompted to type in a new name for the section Rename Cancel 4 Type in a new name and click the Rename but ton The dialog box closes and the new name of the section appears TIP Your system configuration may prevent you from renaming certain sections Duplicating a Section within a Collection To duplicate a section within a collection 1 Go to the section you wish to duplicate 2 Click the section menu icon The section menu appears i l Aneilian Pista 3 i uk Section Shei I Copy Section Move Down Duplicate Section Delete Section Rename Section Export to MS Word Print 3 Select Duplicate Section A c
32. Managing Stored Document Fields With Stored Documents Fields users can associate document files with sections in E Notebook For example a document file may be an MS Excel spreadsheet or a PDF Although the file cannot be viewed from within E Notebook a user can be export it to a selected location and then open it and view or edit it from there An example of a Stored Document Field is shown below Type of File Empty SIZE 0 bytes To add a stored document field 1 In the Collection tree right click the Section Type to which you wish to add the stored doc ument field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears e 707 3 Right click Fields and select New Field Section Type Test Section Type Test Section Type New Field Form Tools Section Listeners The Add Field dialog appears Add Field Name Field Type ty i 4 Type in a name and select Stored Document from the drop down list of field types 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields 6 In order for users to be able to import and export the stored documents you must associ ate the Active Document Form Tool with the field Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Managing Subsection Fie
33. Managing the Prevent External Link Active Document Field Listener 686 Managing the Extract Links Document IIStChers tice dteacud cae aaoudes wad 686 Managing Auto Text Fields c2ctyeeiwsie ss 686 Managing AutoText Field Listeners 688 Managing the AutoText Color Field iste EEE 265i hire eee eee 688 Managing Chemical Structure Fields 688 Managing Chemical Structure Field E he ig ee hd A cars cee Oana ced 689 Configuring E Notebook with ISIS DEN POO 2c eeeo rors acer EAE nee 689 Managing Database Table Fields 690 Creating a Database Table Field 690 Configuring a Database Table Field 691 Managing Database Value Fields 693 Configuring a Database Value Field 693 Managing Excel Fields ifceceuntee gin cigs he 694 Managing Break Link Excel Listener 694 Managing Hide Addins Excel Listener 694 Managing Remove Macros Field Listener 695 Managing PowerPoint Fields 695 Managing Context Sensitive Help Fields 696 Managing Captured Image Fields 696 Managing Property Listsy lt 5 ciactaw cacao 697 Creating a Property List 2 20504 697 Managing Enumerated Values in Propery VISES 6 265555 at Gute atu as Gos 699 Modifying Properties without Obscuring NALA gets E PE EEEE EEE E 700 Managing Database Values in Property E EE EEEE E EE A E E deihokta oe 701 Managing Enumerated Values in Property 1 TEES EEE ee EEEE TE
34. OG OT Oo Mi J 0 OT Ti Fe Md J 0 N aie l eine e Oa i oo oo i eloye eel ean tees oo co oo lt J OT Oo oo mo J Oo oT fe mm mo mn N ee Ti P Md mm mm mm mm mm aS Po Settings Column Court jz Row Court Fill Direction Horizontal mea 3 Click the tab corresponding to the generic reac tant whose layout you wish to change In this example C1 is selected 4 You may modify the following information e Columns the number of columns in the plate e Rows the number of rows in the plate The Product Layout dialog appears open to e Fill Direction the direction in which the the Design tab plate is populated with the structures that match this component Product Layout Preview 5 Click another tab if you wish to modify the lay out of another component 6 Click OK to close the dialog ba Editing Product Layout Settings You can modify the layout of the product reaction plate in CombiChem changing the size of the plate the grouping order of components and Ed Ed EY Ed Ed Ed Ed EY l Desi C2 specifying which wells are to remain empty aihh Desin ACiACZ t A 3 Setti When the Products tab is selected in the Com E aa a biChem Library the Navigator will display the lay E F out that you have configured Grouping Order Fill Direction i C t1 Hori tal ka To edit the produ
35. ProgID Form Tool Duplicate Collec ENStandardCtl9 DuplicateC tion FormTool e 747 Managing the Structure Form Tool The Structure Form Tool is used to perform the Analyze Structure command The Analyze Struc ture command populates a property list with the chemical formula and molecular weight of the associated chemical structure In order to use the Structure Form Tool in an E Notebook form one of each of the following types of fields must be present in the form e Chemical Structure Field e Property List containing e a Molecular Weight property and e a Molecular Formula property Form Tool Form Tool Control ProgID Structure ENStandardCtl9 Structure FormToolCtl When you add a Structure Form Tool to a Form you must configure the following custom proper ties Managing the Next Step Form Tool The Next Step Form Tool is used to create a new page or experiment containing the products of the associated chemical reaction In order to use the Next Step Form Tool in an E Notebook form one of each of the following types of fields must be present in the form e Chemical Structure Field e Table Field with Reactants Listener 748 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft e Table Field with Products Listener Form Tool Form Tool Control ProgID Next Step ENStandardCtl9 Reaction FormTool When you add a Reaction Form Tool to a form you must configure the following custom proper ties The E
36. Right click the command you wish to remove from the section type A menu appears 4 Select Delete Command A message appears asking you to confirm that you wish to delete the command 5 Click Yes The command is removed from the section type 6 To close the Section Type Configuration dia log click the close button in the upper right corner The dialog closes ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Commands Managing the Standard Section Commands You can associate some standard commands with section types in E Notebook These commands are described here The commands are used to ren der the contents of sections in MS Word format and the results of these renderings can be stored in files printed on paper or stored in databases The term Render is used throughout here when it refers to either Printing or Exporting depending on a specific configuration This is because of the fact that Printing and Exporting operations are configured and executed in similar ways Managing the Export to MS Word Section Command Export to MS Word command allows users to ren der the contents of a section to an MS Word docu ment if it is associated with the section type Thus the results of these renderings are stored in files or databases For example users can export a section to MS Word and store at some location outside E Note book Command Command ProgID Export to MS Word ENRenderWord9 ExportS Command Ma
37. Subscription On Sale This Month Are you a student Free educator home user or General Utilities government employee Are you Graphing amp Analysis Information Management Inventory Management Mathematics Macintosh Molecular Analysis E ChemDraw Ultra 8 0 upgrading Do you have a coupon code You may be The Merck Index eligible for discount pricing Download Software Chemical Databases Chemical Office Suites Molecular Modeling CD ROM Edition by CambridgeSoft List Price H9906 Scientific Writing SAri desea You can search ChemStore Com for chemicals lab supplies chemistry related software and other items you want to buy You can access ChemACX Com LabEqwip Com and other pages from ChemStore Com Browsing CambridgeSoft com Browse CambridgeSoft com opens the Home page of the CambridgeSoft web site To access the CambridgeSoft Home Page From the Online menu choose Browse Cam bridgeSoft com The CambridgeSoft web site in your browser Check the CambridgeSoft web site for new prod uct information You can also get to Chem ChemStore Com Chemtinder Com bd C a mb ridgeSofi Soft ChemNews cCom CHeMClObICoMm Life Science Enterprise Solutions CambridgeSoft Com SOFTWARE SOLUTIONS DATABASES SERVICES sires ABOUT REGISTER CONTACT ChemOffice ChemDraw Chem3D E Notebook stancu CanbidgeSot_ 69 Desktop Software ChemOffice ChemDraw Chem3D Ch
38. Temperature ic New cells display a pencil icon Deleted property Deleted cells display an X eS sibel through them blvent Amount a ml If Visual Display of Changes is enabled the e A list of changes grouped by field printed output will include three main portions NOTE Even when the visual display of changes is not e The data as is exists in the current version enabled the audit trail still captures the history and the his The version history including the date and the tory pane displays a list of the saved versions and transitions author for each version after the baseline ver Sor the collection sion ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookChanges and Audit Trail e 603 604 Changes and Audit TrailCambridgeSoft Chapter 32 Searching Searching allows you to find information in E Notebook that meets the criteria you specify E Notebook makes it possible to search for e Chemical structures e Strings of text e Values in Property Lists and Tables e Collections and sections that meet specific cti teria such as creation date or owner s name or state e Unannotated versions of collections Conducting a Search You can search for information in E Notebook that meets the criteria you specify You can then save your queries and the results lists To conduct a search 1 Click the Search button Search mode appears i a Q Back RA amp Browse Search Query Resutts Search for Sections Basic Query J C
39. The columns that are currently displayed are denoted with checkmarks w Show Columns Content Status Created Modified corel 5 Select and deselect columns to customize the TOC display The columns you selected appear with checkmarks next to them 6 Click OK to close the dialog The dialog closes and the screen refreshes to dis play the additional columns Sorting Items in the TOC You may sort items in the TOC in either an ascending or descending order To sort items in an ascending order 7 Right click the column by which you wish to sott the Table of Contents ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with E Notebook A menu appears Table of Contents Hide Mame Sort Name Ascending pazi 4 9 2004 Sort Name Descending oee004 49 2004 Show Columns p204 4 9 2004 8 Select Sort Ascending The items are sorted in ascending order according to the column you selected To sort items in an descending order 9 Right click the column by which you wish to sott the Table of Contents A menu appears Table of Contents Hide Marne teated Modified 1 Noteboc Sort Name Ascending 19F2004 4 9 2004 Sort Name Descending 1 9 9004 4972004 1 9 2004 4 9 2004 al 3 Notebor Show Columns 10 Select Sort Descending The items are sorted in descending order by the column you selected Working with Templates E Notebook gives you the ability to use templates so that you ca
40. The Insert AutoText dialog appears Add AutoText Fields Property Nickname Reactants Name Name MF Molecular Formula Actual Mass Actual Mass Actual Mol Actual Moles EXTRACTIONSOLVENT ped Mer DRYINGAGENT MW Molecular Weight SYRINGECAPACITY Eq Equivalents Theo Mol Theoretical Moles Theo Mass Theoretical Mass FM Formula Mass 3 Select one of the AutoText items in the left frame In this example Products is selected 4 Click OK The AutoText appears in the text field WII Shor PLM Products 5 Right click the eee to see the options associated with it as shown in the example below Creania eee Submitted Ethyl M 2 methyl 3 nitrophenylformimidate Creating New Autotext Definitions Depending upon your system configuration it may be possible for you to set up your own AutoText definitions for use in E Notebook text fields You can then use these predefined fragments to add text to the styled text field automatically ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookE Notebook Features 1 Right click the User Configuration point to New then select AutoText Definitions Or select an existing AutoText collection to mod ify by clicking the collection in the tree 2 Enter a name for the new collection 3 Enter the following information In the example below AutoText has been set up so that a user may automatically enter a sentence regarding a machine type and select from a list of several machine types
41. Workup Were The LAY idee EAE NE Gein AI and conc nl Wash click to select a reactant from the stoichiometry ie Combine and Wa grid or to browse to a new reactant Diute Filter Insert Products AutoText inserts the Danm af text Products which you may then right 3 If words appear in different colored text click to select a product from the stoichiometry between brackets this indicates that there are multiple possible values for the text Right The text is updated automatically if you change click the text within brackets to view a drop the properties of the reactant or product grid or to browse to a new product ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookE Notebook Features e 54 down list of the choices and select one of the values In the example shown below several possible choices are listed for the layers Y AutoText jail e B Z U Xx gt om m gt Aa 3 Dilute A The layers are seperated the aq layer was backextracted with Ethanol 3 x 25 mL Dilute 2 Combined the layers and wash with SOL WENTS2 NUMBER x VOLU Workup The LAYER was di PES filt and conc t g Wash d aqueous Backextract top Combine and Extr bottom Combine and Wa Dilute Remove A4utoText Fitter Purification v lt ii A Organic was selected and filled in automati cally Preparation O OO O O V AutoT ext arial ME B Z U x x ootm a 3 The layers are seperated the aq layer was backe
42. You can create new users and associate logon IDs passwords and security properties with them Security properties determine who has access to a user and the collections that fall under the user in the collection tree To streamline user administration you can create user groups and then create users who inherit the access privileges that you have assigned to the user groups Users and user groups are types of collections and they appear in the Collection Tree You can man age users and user groups copying them refer encing them moving them etc as you would other collections Creating a User You create a User just as you would create any other collection Users are often created within User Groups See Creating a User Group for more information 1 Right click the collection which may be a User Group to which you wish to add the User A menu appears 2 Select A list of the types of collections you may add appears ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookUser Administration 3 Select User Ey Back 7 P i Iq 4 Biochemists gt Everyone H Medicinal Chemists Configuration Biologists Chemists a Biochemist 60 Up To F Browse Here Browse All Refresh User Group Import User Configuration A User is created within the collection you selected You are prompted to enter a Login ID and select whether the User is a system admin istrator Note with some systems you may be prom
43. and appear in the Products section In this exam ple the products corresponding to columns 1 and 2 will be enumerated Exporting Products to an SD File CombiChem makes it possible for you to export products to an SD file which you may then import into ChemFinder To export products to an SD file 1 From a CombiChem Library section click the Products tab to select it The Products tab appears 2 Click Products in the CombiChem menu The Products menu appears Navigator 3 Select Export to SD File A dialog appears and you are prompted to enter a name and location for the file 4 Enter the name and location and click Save The products are exported to the SD File The file may be opened with ChemFinder You may also open the file with ChemFinder for Excel which is useful for viewing and printing the products Removing Products from a CombiChem Library After you have enumerated products in a Com biChem Library you may remove them from the library To remove the products from a CombiChem Library 1 In a CombiChem Library section click the Products tab to select it The products tab appears 2 Click Products in the CombiChem menu The Products menu appears 3 Select Remove Products A message appears stating that the action will irrevocably remove all enumerated products and asking you to confirm that you wish to remove them 4 Click Yes to confirm The products are removed
44. associated with the search type in the Collec tion tree 8 Right click Search Engines and select New Search Engine from the menu that appears Back gt Browse Search Configuration E Collection Types 2 Root User Group User Cher Bj Ej Bj Ej BLU iS ey Search Typ By Collectio ac By Chemica Go Up To p Chemica Browse Here Section Browse All a By Text See Notebook 0I Chemical Structure Search A Page Import Collection Search J Reactant Export Folder URL E Section Search 7 Notebook A Reactants Fc Paste DA Experiment Paste Reference Test Page Section Types Experiment Template Collection Type Move Up Section Type Mawe Nein A new search engine appears and you are prompted to rename it Its attributes appear to the right The name that you enter for the search engine is the name that will appear in the Search For drop down list when an E Note book user is in Search mode EGY Search Types Te amp Collection Search vee EA Chemical Structure Search E3 Chemical Structure Search Result Bee E Section Search BY Test Search pe Notebook Ole 27 i ae Fl Page Go Up To ee FA Reactant Browse Here vs URL Browse All a Notebook oe f Reactants Feo Import Relationships fee P Experiment Export ee E Test Page H Section Types Move Up Move Bown Export to MS word Print Delete Rename
45. either e Parallel or Small Array displays each enumerated product in a reaction that also shows the reactants e Larger Array displays each enumerated product as a structure the output structure template does not display the reactants in the drawing Select Product Template Type Parallel or Small Array 4 Click the type of template you desire to select and click OK The template appears in the Products section of the CombiChem Library 5 Add any information you wish to the template This may be reaction properties etc The infor mation you enter will appear in the output sec tion for each product you enumerate with this template Once you have created the enumeration template you may enumerate products of the reaction If you would like to apply different settings to differ ent wells you can set up an enumeration template and then use the Enumerate Selection feature to enumerate only selected wells Then you can set up another enumeration template and enumerate a different selection of wells Each time you enumer ate a selection the template settings will be applied to each product that is enumerated Showing an Enumeration Template To view the current enumeration template 1 From a CombiChem Library section click Products in the CombiChem menu The Products menu appears 2 Select Show Enumeration Template The Enumeration Template appears Updating an Enumeration Template If you wi
46. fields Pecument Helds MSWord For information about adding custom field types that you have developed see Managing the Add AutoText Fields Excel Fields In Configuration on page 723 Chemical Structure Property List Fields l Fields e Managing Field Listeners provides instruc tions for associating a field listener with a field Other topics in this portion of the documentation are in order to modify its behavior Context Sensitive Help Spectrum Fields Fields e Time Settings e Managing Units in Property Lists and Tables maging Fines Managing Field Listeners Field listeners modify the behavior of various types of E Notebook fields E Notebook provides many standard field listeners that you can use in your configuration You may also develop your own listeners to further customize the behavior of fields in E Notebook ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields e 683 Adding a Field Listener To add a field listener to a field 1 From the Section Type Configuration dialog right click the field to which you wish to add the listener 2 Select New Field Listener from the menu that appears Section Type Ancillary Data Configuration Ancillary Data Fields Ancillary Data Properties Field Field Type Property List New Field Listener Commands Form Toole Moye Field Up Import Section List Rename Field Field Properties A dialog appears prompting y
47. structure fields and tables in E Notebook The ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookSearching e 607 results of the search are grouped by structure for easy analysis and organization You can also search for collections that require annotation but for which no annotation was provided when changes were made You can save queries and the results lists of the searches made to the E Notebook Col lection Tree Searching for Sections You can search for sections that meet the criteria you specify You can then refine your search or save your queries and the results lists To conduct a search for sections 1 While in Search mode select Sections from the Search for drop down list If no form appears in the right frame click the New Query icon r Hew Guery section A menu appeats 2 Select the new query form you wish to create The options are Basic Query and Advanced Query An empty query form appears 3 Enter your search criteria into the form using the instructions below Do one of the following e Click Search Now to execute the query A results list appears displaying the sections for which all of the parameters you specified apply e Click the Save Query button to save the quety A dialog appears prompting you to choose a location for waving your search Select a location and click the Save button The Collection Tree appears with a new Section Search and you are prompted to name the search 608 SearchingC
48. tener The difference is that the limiting equiva lents cannot vary if the Reactants Fixed Limiting listener is used Table Listener IENTableListener ProgID ENReaction9 FixedLimit ingEqReactants Reactants Fixed Limiting Managing the Block Reference In State Table Listener The Block Reference In State Table Listener may be used to block users from adding a reference to a specific type of collection that is in a particular state If the listener is configured to block the ref erence the user will be unable to add the reference to the table For example you may wish to prevent users from adding table references to pages exper iments that are in an archived state Table IENTableListener ProgID Listener Block ENStandardCtl9 BlockRefIn StateT Listener Reference In State This table listener has custom properties associated with it You must select the collection type and state corresponding to the references that will be blocked In the example below a user will be pre vented from adding a reference to an Ancillary File Version collection that is in the Draft state Note that you may associate multiple instances of this listener with a table if you would like to pre vent users from adding references to several differ ent collection types and or several different states of a collection type Managing the Validate Value Table Listener The Validate Value Table Listener allows you to validate
49. terms 620 SearchingCambridgeSoft For example the following searches really mean Searching For Returns carbon OR diamond the words carbon diamond or both anywhere in the document s text the words carbon diamond or both anywhere carbon diamond in the document s text carbon OR diamond the words carbon OR graphite diamond graphite or any combination of the terms anywhere in the docu ment s text thymidine synthesis the words thymidine OR carbon dioxide synthesis carbon dioxide ot both terms anywhere in the document s text Soundex 1 The soundex operator is used in an advanced text search or query to find documents that contain words that sound like the word used in a search The soundex operator is used by entering an exclamation point followed by the word on which to perform a search Use the soundex operator to expand queries to include words that have similar sounds that is words that sound like other words This function allows comparison of words that are spelled differ ently but sound alike in English For example the following searches really mean Use the stem operator to search for terms that have the same linguistic root as the query term Searching For Returns Stem expands a query to include all terms with the same stem or root word as the search term lcarben any wotds that sound like the word carben in a docu For example the follo
50. the field elsewhere in the form To delete a box from a form 658 Managing Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and FormsCambridgeSoft 1 Right click the frame of the box you wish delete A menu appeats Spectrum Spectrum Pranesrtiss 8F Hide Box Insert Box Within Insert Box To The Left Insert Box To The Right Delete Box Move Box Le ft Move Box Right Clear Field Set Field Box Properties 2 Select Delete Box The box is deleted from the form Note that if the box contained a field and you had custom ized the field for this form you can add the field to another box in the form and your changes to the field will be maintained Showing and Hiding the Max Button for a Box In a form each box may have a max button m associated with it The button appears in the upper right corner of the box When a user clicks the but ton the field expands to fill the entire section dis play Clicking the max button again returns the field to its original size The field below displays the max button in the upper right corner Chemical Structure m Map Reaction Centers RFR ANNANN ANENE RENN NS NS Hiding the Max Button To hide the max button for a box 1 Right click the frame of the box The box menu appeats 2 Select Box Properties EEE IEEE EE Chemical Structure Map Reaction Centers Hide Box Insert Box Withi
51. types of fields must be present in the form e Chemical Structure Field e Table Field with Reactants Listener e Table Field with Products Listener Form Tool Form Tool Control ProgID Next Step ENStandardCtl9 ReactionFormTool When you add a Reaction Form Tool to a form you must configure the following custom proper ties w Next Step Properties Reaction Field Reaction Reactants Field Products Products Field Reactants The E Notebook User Guide provides more infor mation about the tool and the calculations in the stoichiometry grid The stoichiometric grid is the combination of the Reactants and Products Fields Managing the New Section Form Tool The New Section Form Tool allows users to add new sections to a collection for example to a page or an experiment When users click the form tool they will be presented with a list of the types of sections they may add Form Tool Form Tool Control ProgID New Section ENStandardCtl9 NewSectionForm Tool Managing the New Subsection Section Form Tool The New Subsection Form Tool allows users to add new subsections to a section For example a user may add new spectrum subsections to a spec tra section When users click the form tool they 650 Managing Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and FormsCambridgeSoft will be presented with a list of the types of sections they may add Form Tool Form Tool Control ProgID New Subsec ENStandardCtl
52. 2 Medicinal Chemists C Configuration 2 Biologists S Chemists 2 Biochemists 2 Untitled User Group Fle EE Depending upon your configuration you may add Users to the group by either 1 adding references to the Users or 2 adding User collections to the User Group directly You may then assign security permissions to the User Group so that all members of the group have 768eUser AdministrationCambridgeSoft access to the collections you specify See Managing Collection Security for more information Changing a User s Properties If you are a system administrator you can change a uset s security and logon properties To change the logon ID and or administrator sta tus of a uset 1 Right click the user in the Collection Tree A menu appeats 2 Select User Info The User Properties dialog box appears 3 You may edit the logon ID and password and select whether or not the user has administra tive privileges NOTE The Administrator checkbox ts only visible if you are a full system administrator and the password field may not be present with your specific configuration of E Notebook User Properties Password Confirm Password W Administrator Cancel Changing the Security Properties of a User Collection You may change the security properties for a User Collection as well to determine who may view or edit the collections that the user creates You change the security properties fo
53. 3 Select Delete If your system configuration permits it the col lection is deleted You may also delete a collection by clicking it in the tree to select it then pressing the DELETE key NOTE You cannot delete a collection if references to it exist Also in some cases it may only be possible to delete collections if they have not been modified since they were cre ated Viewing Collection Properties You can see specific information about a collection by viewing the Collection Properties To view properties of a Collection 1 Click Browse The Collection Tree appears 2 Right click the item whose properties you wish to view A menu appears 3 Select Collection Properties ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Sections and Collections e 587 The General tab of the Properties dialog box appears It contains the following information Notebook 5435 002 Properties x General Collection Security Transition Security Mame Notebook 5435 002 Owner CAMSOFT nhowe Type Page Contents D items Created Thursday April 08 2004 10 52 47 AM 0400 Last Modified Friday April 09 2004 12 00 47 PM 0400 Status Open Autozave Interval None Edit Autosayve Interval Name the name of the collection Owner the user who created the collection Type the type of the Collection or Page Contents the number of collections con tained in the collection Created the date on whic
54. 576 1 To create a new Image Viewer Section 2 In the Collection Tree click the Page or Exper iment to which you would like to add the sec tion 3 Click the New Section button kea Section A list of the section types that can be added appears 4 Select Image ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Data in E Notebook A new Image section appears in the right frame With this field you can import images such as GIF JPG JPEG TIF TIFF PNG BMP etc and add text for explanation Xylose isomerase is a homotetramer The proposed mechanism involves the isomerisation of D xylose to D xylulose by a metal mediated 1 2 hydride shift The final step is ring closure to produce alpha D xylulose Importing and Exporting an Image File To import an Image File 1 Click the import tool icon for the Image field Export A menu appeats a 4 k Import Image Export Image Clear Image Copy Image Select Import Image A dialog box appears and you are prompted to select the file Select the file and click the Open button The image appears in E Notebook To export the Image file 1 Click the import tool icon e 553 A menu appeats 2 Select Export Image A dialog appears prompting you to select a location for the exported file 3 Enter a file name and destination for the file and click the Save button The file is exported to the location you selected To clear an Ima
55. Annotating an Image File 552 Working with Image Viewer Sections 553 Importing and Exporting an Image File 553 Working with MS Word Sections 554 Working with MS PowerPoint Slideshow DeCHOUS uted int eae tad ea coe es 554 Importing and Exporting an MS PowerPoint SIIACSNIOW ereinen tE E EEE RE 555 Working with Property Lists 555 Adding Properties to Property Lists 556 Removing Properties from a Property List 556 Setting and Editing Values in a Property Ee ata adie asunder a ESE 3537 Working with Enumerated Lists in Property E e E EELE A bee cee 558 Working with Numerical Units in Property E EENT LEPOTE chutes EET 558 Creating a Reference within a Property List 559 Working with Spectrum and Spectra Sections 560 Addio a Speci aoi rinta t EA en 562 Replacing a Spectrum serrurier rigent 562 Zooming in on a Spectrum Peak 562 Other Fields in a Spectrum Section 562 Working with Styled Text 562 Working with Subsections 563 Working with Subsections in Button View 563 Working with Ancillary Data Sections 564 Working with Table Sections 565 Adding Columns and Rows to a Table 565 Removing Columns and Rows from a DADC EE dire Rete OAR eee Bienen 566 Organizing Columns and Rows in a Table 566 Resizing Columns and Rows in a Table 567 Pivounea ables acces chen eased ial be 567 Adding Information to a Tabl
56. Back Browse Search 60 Up To F Browse Here I C en St Sh oo PE oo arara Se F Browse All New F Import Export l aE re B Copy Paste Paste Reference 4 Select Go Up To The collections that either contain or reference the item are listed 5 Select the collection that you wish to bring to the top of the Collection Tree The collection you selected appears at the top of the tree Its contained collections and con tained references are displayed Alternatively you may select View then Go Up To from the E Notebook menu bar File Edit WESA Tools Help Back Collections Show History w Navigation Toolbar No gt O Fo MEG Us SoTo Refresh Browsing the Entire Collection Tree Browsing the entire Collection Tree enables you to see all of the E Notebook collections at once To browse the entire tree 1 Click Browse The Collection Tree appears 2 Do one of the following ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookE Notebook Features Right click any blank area of the Collection tree and select Browse All from the menu that appears a0 Home Refresh User Info Session Manager Add In Configuration About E Motebook Right click any collection in the tree and select Browse All from the menu that appears Back Browse Search Esi CAMSOFT nhowe 60 Up To F Browse Here Browse All New Import Export Copy Paste Paste Reference I
57. Browse All Import Relationships Export Move Up Move Down Export to Ma word Print Delete Rename User Info Inherits Security Collection Properties Collection Type Configuration The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears 6 Double click Search Engines to expand the category 7 Click the search engine Its ProgID s appear to the right Collection Type Collection Search Configuration Collection Search Contained Collection Types Contained Reference Types States Search Engines Commands Form Tools Collection Listeners Collections Search Engine IENSearchEngine ProgID ENSearchEngine9 CollectionSearchEr IENResultsCtl ProgID EnSearchEngine9 CollectionsResults IENResuttsCtl License Key ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types Custom Properties 8 Click the Custom Properties button If the search engine has custom properties associ ated with it the properties dialog is displayed You may edit the properties at this point If the search engine has no custom properties a dialog box appears stating that the search engine has no prop erties associated with it NOTE None of the standard E Notebook search engines have custom properties associated with them Managing States and Transitions You can associate states with a collection type to define properties of a collection at certain phases or points in its life cycle T
58. Changes With TASON wos 2 aie nae bee ae E 762 Configuring Annotation Options 763 Configure AULOSAVG sekesi venirea teie 763 Managing Export Templates of Collection Aa e E E E EE E E S 764 Creating and Editing the Export Templates fora Collection Type css 2k cos sacagn pies 765 Creating the Export Templates for a Collection Type cirit a pE oes 765 Editing the Header and Footer Information 766 Chapter 40 User Administration Creating A lJ eP cis ac er etl he ER 767 Creatine a User GOUD erwin e EER 768 Changing a User s Properties 768 Changing the Security Properties of a User CONECHONG 7 tcc e e E E aimee 768 Chapter 41 Managing E Notebook Security Managing Collection Security 771 ColleCHOn Secu reatata te face Bue 771 Transition SECUN lt 2 lt v thedoug ta deonacaes 773 Managing the Security Properties of a Collection WIV eE mate eet eee ad tee core A 774 Collection Type Secutityonusisirte ieceri 775 Managing the Security Properties of a Section Type TIT Section Type SECU 24st oddane Lie 778 Using the Session Manager ic cis c eho ese eh es 780 Endino Sesso 4 sesgceseerecin cost aueee 780 Chapter 42 Summary of the Standard Add Ins Collection Listeners 000 cece aee 783 Transition Listener Ses eae hore Mek cent a bees 784 SECO Liste NEIS a aici ts0 te eek E saw ene 784 FOG TOOS 00 ited ons bee aminan r 784 SEAL PNGINGS poss bcos AA RO 785 Field Dy pes ssia
59. Changes or Save and Annotate Changes from the changes menu e Browsing to another collection e Through autosave which your system adminis trator sets up to automatically save the collec tion after a set period of time has passed e Selecting Backup Changes from the changes menu This option would be used in the event of network failure to prevent data loss e Closing the Internet Explorer browser Clicking the Changes Icon To save your changes using the changes icon e 597 1 Click the 7 sy changes icon The open book indicates that there are unsaved changes 2 If the changes must be annotated you will be prompted to enter annotation If no annota tion is required your changes are saved imme diately The saved version will appear in the History Pane The changes icon indicates that your changes have been saved Selecting Annotate Last Change from the Collection Menu This allows you to provide an optional annotation for the last change you made to a collection To save yout changes using a command in the changes menu 1 Right click the collection and select Annotate Last Change from the menu A dialog appears and you are prompted to enter an annotation for the change 2 Select or enter an annotation and click the Annotate button Saving Changes by Browsing to Another Collection To save changes by browsing to another collection 1 Click another collection in the Collection Tre
60. CombiChem is a reaction based combinatorial product You first enter a reaction template with R groups at the variable sites in your starting mate tials and then search for reactants based on these structures CombiChem puts your final product structures together and creates a virtual library All sites of variability require unique R group designa tions ChemOffice 2006 E Notebooklntroducing CombiChem for E Notebook e 623 An example of a reaction that CombiChem sup ports is shown below R4 H2N Re R4 2 x NH KAA R3 NH R2 NH R 4 R4 gt z gt R2 R1 Ri Ri To add a generic reaction to a CombiChem Library 1 From a CombiChem Library section click Reaction in the CombiChem menu y Q Back gt S K a Chemistry Notebook l 001 Y gt Pll amp JCurie Library ProductReaction Summary Parallel User Configuration A Chemistry Notebook l Reaction Reactants Products Tools i fap Chemistry Notebook l 001 Edt Reaction Chemistry Notebook l 002 F a Chemistry Notebook I 003 i Prepare From Existing Experiment 2 Select Edit Reaction The Edit Structure window a ChemDraw win dow appears 3 Either draw the reaction in the window or right click within the window and select File then Open to open an existing reaction file 4 Click OK when you have finished editing the reaction The Edit Structure window closes and the reac tion appears in E Notebook
61. Experiment 4s Next Step In Chemistry Notebook I Explore Create Chemistry Experiment 4s Next Step In Aa Create Step Link To Existing Chemistry Experiment The options are e Create Chemistry Experiment As Next Step In same Chemistry Notebook cre ates a new page experiment within the same notebook To do this select the product of the reaction and click the Create Chemistry Experi ment As Next Step In Chemistry Notebook link ann i Batch View Batch Explorer Es Explore create Chemistry Experiment As Next Step In Chemistry Notebook TIT Aa Create Chemistry Experiment 4s Next Step In Create Step Link To Existing Chemistry Experiment e Create Chemistry Experiment As Next Step In Another Notebook creates a new page experiment in the same different chem istry notebook To do this 9 Select the product of the reaction and click the Create Chemistry Experiment As Next Step In link e 535 A dialog appears prompting you to select the A dialog appears prompting you to select a Notebook collection where you wish to create section that contains a Reaction the experiment Select a Section That Contains a Reaction Back ey RA amp 14 4 Frociun v Djl l Browse isesch Home Page H User Configuration fH Offline 2 Chemistry Notebook Name sd Creation Date Last Transition Transition Date A 7 Chemistry Notebook I 001 is hemistry Notebook I 0
62. For example the transition is from Closed state to the Reopened state The Transition Types category appears 4 Click the plus sign next to Transition Types to expand it and see the transitions 5 Right click the transition with which you would like the Visual Display of Changes to begin A menu appears Collection Type Experiment Configuration Experiment Contained Collection Types Contained Reference Types States Open Transition Types Close Transition Lisi Hew Transition Listener Closed Re Open Search Engines Commands Form Tools Il Callactian ictonars 6 Select New Transition Listener A new Transition Listener appears and you are prompted to rename it Collection Type Experiment Configuration Experiment Contained Collection Types Close Transition Listener Transition Listener Conteined Reference Types IENTransitionListener ProgID FO States Open Custom Properties Transition Types Close Transition Listeners Closed Re Open Search Engines Commands Earm Tanla 7 Enter a name for the transition listener and enter ENStandard8 ChangeDisplayTListener as its IENTransitionListener ProgID Visual Display of Changes will be enabled when a user performs this transition on a collection of this type Note that even when Visual Display of Changes is not enabled the audit trail still captures the history and the hi
63. Managing Enumerated Values in Tables 713 Managing Enumerated Values in Property Lists 699 Managing Excel Fields 694 Managing Export Templates for Section Types 665 Managing Export Templates of Collection Types 764 Managing Fields 683 Managing fields within a Section Type 646 Managing Form Tools 647 Managing Property List Listeners 703 iv Index Managing Property Lists 697 Managing Search Fields 718 Managing Search Types 749 Managing Section Listeners 652 Managing Spectrum Fields 707 Managing States and Transitions 753 Managing Stored Document Fields 707 Managing Subsection Field Listeners 709 Managing Subsection Fields 708 Managing Summary Fields in a Table of Contents 647 Managing Table Fields 710 Managing Table Listeners 714 Managing Templates 747 Managing the Active Document Form Tool 651 Managing the Add Reactant Table Listener 715 Managing the Add In Configuration 723 Managing the Analyze Reaction Table Listener 716 Managing the Annotate Transition Listener 757 Managing the Audit Section Listener 655 Managing the Auto Number Collection Listener 741 Managing the Block Reference In State Property List Listener 705 Managing the Block Reference In State Table Listener 716 Managing the Button View Subsection Listener 709 Managing the Change Display Collection Listen er 741 Managing the Change Display Transition Listen er 757 Managing the Chemical Properties Property List Listener 706 Mana
64. Move your cursor to the edge of the Structure Window until it appears as a double headed arrow 5 Drag your mouse to resize the Structure Win dow Docking the Structure Window at Another Location You may also dock the Structure Window else where such as at the top or bottom of the section To do this 1 View the Structure Window as a floating pal ette This may require releasing the Structure Window from its dock as described above 2 Drag the Structure Window toward a boundary of the section As you drag the Structure Window a gray rect angle appears to show you what the new loca tion will be if you release the mouse at that point 3 Drag the Structure Window until the gray rect angle expands to the width or length of the sec tion This should happen when your cursor is positioned over the edge or corner of the sec tion 4 Release the mouse The Structure Window is docked at the new location If you drag the Structure Window on top of the Navigator a button for each palette will appear allowing you to switch back and forth between the two palettes ChemOffice 2006 E Notebooklntroducing CombiChem for E Notebook e 635 Managing Plate Layout and Structure Palette Settings The CombiChem library has a number of settings that you can modify in order to present your data accurately and effectively You can modify the lay out of reactants and products in a plate You can also modify the naming
65. Notebook User Guide provides more infor mation about the tool and the calculations in the stoichiometry grid The Stoichiometry grid is the combination of the Reactants and Products Fields Managing the New Section Form Tool The New Section Form Tool allows users to add new sections to a collection for example to a page or an experiment When the user clicks the form tool he will be presented with a list of the types of sections he may add Form Tool Control ProgID Form Tool ENStandardCtl9 NewSection FormTool New Section Managing the New Child Collection Form Tool The New Section Form Tool allows users to add new contained collections to the selected collec tion For example a user could click this form tool on a notebook in order to create a new page experiment within the notebook Form Tool Control ProgID Form Tool ENStandardCtl9 NewChild CFormTool New Section Enterprise Managing the New Sibling Collection Form Tool The New Sibling Collection Form Tool allows users to create a new collection of the same type For example if a user clicks the New Sibling Form Tool on a notebook a new notebook will be cre ated The new sibling will appear within the same container collection in the Collection Tree Form Tool Form Tool Control ProgID New Sibling ENStandardCtl9 NewSib Collection lineCFormTool Managing Search Types Search types allow users to search for information in E Notebook Users
66. Record 1 2 of 2 hits Re gt J e Namesy beTans mark mj namesv Deans mark m Record 1 Record 2 O Q CAS 71 43 2 CAS 27271 55 2 For more information on using the ChemACX website see the ChemOffice Enterprise Work group amp Databases Manual Finding ACX Structures and Numbers ChemFinder searches ACX and returns informa tion about related structures and numbers You can place the returned information in your docu ment ACX Structures There are two ways to find ACX structures by ACX number or by name To find a structure that corresponds to an ACX number 1 From the Online menu choose Find Structure from ACX Number The Find Structure from ACX number dialog box appears Find Structure from ACA Humber fx Enter the 40 number for which a OK structure is to be found a Cancel 2 Type the ACX registry number 3 Click the OK button The Structure appears in your document To find a structure from a name 1 From the Online menu choose Find Structure from Name at ChemACX com The Find Structure from Name dialog box appears Find Structure from Name at Chemac fx Enter the chemical name for which a Ok structure is to be found ak Cancel ChemOffice 2006 ChemFinderAccessing the CambridgeSoft Web Site e 189 Online Menu Overview 2 Type ina name As with ChemFinder com you can use a chemical name or a trade name 3 Click the OK button The Structur
67. Reference table listener prevents a user from adding a reference to a specific type of collection that is in a particular state Formula listener allows you to associate a formula with a table cell and display the returned value in the cell Products table listener is associated with the products table field in the stoichiometry grid of a reaction section Products Fixed Limiting table listener same as the Products listener but the limit ing equivalents cannot vary Reactants table listener is associated with the reactants table field in the stoichiometry grid of a reaction section Reactants Fixed Limiting table listener same as the Reactants listener but the limit ing equivalents cannot vary e Validate Value Table Listener validates a value in an E Notebook table against an external database e Unique Property Table Listener prevents adding more than one property of the same type to a table e Subsection Listeners e Button View Subsection Field Listener forces subsections into button view as opposed to the standard tab view e Hide Tools Subsection Listener hides the form tool area of a subsection for more effi cient screen usage Commands Commands can be associated with a collection types and sections types to render content in exporting to MS Word PDF or printing e Collection Commands e Export to MS Word Collection Command this command allows you
68. Renamed 583 Copying Collections that Contain Rere rra 583 Creating a Collection susueseureeeu 583 Organizi ne Collech eoriet a REENE 584 Moving Collections within a Container COolecHOn sene aen aea oe Ag Aa a 584 Moving Collections between Container CONECUOMS ris reene A ei 585 Creating a Reference within the Collection TOO E A E E 585 Duplicating a Collection within a Container CONCCHON ertem ad AiE Pade seed 586 Copying a Collection 2cgech tis een 5e8e 2 586 Renaming aC ollectOm ss sand ewan cede 587 Deleting d Colection se eis daaeeend emesis 587 Viewing Collection Properties 587 Importing and Exporting Collections 588 Importing a Collection ti 008e amekeasseds 588 Expotine d Collection 22vicaecesiandenys 588 Changing Collection Security Properties 589 Collection Secun jo iinit ens e ou 589 JransitiOM SCCUNEY 424 oe nna EERE 591 Performing a Collection Transition 592 Exporting a Collection or Section to MS WOtd 122i60p2eaondbsd a e e 592 Pinin COMCCHONS 0 5 iicastuuwendaa kt anni 593 Printing Multiple Collections at Once 593 Performing a Collection Transition 593 Working with Form Tools y d0 000bmnaerdoteedes 593 The New Section Tool essuuaausauuaa 594 The Duplication Collection Tool 594 The New Child Collection Tool 594 The New Sibling Collection Tool 595 Chapter 31 Changes and Audit Trail Working with th
69. SUPPLIERS WHERE SupplierlD Supplier ID Username Password Property List Field e suppliername value to be displayed in E Notebook property e Suppliers name of external database table e SupplierID the supplier ID field in the external database table 702 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft e ID Number name of the E Notebook property list containing the Supplier ID property e Supplier ID name of the E Notebook property into which a user enters the value for SupplierID Managing Enumerated Values in Property Lists You may configure a text property so that it will contain a list of enumerated values A user may then select one of the values from a dropdown list that appears in the property cell This list of values may be either manually entered as described here ot pulled from an external database as described in the Managing Database Values in Property Lists topic Associating a list of manually entered values with a property 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type containing property you wish to config ure 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appeats 3 Right click the property list field in the list of fields and select Field Properties from the menu that appears Section Type Test Section Type Configu Test Section Type List of Properties Fielc Fields
70. Security Prop erties you wish to change A menu appears 2 Select Collection Properties The Collection Properties dialog box appears 3 Click the Transition Security tab e 773 The Security tab appears The groups and users who have permission to apply a transition to this item appear in one of the two lists Inher ited Permissions Assigned Permissions Notebook 5435 002 Properties General Collection Security Transition Security Inherited Permissions Fermission Assigned Permissions Permission Users Close Open Page CAMSOFTSELNS Re Open Closed Inherited Permissions are permissions inherited from the parent collection in the Collection Tree These permissions can only be changed by dis abling inherited security as discussed above or by changing the security profile of the parent collec tion Only the Assigned Permissions can be changed from this dialog 774 Managing E Notebook SecurityCambridgeSoft 4 Take the appropriate action Desired Result Action to take Add a User or 1 Click Add Group to the list The Choose User or of Assigned Per Group dialog appears missions 2 Select the appropriate user or group from the tree You may either 1 right click within a blank portion of the tree and select Browse All to see all of the Users or 2 click the Search button and perform a search for a User or group of Users 3 Click Add The Choose Transition Types dialog app
71. The Add Field dialog appears Add Field Name Field Type C e 4 Enter a name and select AutoText from the drop down list of field types 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields 6 Right click the styled text field and select Field Properties from the menu that appears Section Type Reaction Configuration Reaction Fields Reaction Reaction Conditions Reactants Products Preparation Field Field Type Auto Text Tolhvents New Field Listener BE Reachari Move Field Up aie en Move Field Down Export to Print Rename Field Form Tools Field Properties 7 You may edit the following properties if desired w Preparation Properties Default Font En Default Font Size j0 W Show Tool Bar Not Blank Read Only ea e Default Font you may select another font from the drop down list to change the default to something other than Times Roman e Default Font Size you may select a larger or smaller font size from the drop down list e Show Tool Bar if you clear the check mark the toolbar will not appear above the styled text field in the form e Not Blank If you select this option the styled text field must contain text when a user performs a specific transition on a col lection This option must be used in con junction wit
72. To remove a selected reactant from the Com biChem Library 1 In a CombiChem Library section browse to the reactant you wish to remove The reactant appears 2 Click Reactants in the CombiChem menu The Reactants menu appears EX O paa erann amp JCurie Library Product Reaction Summary Parallel o User Configuration 8 Chemistry Notebook A Reaction Reactants Products Tools Chemistry Notebook I 001 L fa Beacti Add Reactant Chemistry Notebook I 002 Save o_o Chemistry Notebook I 003 Gee ImPort Reactants j Offline Edit Current Reactant Remove Current Reactant a Remove All Reactants J Check Reaction Sites Ry ae 3 Select Remove Current Reactant A message appears prompting you to confirm that you wish to remove the reactant 4 Click OK to confirm The reactant is removed from the CombiChem Library Removing All Reactants from a CombiChem Library To remove all of the reactants from a CombiChem Library 628 Introducing CombiChem for E NotebookCambridgeSoft 5 Click Reactants in the CombiChem menu The Reactants menu appears 6 Select Remove All Reactants A message appears stating that the action will remove all reactants and invalidate all products already enumerated 7 Click OK to proceed All of the reactants are removed from the CombiChem Library Enumerating and Managing CombiChem Products Once you have ad
73. Tree appears File Edit View Tools Help r Back 7 P Jurie User Configuration FB Chemistry Motebook l Chemistry Motebook l 001 Chemistry Motebook l 002 Chemistry Motebook l 003 Chemistry Motebook l 004 emistry Motebook ll Chemistry Motebook ll 001 Chemistry Motebook ll 002 Chemistry Motebook ll 003 Folder Offline cg mmp Use the Back and Forward arrows to the left of the Browse button to navigate the Collection Tree view These arrows perform a similar function for the collection tree that Back and Forward web browser buttons perform for the browser window It is only possible for one E Notebook user to edit an individual collection at a time If another user is editing a particular Collection and you select the Collection in the tree you will be presented with a message informing you that the Collection is locked for editing by the other user Showing and Hiding Collections The Collection Tree provides you with a means of expanding and contracting collections so that you only see the information you need To show the contents of a collection Click the plus sign next to the collection whose contents you wish to see The collection is expanded and you can view its contents To hide the contents of a collection Click the minus sign next to the collection The collection is minimized so that you cannot see its contents Hiding the Collection Tr
74. You can use folders to organize and manage other types of collections e other Folders e Saved Searches Collection Searches Sec tion Searches Text Searches Chemical Struc ture Searches Unannotated Version Searches e References to any type of collection Creating a Folder To create a new Folder collection 1 In the Collection Tree right click your user collection A menu appears File Edit View Tools Help Back o gt Browse Search E gf CAMSOET nhowe Use GoUpTo _ 4 Nol Browse Here N y Ral C Browse All 5 ofin Ci Import User Configuration Ci Export Unannotated Version Search Ci Chemical Structure Search Copy Collection Search Paste i aste Reference arena Section Search Page Template 2 Select New then Folder 3 A new Folder collection appears and you are prompted to rename it Or you may right click an existing Folder collec tion and select New then Folder to create a Folder within a Folder Adding a Reference to the Folder You may add references to a folder if for example you would like to keep the information from sev eral Pages Experiments together but the Pages Experiments exist in separate notebooks 1 In the Collection Tree click the Collection to which you wish to create the reference 2 While holding the CTRL and SHIFT keys drag the collection until the folder collection is high lighted 3 Release the mouse The Reference appe
75. _4 chemistry Notebook 1 004 0001 412 X ne Sty Batch Explorer Clicking the P1 tab displays the enumerated prod ucts of the reaction In this example there are ninety one 13 C1 7 C2 one for each unique combination of the reactants SE Reaction Reactants Products Tools Save Reaction Reactants Products 14 Chemistry Notebook l 004 0001 412 REA IEY Batch Explorer 632elntroducing CombiChem for E NotebookCambridgeSoft To display any one of the enumerated prod ucts reactions simply click the well corresponding to the reaction in the Navigator The displayed section changes to reflect your choice Using the Navigator in Reactants Mode In addition to using the Navigator to browse through products reactions when in Products mode you may use the Navigator when in Reac tants mode The plate in this case may represent the locations of the reactant stocks that are used to fill the product reaction plate Below the Reactants section of the same Com biChem library is shown The tab for C1 corre sponding to the first generic reactant is displayed Click any of the locations in the Navigator to view the corresponding structure that matches C1 For example clicking position A2 in the Navigator dis plays the second C1 reactant RE Reaction Reactants Products Tools Save I il Sy eee Clicking the location A7 in the navigator displays the second structure that matches C1
76. a link in the property cell ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields A user may enter a value which is validated against Creating a Property List This topic provides instructions for adding a Prop erty List to a Section Type and configuring the Property List To add a Property List 1 In the Collection tree right click the Section Type to which you wish to add the Property List e 697 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears w Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Test Section Type Mew Field Section Listeners 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears w Add Field Hame Field Type E e 4 Enter a name for the field and select Property List from the list of Field Types 5 Click Add The new Field appears in the list of Fields Adding a Property to the Property List To add a Property 1 Right click the Property List field in the Sec tion Type Configuration dialog A menu appeats Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Test Section Type Properties Field Fields Field Type Property List Commands New Field Listener Form Tools Section Lister Rename Field Field Properties 2 Select Field Properties The Field Properties dialog appears 3 Click the Properties tab The Properties tab appears 698 Man
77. a user prints the collection or a portion of the collection The header and footer of a collec 766 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft tion type export template can contain standard replacement tags with the following data Tag Replacement lt collectionStatus gt The state of the collection Note that if you are using the Final Print Transition Listener the state will print as the initial state of the tran sition and not as the target state In this specific case if you would like the name of the target state to print simply type the text name of the state into the header or footer lt dateCreated gt The timestamp of creation of the collection lt dateModified gt The timestamp of last modi fication lt datetoday gt The timestamp of the creation of the export docu ment or printout lt collectionOwner gt The name of the owner of the collection lt collectionName gt The name of the collection lt collectionType gt The type of the collection To edit this data 1 While viewing the export template in 2 Double click the header or footer E Notebook click the print layout view button rere rors e in the lower left corner of the MS Word field It is the third button in the row The export template appears in print layout view and the header is visible ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types e 767 768 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft Chapter 40 User Administration
78. add a PowerPoint Field section type 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears e 695 The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears 4 Type in a name and select PowerPoint Slide show from the dropdown list of field types 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields In order for users to be able to import and export the MS PowerPoint Slideshows you must associate the Active Document Form Tool with the field Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Managing Context Sensitive Help Fields Context Sensitive Help Fields are used in search forms They create a shortcut to the E Notebook User s Help Guide in the search form Thus these fields make it possible for users to go directly to the Help guide to find the information regarding the instructions for using E Notebook quickly and easily A Context Sensitive Help p Field is visible in search forms next to the text query field as shown Search Content by Full Text J Advanced Search Search C er Hap F To add a PowerPoint Field section type 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the field
79. appears Reaction aie MS Word Document MS Excel Spreadsheet MS PowerPoint Slideshow Ancillary Data Image Spectra Spectrum Table Title Page Captured Image Captured ChernInmage 10 Select the section type The new section appears within the Page Enterprise The Duplication Collection Tool The Duplicate Collection Tool allows you to create a copy of the selected collection For example if 594eWorking with Sections and CollectionsCambridgeSoft you click the Duplicate Collection Tool Icon on a Page Experiment collection the Page Experi ment collection will be copied The duplicate or new copy will appear within the same container collection in the Collection Tree To duplicate a collection with Duplication Collec tion Tool 11 Select the experiment page type you wish to duplicate 12 Click the Duplicate icon tool Duplicate A new copy of the Page or Experiment collec tion appears within the same container Note book 13 Alternatively in the Collection Tree right click the experiment page which you would like to duplicate A menu appeats 14 Select Duplicate from the menu The New Child Collection Tool The New Child Collection Tool allows you to add new contained collections to the selected collec tion For example you could click this tool on a notebook in order to create a new page experi ment within the notebook The tool may be used to create a new page within a note
80. are deter mined by the collection type which you configure as an administrator You may configure a collection type such that any of the following are associated with it Section Types collection types may be config uted so that they contain section types which are the E Notebook data forms A page or experiment is an example of a collection type that contains sec tion types Alternatively a collection type for example a folder may not have section types associated with it but may simply contain other collection types Contained Collection Types A contained collection is a collection that may exist within a particular collection in the collection tree For example a user group may contain users user is a contained collection type within the user group collection type Or notebooks may contain experi ments experiment is a contained collection type within the notebook collection type Contained Reference Types A contained refer ence is a shortcut that allows E Notebook users to view a collection from elsewhere in the collection tree Any changes made to the original are reflected in the reference States a state is a condition that defines certain properties of a collection such as whether the col lection may be edited Multiple states may be used to define the life cycle of a collection You may configure change control options based on state Search Engines A search engine allows users to se
81. associated with the section displayed Section Type A unit of configuration that contains a set of fields form tools and a form In addition you can associate section listeners with a section type to implement business rules associated with sections of this type Transition An action performed by a uset to move a collection from one state to another e 505 e Transition Listener Transition Listeners modify the effect of a transition usually by per forming an operation that is associated with the transition System administrators configure Transition Listeners e User A person who uses E Notebook User is also the term that E Notebook uses to iden tify a person e Version The contents of a collection saved at a particular time About the E Notebook Guide The E Notebook Guide provides you with step by step instructions for using the features of E Notebook The left frame of this guide displays the Table of Contents you can open book icons to display topics and the sub topics they contain The right frame displays the specific topic you have selected Each topic includes hyperlinks to related topics in the guide This helps you to find the information you need quickly and easily The E Notebook Guide is organized into three main portions 1 Introducing E Notebook 10 0 provides an overview of E Notebook including new fea tures and E Notebook terminology 2 E Notebook User s Guide provides
82. attempt to enter a value for the property that does not match the defined value you will be pre sented with an error message to that effect For example you cannot add text into a field in a table which is meant for numerical values or structures or dates For example in a Reaction section the Reaction Molarity property cell in a Reaction Conditions table can only contain numerical values If you try to enter text you will see the following error mes sage Error Validating Text Box Text A Sorry the text ten molil can not be interpreted Working with URL Displays URL Displays are used to store URLs within E Notebook and to display their corresponding content A URL may be for either an internal intranet site or an external webpage To enter a URL and display its corresponding page ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Data in E Notebook 1 Enter the URL address as shown above In this example http www cambridgesoft com was entered http 4 www cambridgesoft com CambridgeSoft Com Life Science Enterprise Solutions emco SOFTWARE Bese Shale E DATABASES SERVICES SITES REGISTER CONTACT joteb ChemOffice ChemDraw Chem3D Chem PDF Literature SEARCH CambridgeSoft gt as News CambridgeSoft Desktop Software ChemOffice ChemDraw Chem3D ChemFinder 2 Click the Go button to the right of the address The page corresponding to the URL appears You may n
83. can run searches and then save their queries and results in the Collection Tree ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types In E Notebook search types are simply collection types that have search engines and search forms associated with them E Notebook provides sev eral standard search engines You may also develop your own custom search engines For example you could use the tool to perform various types of calculations and put the results into a manageable format within an E Notebook collec tion You can configure your own search forms to con tain the fields you require Creating a Search Type You can define your own search types for finding and managing E Notebook information that 1s important to your users In E Notebook search types are simply collection types that have search engines and search forms associated with them To create a search type 1 Right click a blank area of the Collection Tree A menu appears 2 Select Browse All File Edit View Tools Help E Back gt Pa i A System Administrator User Configuration Fey Chemistry Motebook 0 Home Browse 4ll Refresh User Info l Session Manager System Configuration The entire Collection tree appears showing the Configuration Folder e 749 3 If you wish you may right click the Configura tion Folder and select Browse Here so that the Configuration Folder will appear at the top of the Collectio
84. cell and a small arrow appears in the upper left cor ner of the cell Clicking the arrow will display the section you have referenced Adding a Link from a Property List to an External URL To add a link from a Property List cell to an exter nal URL or an intranet URL 1 Right click within the property list cell to which you wish to add the reference A menu appears 2 Select Edit Reference The Edit Reference dialog appears 3 Enter the URL and click OK w Edit Reference Cancel The reference is added to the property list cell and a small arrow appears in the upper left cor ner of the cell Clicking the arrow will display the URL you have referenced Working with Spectrum and Spectra Sections You can manage your spectra data easily and effec tively using Spectrum and Spectra sections This topic refers to sections that contain Galactic s GRAMS322 software tools NOTE Spectra may be handled differently in your specific configuration of E Notebook mu o Cc m o be o Wi T 0 200 300 240 200 10 10m0 m IE k amiee r There are two types of sections for spectra Each type of section can also contain a set of properties for each spectrum and notes about each spectrum Spectrum Section this section can contain a single spectrum Spectra Section this section can contain multiple spectra organized in subsections or sub tabs To create a new Spectrum section for a single sp
85. collection for editing and another user must access the collection Highlight the user or group in the list Click Remove Highlight the user or eroup in the list of Assigned Permissions Select the appropriate access from the listbox Read permits a user to view the section type in the Collection Tree Note that the user must also have Read access to the parent collection of a section type in order to view it in the tree Read and Write permits a user make changes to the to the configuration of the section type Full Control permits a user to view the section type modify it and assign or remove security permis sions for it To access the Session Manager 780 Managing E Notebook SecurityCambridgeSoft 1 Right click within a blank portion of the Col lection Tree A menu appeats E a ack 3 Pa User Configuration f7 Chemistry Motebook 2 Chemistry Notebook ll Offline 0 Home Browse All Refresh User Info Session Manager System Configuration About E Motebook 2 Select Session Manager The Session Manager appears Session Manager y 30 Sep 05 10 26 25 AM 0530 System Administrata 30 Sep 05 10 57 17 4M 0530 System Administrata 45 30 Sep 05 10 58 35 AM 0530 Jcurie 46 30 Sep 05 12 22 21 PM 0530 gt Eng Session This dialog shows the Users Session numbers and Start Times for each current s
86. databases Printing and Exporting operations are configured and executed in similar ways Because of these sim ilarities the term Render is used throughout here ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Commands when it refers to either Printing or Exporting depending on a specific configuration Managing the Export to MS Word Collection Command You can associate the Export to MS Word com mand to allow users to render or export the con tents of a collection to an MS Word document type thereby storing the results of these renderings in files or databases For example users may wish to export a collection to MS Word and save it at some location outside E Notebook Command Command ProgID Export to MS Word ENRenderWord9 ExportC Command Managing the Export to PDF Collection Command E Notebook can be configured to allow users to render the contents of a collection to PDF docu ment which is managed by associating Export to PDF Collection Command with that collection type For example users may want to export a collection and save it in PDF format at some location outside E Notebook Command Command ProgID Export to PDF ENRenderWord9 Export PDFCCommand e 6 9 Managing the Print Collection Command If the Print Collection Command is associated with a collection type users can print collections of that type Command Command ProgID Print Collection ENRenderWord9 PrintC Command Managing Section
87. dialog 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type to you wish to configure Managing Property List Listeners A Property List Listener modifies the behavior of an E Notebook property list E Notebook pro vides a number of standard property list listeners 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears You may also develop your own Property List Lis teners to further customize the behavior of prop 3 Right click the property list field in the list of erty lists in E Notebook fields and select Field Properties from the menu that appears To add a property list listener 1 From the Section Type Configuration dialog right click the property list field to which you wish to add the listener The Field Properties dialog appears 4 Click the property whose values you wish to edit ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields e 703 2 Select New Field Listener from the menu that appears Section Type Ancillary Data Configuration Ancillary Data Fields Ancillary Data Properties Field Field Type Property List New Field Listener Commands Form Toole Moye Field Up Import Section List Rename Field Field Properties A dialog appears prompting you to enter the ProgID for the listener 3 Enter the ProgID and click the OK button The listener appears in the left frame and you are prompt
88. for finding collections in which changes that required annotation have been made but for which no annotation has been provided Search Location Fields used to specify the branch of the collection tree over which the search is to be run Field Listeners Field listeners may be associated with fields to modify their behavior Generic Field Listeners can be applied to any field type Block User Edit Field Listener makes a par ticular field read only to users 786 eSummary of the Standard Add InsCambridgeSoft Block Edit Cell Field Listener makes a partic ular field read only to users and administrators Copy Default Field Listener removes the content of a field when a user copies the collec tion that contains the field Active Document Field Listeners e Analyze Reaction Chemical Structure Lis tener automatically updates reactants and products tables in a stoichiometry grid when a user modifies the reaction drawing e Prevent External Link Active Document Listener may be associated with an Active Document field to prevent users from link ing to external URLs Chemical Structure Field Listeners e Analyze Reaction Chemical Structure Listener updates a stoichiometry grid when a user edits a reaction e Chemical Property Chemical Structure Lis tener Calculates chemical structure prop erties of molecular weight and molecular formula and inserts them into a property list when
89. from the Com biChem Library Using the CombiChem Navigator and Structure Window The CombiChem Navigator represents a plate and can be used as a tool to browse through the reac tants and products in CombiChem When a loca tion is selected in the CombiChem Navigator the CombiChem Structure Window displays the com ponents of the reaction in that location Both the Navigator and the Structure Window can be viewed either in a docked position on the screen or as floating palettes Using the CombiChem Navigator CombiChem offers a color coded Navigator pal ette that represents a plate When you are viewing the Products portion of a CombiChem library each location or well in the Navigator represents an individual reaction Selecting a well makes it possible for you to view the reaction components that correspond to that well Thus by clicking loca tions in the Navigator you can browse through the reactions products in the CombiChem library At the base of the navigator there is a tab for each generic reactant and a tab for enumerated prod ucts Clicking a tab displays the locations of the corresponding component in the plate Each unique reactant or product is denoted with a unique color In addition to the Navigator CombiChem pro vides a structure palette which displays the struc tures of the reactants and products in a well When you click a particular well in the navigator and the structure palette is display
90. is possible to manage collections in a number of ways as discussed in the following topics e Creating a Collection e Browsing the Collection Tree in Ch 3 e Organizing Collections e Working with Templates e Viewing Collection Properties e Changing Collection Security Properties e Performing a Collection Transition e Exporting a Collection or Section to MS Word e Printing Collections Your system configuration determines the types of collections that you can create within E Notebook and the rules that define their contents The per mission to view edit and create collections can be set up on a per collection basis These rules are configurable in E Notebook ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Sections and Collections e581 Behaviors of Collections in E Notebook In E Notebook there are diverse behaviors associ ated with Collections such as the creating hiding renaming duplicating and moving behaviors Your system configuration determines the rules to define the traits reflected by a collection There fore depending on your system configuration there may be some additional behaviors that these collections can show Auto Numbered Collections The collections in E Notebook may be configured to automatically number the collections contained within a specific collection Your system configura tion determines the parameters for auto number ing the collections If the E Notebook is configured to auto numbe
91. may be used as well Note that in your system configuration the styled text box may not include the formatting toolbar In addition a styled text box may be read only mean ing that you can view but not edit its contents A styled text box may also be required it may be necessary for you to enter text into the box before you can perform a transition on a particular collec tion For example it may be necessary for you to ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Data in E Notebook enter text into a text field before you can close a Page or Experiment Working with Subsections In E Notebook certain sections may be set up to contain other sections known as subsections The subsections appear as subtabs within a section To add a subsection to a section for example to a Spectra section 5 Click the New Spectrum button A new spectrum in the form of a subsection appears within the Spectra section Spectra Spectrum Spectum2 Spectrum 3 Spectrum Spectrum Copy Section Paste Section Refresh Move Up Move Down Duplicate Section Delete Section Rename Section NOTE The options for a subsection button under the section will differ according to your configuration You can manage a subsection just as you would a section See Working with Sections on page 579 g pag for more information Working with Subsections in Button View You can manage subsections as you would sec tions You
92. or Small Array Click the section type s you wish to remove You may use CONTROL click to select mul tiple section types or SHIF T click to select a range Click the Remove gt gt button The section types are moved to the left pane Click the Close button The dialog closes and the section type can no longer be added to the collection type NOTE Ifyou have added the section to the collection type so that the section will appear automatically in E Notebook when a user creates the collection you must delete the existing section from the collection type Managing Contained Collection Types Contained collection types are collections that may exist within a particular collection in the Collection Tree For example a user group may contain users uset 1s a contained collection type within the user group collection type Or notebooks may contain experiments experiment is a contained collection type within the notebook collection type This topic covers adding and removing contained collection types and changing the relationship between a contained collection type and the parent collection type Adding a Contained Collection Type To add a contained collection type to a collection type 1 In the Collection Tree right click the collection type that is to be the parent collection and select Collection Type Configuration In this example user group is the parent collec tion type and we are adding the abili
93. pages make it easy to organize information and streamline your workflow E Notebook also provides a full audit trail and change tracking fea tures for compliance with 21 CFR Part 11 E Notebook has many advantages over traditional paper notebooks With E Notebook you can set up Notebooks and Pages to manage information about organic syntheses and related information such as stoichiometry calculations reaction preps spectra analytical methods notes and spread sheets Since E Notebook has electronic rather than paper pages you can conduct searches by substructure key word date and so on You can set up templates to avoid reentering information that you often use Also E Notebook fully auto mates stoichiometric calculations With E Notebook you can create a customized electronic notebook that matches your workflow You can develop new fields to manage specialized types of data and configure your own forms to manage the information that is important to you You can also add your own data analysis tools and customized searches to E Notebook You can use E Notebook to organize a wide vari ety of other information critical to your work pro cesses as well For example common reactants used in reaction preps can be stored in the E Note book database and shared among researchers In large enterprises E Notebook can be configured ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookE Notebook to both supply and retrieve information from other Enterpr
94. property appear to the right 5 Click the drop down arrow for the Enumera tor and select Enumeration List Enumerator None gt ka ne Enumeration List Database Lookup Validator Demann S d 6 Click the Properties button Note the button will only be enabled for a property of data type text The Enumerated List Properties dialog appears 7 14eManaging FieldsCambridgeSoft 7 Click the Add Value button A blank item appears in the list 8 Enter a value 9 Click Add Value to add another value or OK to close the dialog The values you entered will appear in a drop down list in the table Editing an Enumerated Values List To edit an enumerated values list 1 Te In the Collection Tree right click the section type to you wish to configure Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears Right click the table field in the list of fields and select Field Properties from the menu that appears The Field Properties dialog appears Click the property whose values you wish to edit The attributes of the property appear to the right Enumeration List is displayed as the type of Enumerator Click the Properties button under the Enumer ator The Enumerated List Properties dialog appears Click any of the values to edit it or click Remove Value to delete it To move a value up ot down in the lis
95. reaction section 2 Save your changes The structure names appear in the stoichiometry grid If you make changes to the reaction drawing the names will be updated automatically If you manually change the name of any structure in the grid your change will not be overwritten if you alter the corresponding structure drawing Working with the Reaction Toolbar The reaction toolbar provides a number of features for managing the reactants and products in your reaction section e 529 The reaction toolbar normally appears just below the reaction field Add Quick Add l Define Delete Adding Structures with the Reaction Toolbar With the reaction toolbar you can add reactants and products from your Acronyms collections in E Notebook There are two methods for adding a structure with the reaction toolbar e Using the Add Dialog to Add a Structure e Using Quick Add to Add a Structure Using the Add Dialog to Add a Structure The Add button on the reaction toolbar brings up a dialog that allows you to select a structure and add it to your reaction section To add a structure 1 Click the Add button in the reaction toolbar The Select and Add Structure dialog appears displaying the acronyms in your Reactants Folder Select amp Add Structure Add T Filter Structure Naman e a J 1 Ethozycyclopropyl ozy trimethylsilane Sparteine trans a a 2 2 Dimethyl 1 3 dioxolane 4 5 diplb
96. select Other to choose another file 10 Click OK to close the Edit Display Setting dialog 636eIntroducing CombiChem for E NotebookCambridgeSoft Editing Reactant Layout Settings You can modify the layout of reactant plates in CombiChem When the Reactants tab is selected in the CombiChem Library the Navigator will display the layout that you have configured To do this 1 From a CombiChem Library click Tools in the menu The tools menu appears I Q sax amp Id chemistry Notebook I 003 pjell Browse Search _ Work Off amp Curie Library Product Reaction Summary Parallel or Small Array Summary User Configuration ag Chemistry Notebook I b Reaction Reactants Products Tools Chemistry Notebook l 004 Reaction Reactants Edit Structure Palette Display Settings Chemistry Notebook l 002 f fay Chemistry Notebook I 003 eneric Reaction and Compon Edit Reactant Layout Settings j Chemistry Notebook l 004 Edit Product Layout Settings _ Offline Set Product Grid Options 1 Le 2 Select Edit Reactant Layout Settings The Reactant Layout dialog appears Reactant Layout C1 ce Preview fife 3 5 6 7 8 3 10 11 13 866061 Hef Ee HEE m p D to oo mm Ti F Md J OT Oo Ph co E enc yy ae tela SI peg fer uo J D ee eh oo Oo Fe Md oo Oo Fe Md J D OO Go ho co J
97. select the Acronyms collection where you wish to add the new acronym graphic 4 Select the collection and click the Create Here button The structure you selected is added to the collec tion 5 Close the dialog 532 E Notebook FeaturesCambridgeSoft Deleting a Structure with the Reaction Toolbar You can use the reaction toolbar to delete struc tures from a reaction To do this 6 In the reaction drawing use the ChemDraw tools to select the structure you wish to delete 7 Click the down Delete button in the reaction toolbar The structure is deleted Working with the Stoichiometry Table The stoichiometry table calculates and stores sto ichiometric data for a reaction It is filled in auto matically as you modify a reaction drawing You may change values manually as well It is also possible to add reactants from the Collec tion Tree to the stoichiometry table Depending upon your system configuration cer tain of these properties may not appear or addi tional properties may be present Reactant properties e Name the text name of the reactant e Molecular Formula MF the chemical for mula that shows the number and kinds of atoms in a molecule of the reactant e Limiting a yes or no value indicating whether the reactant is the limiting reactant in the reaction e Sample Mass the total quantity of the reac tant sample e Reactant Mass the total quantity of the
98. support to all registered users of this software through the internet and through our Technical Support department Our Technical Support webpages contain answers to frequently asked questions FAQs and general information about our software You can access out Technical Support page using the following address http Awww cambridgesoft com services If you don t find the answers you need on our website please do the following before contacting Technical Support 9 Check the ReadMe file for known limitations ot conflicts 10 Check the system requirements for the soft ware at the beginning of this User s Guide 11 Read the Troubleshooting section of this appendix and follow the possible resolution tactics outlined there 12 If all your attempts to resolve a problem fail fill out a copy of the CS Software Problem Report Form at the back of this User s Guide This form is also available on line at http www cambridgesoft com services mail e Try to reproduce the problem before con tacting us If you can reproduce the prob lem please record the exact steps that you took to do so e Record the exact wording of any error mes sages that appear e Record anything that you have tried to cor rect the problem ChemOffice 2006 ChemFinderTechnical Support Overview You can deliver your CS Software Problem Report Form to Technical Support by the following meth ods Internet http www cambridgesoft com ser vi
99. text stored in the section e Subsection field type The Subsection field type replaces the tag with the contents of a Word document that is created by exporting all of the sections contained in the subsection e Table field type Normally the Table field type creates a Word table to replace the con tents of the tag Each column of the Table data corresponds to a column in the Word table each row of the Table data corresponds to a row in the Word table If the tag appears within a Word table then instead of creating a new Word table the Word table that contains the tag is used to contain the Table data Any for matting within the Word table is applied to the content e Table Query field type creates a Word table to replace the contents of the tag Each column of the data corresponds to a column in the Word table each row of the data corresponds to a row in the Word table If the tag appears within a Word table then instead of creating a new Word table the Word table that contains the tag is used to contain the data Any format ting within the Word table is applied to the content e URL Display field type The URL Display field type replaces the export tag with the con tents of the web page specified in the section Page Breaks By default if a user prints a range of sections in a collection the sections will print contiguously without page breaks You may however insert a page break at the end of
100. the molecular formula as set forth in the periodic table ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookE Notebook Features e Formula Mass the sum of the atomic masses atomic weights of the atoms in the formula of the compound This tends to be a mote general term than molecular weight and can be applied to compounds such as tonic compounds e Theoretical Moles the calculated number of moles of the product that the reaction yields e Actual Moles the actual number of moles of the product that the reaction yields e Equivalents the proportion of the product relative to the other components in the reac tion e Loading the number of product moles per amount of the product Adding Information to the Stoichiometry Table You can manually type stoichiometric information into the stoichiometry table of a reaction section as well as add reactants from the Collection Tree To manually add information to a Stoichiometry Table 1 In the reaction section click a cell in the sto ichiometry table 2 Type the information into the cell The information is saved and the text is dis played in blue If you have entered a number and there are default units associated with the property the units are displayed See Work ing with Numerical Units in Tables on page 569 for more information 3 Repeat the process for other cells in the table if necessaty To enter reactant information into the Stoichiome
101. the type of access for a user or group cur rently in the list ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging E Notebook Security Action to take Full Control permits a uset to view the collection type modify it and assign of remove security permis sions for it Highlight the user or group in the list Click Remove Highlight the user or group in the list of Assigned Permissions Select the appropriate access from the list box Read permits a user to create new collections of this type in the Collection Tree Note If a user also has read access to the par ent collection of this col lection type he will be able to view the collection type in the Collection Tree Desired Action to take Result e Read and Write permits a user make changes to the to the configuration and content of the collection type itself These users may also create new collec tions of this type in the Collection Tree e Full Control permits a user to view the collection type modify it and assign or remove security permis sions for it Managing the Security Properties of a Section Type The access privileges that you set up for a section type determine which users may create view or configure modify the section type This topic applies only to the security of the sec tion type itself If a user has access to a particular collection type that contains the section type it is not necessary for
102. the Collection Tree The collection menu appears 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu The Section Type Configuration dialog appeats Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Test Section Type Fields Commands Form Tools Section Listeners Section Type Test Section Type Summary Field 3 Right click Section Listeners and select New Section Listener Q Section Type Test Section Type Configu Test Section Type Fields Commands 4 A new Section Listener appears in the tree and you are prompted to name it Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Test Section Type Fields Untitled Section Listener Section Listener IENSectionListener ProgD Commands Form Tools Section Listeners Custom Properties Jntitled Section Listener 5 Enter a name for the section listener 6 Fill in the following information e IENSectionListener ProgID the programmatic identifier that the Windows registry uses to uniquely identify the object that implements the corresponding interface The format is OleServerName ObjectName For the ProgID s of the standard E Notebook section listeners see Managing the Standard Sec tion Listeners on page 654 7 If the section listener has properties to config ute click the Custom Properties button The section listener properties dialog appears and you are prompted to configure the custom properties 8 C
103. the XML file you wish to import 4 Select the file and click Open 5 The collection is imported into E Notebook Exporting a Collection To export a collection 1 Click the Browse button The Collection Tree appears 2 In the Collection Tree right click the collec tion that you wish to export as an XML file The collection menu appears r ak 7 P Ei ry A Jcurie User Configuration FB Chemistry Notebook c 60 Up To F H g Browse Here Eq Refresh Chemistry Experiment Chemi F 2 nu Import Folde ri r Annotate Lass Change Restore Changes 3 Select Export A dialog appears and you are prompted to select a location for the exported file 4 Select the location for the file and click Save 5 The collection is exported to the XML file TIP When a collection is exported the export file does not include any of the contained collections Each collection must be exported separately For example if you export a Note book that contains Experiments only the Notebook is exported each Experiment must be exported as a separate XML file Changing Collection Security Properties You can change the access that other E Notebook Users have to a specific Collections In order to change the security properties of a Collection you must have Full Control privileges to the collection Your system administrator determines who has Full Control privileges for each Collection in E Notebook
104. the contents of the chemical structure change MS Excel Field Listeners e Break External Links Listener notifies the user the external link in MS Excel files stored in E Notebook will be broken e Hide Add Ins Listener allows the user to disable add ins associated with MS Excel in E Notebook e Remove Macros Listener allows the user to disable add ins associated with MS Excel in E Notebook e Property List Listeners e Block Reference In State Property List Lis tener prevents a user from adding a refer ence to a particular type of collection that is in a particular state Person Property List Listener populates the value of a property with the logged on user s name whenever the value of another property is changed Chemical Properties Property List Listener populates the Molecular Weight and Molecular Formula properties automatically as the drawing in a chemical structure field 1s changed Validate Value Property List Listener vali dates a value in an E Notebook property list against an external database Formula listener allows you to associate a formula with a cell in a property list and dis play the returned value in the cell e Table Listeners ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookSummary of the Standard Add Ins Analyze Reaction Table Listener automat ically updates reactants and products tables in a stoichiometry grid when a user modifies a reaction drawing Block
105. the dialog See Filtering Acronyms with the Reaction Toolbar on page 531 Using Quick Add to Add a Structure With the Quick Add button you can bypass the Add Structure dialog and remove several steps from the process of adding a structure to your reaction To add a structure with the Quick Add button 1 Select an acronym from the dropdown list that appears in the reaction toolbar This dropdown lists all of the acronyms in your Reactants Folder 2 Click the down arrow by the Quick Add button in the reaction toolbar The options for adding the structure to the reac tion section are displayed The options are Left of Arrow as Reactant adds the struc ture to the reaction drawing to the left of the arrow and adds it to the reactants table in the grid Top of Arrow as Reagent adds the structure to the reaction drawing above the arrow and adds it to the reactants table in the grid Bottom of Arrow as Solvent adds the struc ture to the reaction drawing below the arrow and adds it to the reactants table in the grid Right of Arrow as Product adds the struc ture to the reaction drawing to the right of the arrow and adds it to the products table in the grid To Grid as Reagent adds the structure to the grid only in the reactants table To Grid as Solvent adds the structure to the grid only in the solvents table 3 Select the option you desired 4 Click the Quick Add button in the reaction
106. the transition but in some cases you may set up a transition that can only be performed by administrators or certain users Collection Type Experiment Configuration Experiment Contained Collection Types Contained Reference Types States To Closed State Open Transition Types Closed Re Open Search Engines Commands Form Tools Close Transition Type From Open State Permit Collection Owner To Perform This Type Of Transition 6 Select whether the owner may perform the transition To associate a transition Listener with the transi tion see Managing Transition Listeners Managing Transition Listeners Transition listeners are used to perform a certain function with the transition of a collection from one state to another For example a transition may be from an open state that permits edits to a closed read only state One of the standard transi tion listeners checks that required properties have been entered before the transition can be com pleted E Notebook provides several standard transition listeners that you may associate with transitions You may also develop your own customized tran sition listeners to perform additional functions Associating a Transition Listener with a Transition Transition Listeners modify the effects of transi tions usually by performing an operation that is associated with the transition To associate a transition listener with a
107. the user to have access to the section type in order to view create sections within a collection That is the privileges you set up for a collection type apply to all of its sections As with other collections the default security for a section type is Inherits Security meaning that a section type has the same security profile as its par ent collection in the Collection Tree You may dis able inherited security if you would like the security profile of a section type to be independent of the security profile of its parent To disable inherited security 1 Right click the section type for which you wish to disable inherited security e 777 A menu appeats r r Back 7 P Ei Id 6 gt Configuration Collection Types E gt Section Types EJ Ancillary Data E ACrOnytt E AutoTe ao Up To al AutoTe Browse Here E AutoTe Browse all E Home F Refresh Section Type E Image MS vo Export EJ MS Exc F MS Pow Restore Changes F offline pa Peaca Delete E Reactig Paname E Render Move Up E Sat co Move Down E Salt Co F Solvate Show History F Solvate User Info EJ Solen Inherits Security E Solvent Collection Properties al Spectr Section Type Configuration E Spectra 2 If Inherits Security is checked select it to clear the checkmark Inherits Security is disabled NOTE Ifyou disable Inherits Security the permissions that the collection had inherited will become assigned permis
108. to expand the contained ref erence types 3 Right click the contained reference type you wish to remove and select Delete Relationship from the menu that appears A message appears asking you to confirm that you wish to delete the relationship e 737 4 Click Yes The contained reference type is deleted Note that this change will not affect the relationships that users have already created It will only apply going forward Configuring Relationships to Unspecified Types of Collections E Notebook has an Unspecified Types of Collec tions feature that you can use to configure the relationship between a container collection type and any collection type for which no relationship is explicitly defined For example if you add Unspecified Types of Collections as a contained collection type within a Folder collection type the relationship you define will apply to all of the E Notebook collection types excluding collection types for which an individual relationship is set up In the example below users will be able to add or delete any type of collection from a Folder The features of Reactant collections within Folders may be different however because this relationship is defined separately Collection Type Folder Configuration Folder Contained Collection Types Collection Searches Section Searches V New Unspecified Types of Collections can be Added to Folders Contained Reference Types S
109. to folders that are in a Closed state Listener Listener ProglD Prevent Reference ENStandard9 NoCopyRef Copy StateC Listener Select the custom properties as shown below ia Mo Copy References In State Properties a X Target Collection Type Ancillary File version Target State Draft m O n e Target Collection Type the collection type that is referenced e Target State the state of the target collection that would prevent a user from copying a col lection that has this listener associated with it Managing the Prevent Delete when Referenced Collection Listener The Prevent Delete when Referenced Collection Listener prevents users from deleting a collection if the collection is referenced from another collection in E Notebook The reference may occur in a property list a table or an active document field You associate the listener with the collection type that should not be deleted when it is referenced For example if you want to prevent users from deleting an Experiment Page collection when that Experiment Page is referenced you would associ ate the listener with the Experiment Page collec tion type Listener Listener ProgID ENStandard9 NoDeleteRef when Referenced CListener Prevent Delete The Prevent Delete when Referenced Collection Listener has no custom properties associated with it Managing the Refresh Database Table Privilege Change Collection Listener The Refre
110. toolbar The structure you selected is added to your reaction Filtering Acronyms with the Reaction Toolbar The reaction toolbar offers several options for fil tering acronyms before selecting one to add to your reaction section ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookE Notebook Features To jump to a particular structure 1 Click the Add button in the reaction toolbar The Select and Add Structure dialog appears displaying the acronyms in your Reactants Folder 2 Begin typing the name of the structure you wish to select The selected structure changes to match the text you have typed Select amp Add Structure Add Structure Name trans trans Dibenzplideneacetone Trans trans famesol trans 1 2 Cyclohexanediol trans 1 2 Diaminocyclohexane Trans 2 bromocinnamic acid trans 2 Pentenoic acid trans 2 Phenylvinylboronic acid trans 3 3 Pyridyl acrylic acid trans 3 Azabicyclo 3 1 0 hexane 2 carboxyplic acid rans 4 Aminocyclohexanol hydrochloride rans 4 Hydroxy L proline rans Cinnamaldehyde rans Dibromobis triphenylphosphine palladiuml ri m tolyl phosphine i 2 furylphosphine riacetoxyvinylsilane J Tributyi 1 ethoxyvinyltin Tributyl vinyl tin ributylborane 1M THF Tributylphosphine Tribu itultin ehlaride Applying a Filter To filter the acronyms that are displayed in the dia log 1 Click the Filter button at the top of the dialog The Apply Filter window is displayed
111. transitions for the collection in reverse chronological order A save operation is denoted with a paper and pencil icon A col lection transition is denoted with a rubber stamp icon Notebook 6986 CI Notebook 6996 001 C Notebook 6996 002 C Notebook 6996 003 CI Notebook 6996 004 History Date O Save 4 22 2004 6 47 26 PM D400 Re Open 4 22 2004 6 32 00 PM 0400 Close 4 22 2004 6 32 50 PM 0400 EP save 4 22 2004 6 32 49 PM 0400 EP Save 4 22 2004 4 09 47 PM 0400 EP Create 4 22 2004 4 06 37 PM 0400 600 Changes and Audit TrailCambridgeSoft 3 To view a particular version click the version in the History Pane The version is then dis played in the section frame to the right The changes icon icon is not visible when you are viewing older versions of a collection To view the properties of a version of a collection 1 Right click the version in the history pane Select Properties from the menu that appears History Dat el Sa Save 4 22 2004 6 47 26 PM 0400 Re Cpen 44 00 EEEEES 0400 Gi Close 4 22 2004 6 32 50 PM 0400 EP Save 4 22 2004 6 92 49 PM 0400 EP Save 4722 2004 4 03 47 PM 0400 EF Masra AJ 23 9004 A062 Phd nn e The Version Properties dialog appears Version Properties Name Save Author CAMSOFT nhowe Date 4 22 2004 6 47 26 PM 0400 Previous E E Annotation Record additional data Annotated by CAMSOFT nhowe Date 4 22 2004 6 47 26 PM 0400 OK T
112. try Table 1 Right click the a cell in the the Reactants sec tion of the Stoichiometry Table e 533 A menu appeats Reactants amp Products Add Property Before 2 4dd Property After E Remove Property i Move Property Right he Add Reactant Before a Add Reactant After E x oO y ir Oy Fivot Table Checked by CPA A STITH SIT APOE A 2 Select Add Reactant After to add a reactant after the selected item or Add Reactant Before to add a reactant before the selected item A dialog box appears You are prompted to browse for the reactant you wish to select Back Browse Search CAMSOFT nhowe I lt lt Section 700 of 2477 3 Amino 1 2 4 triazole User Configuration Reactants Folder a Supplied Reactants E AutoTest Definitions Templates Reaction AutoT ext E Notebook 4343 Folder amp Section Search 3 Browse to the reactant section with the reac tant you wish to add See the Working with Reactants portion of this guide for information about creating and using reactants collections If you wish you may add a new reactant to E Notebook from the Add Reactant dialog Information about the reactant is displayed on the right side of the dialog box 4 Click Add The dialog box closes and the Stoichiometry Table is populated with information about the reactant 534 E Notebook FeaturesCambridgeSoft Removing Reactants and Products from the Stoichio
113. type To do this 1 Right click the collection type that contains the command in the Collection Tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears 2 If necessary click the plus sign next to Com mands to view the commands that are associ ated with this collection type 3 Right click the command you wish to remove from the collection type A menu appeats Collection Type Chemistry Experiment Configurat Chemistry Experiment Contained Collection Types Contained Reference Types States Search Engines Commands Export to MS Word IENCommand Progl Export to PDF F oe Move Command Down Print Form Tools Delete Command Collection Listene Rename Command Command Properties 4 Select Delete Command A message appears asking you to confirm that you wish to delete the command 5 Click Yes The command is removed from the collection type 6 To close the Collection Type Configuration dialog click the close button in the upper right cornet The dialog closes Managing the Standard Collection Commands There are some standard commands that you may associate with collection types in E Notebook The commands are used to render the contents of col lections in various formats i e MS Word or PDF and the results of these renderings can be stored in files printed on paper or stored in
114. used in search forms They make it possible for a users to search for specific properties in E Notebook tables Note that Property Query Fields are used to search for prop erties in E Notebook property lists Property Value Data Type Field Section Type Total olume volume Solvents Reaction e 721 To create a Table Query Field 1 In the Collection tree right click the Section Type to which you wish to add the field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears w Section Type Test Section Type Configuration t Section Type Tes 4 Enter a name for the field and select Table Query from the list of field types Add Field Name Table Query Field Type Table Query ki Unannotated Version Query URL Display 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Unannotated Version Query Fields Unannotated Version Query Fields are used in seatch forms They make it possible for a users to search for collections in which changes that 722 NManaging FieldsCambridgeSoft required annotation have been made but for which no annotation has been provided To create an u
115. user that initiated the database session in which the record set is retrieved This datum cotresponds to a value in the section_set_key column for a row in the ELN collections table access _view The name of the table used to validate security privileges for the logged in user In addition a SQL string may contain the name of a property that appears in a prop erty field in the same section as the DBT able section cell This property field is identified using the property field name property of the SQL section cell below For example a property could appear in the WHERE clause of the SQL statement to determine which records in the database table appear Property List Field An optional name of a property list field that contains properties which are used to parameterize the SQL statement above 3 Click OK Several examples are given below Note that the a row in the ELN_collections table syntax of the query may vary depending upon the e session_key The unique identi fier for the database session in which the record set is retrieved This datum corre type of database you are querying Example 1 sponds to a value in the primary_key col umn for a row in the ELN_ sessions table 692 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft In this example all of the values for suppliername are pulled in from the external database table Sup pliers Database Lookup Properties Connection String DSN TESTDATA
116. visible in the form Map Reaction Centers SRR RR Showing the Name of a Box To show the name of a box 1 Right click the section menu tool on the tab and select Hide Fields Advanced Guery Copy Section Rename Section Hide Fields Refresh The fields in the form are hidden 2 Right click within the box whose name you wish to display in the form The box menu appears 3 Select Box Properties Hide Box Show Contents Insert Box Within Insert Box To The Left Insert Box To The Right Delete Box Moye Box Left Clear Field Set Field Box Properties E a The Box properties dialog appears 4 Click the Show Name checkbox so that a checkmark appears Box Properties x 3000 F Show Name 40000 Show Max Button 3000 a000 32767 Maximum width I 32767 0 Weight 2000 Sub Box Layout Vetical ox Cancel 5 If you wish edit the name for the box 6 Click OK The dialog closes and the box name appears in the upper left corner of the box j Map Reaction Centers Resizing Boxes in a Form Minimum Height Minuroure Width Preferred Height Preferred Width 4 4 4 xl Maximum Height ia gg Ag I yg gy in You can change the size of a box to make it appear larger or smaller in a form You can set the maxi mum dimensions minimum dimensions and pro portional size of a box relative to other boxes in the same container Chang
117. words apart and in no specific order The NOT operator can be used in an advanced text seatch or query to find documents that contain a word or phrase but only when it appears without a second word or phrase The NOT operator is used by entering the term to be found followed by the word NOT in all capital letters or enter a tilde followed by the term to be excluded in the search Use the NOT operator to search for documents that contain one query term and not another 619 For example the following searches really mean Searching For Returns carbon NOT diamond the word carbon but not the word diamond anywhere in the docu ment s text carbon diamond the word carbon but not the word diamond anywhere in the docu ment s text catbon NOT the word carbon but not diamond OR the word diamond or graphite graphite anywhere in the document s text NOTE The NOT operator does not affect other logical operators OR The OR operator can be used in an advanced text search or query to find documents that contain information about any words in the query but not necessarily all words in the query The OR operator is used by entering the first term followed by the word OR in all capital letters or enter the pipe followed by another term on which the search is to be performed Use the OR operator to search for documents that contain at least one occurrence of any of the query
118. you wish to add to the table 5 Click Add The property appears as a column in the table immediately in front of the location you selected To add a tow 1 Right click the table at the location where you would like to add the row A menu appears Spectra Ancillary Data Table Table E Compound ID Molecular Formula Molecular Weight Structure Add Property Before 68 1182 g mol gt lt Add Property After N Remove Property Move Property Left SS Move Property Right 80 089 g mol N Add Row Before a Add Row After BLUF Remove Row Move Row Up 116 162 g mol Move Row Down Gut Reference Gopy Reference Paste Reference Clear Reference 167 21 g mol Edit Reference Sort Ascending Sort Descending Pivot Table 2 Select Add Row Before to add a row before the current row or Add Row After to add a row after the current row NOTE Ifthe Table has been pivoted you would select Add Property to add a row and Add Column to add a column Pivoting transposes the rows and columns in the table e 565 Removing Columns and Rows from a Table You can remove columns and rows from a table To remove a column 1 Right click the column or property you wish to remove from the table A menu appears Spectra Ancillary Data Table Table o Compound ID Molecular Formula Molecular Weight Structure 68 1182 g mol I N 80 089 g mol
119. 00 Status is x Open as of 47972004 0400 Property Query and Table Query Fields These fields are included in the Advanced Section Query The Property Query Field is used to search over Property Lists and the Table Query field is used to search over Tables See Searching with the Property Query and Table Query Fields on page 613 Property List Query Property Value Data Type Field Section Type Temperature 100 temperature Reaction Conditions Reaction Collections Search The collection search allows you to search for col lections such as notebooks folder or experiments You may conduct a search based for specific con tent or for metadata such as owner s name and creation date You can save your queries and the results lists in the Collection Tree To conduct a search for collections 1 While in Search mode select Collections from the Search for drop down list If no form appears in the right frame click the New Query icon A menu appears 2 Select Basic Query or Advanced Query An empty query form appears 3 Enter your search criteria as described below Do one of the following e Click Search Now to execute the query A results list appears listing the Collections that match the criteria you specified e Click the Save Query button to save the query e 609 A dialog appears prompting you to choose a location for waving your search e Select a location and click the Save b
120. 01 05 Aug 05 3 41 58 PM 0530 Create 05 Aug 05 3 41 58 PM 0530 5 Chemistry Notebook I 002 g a Notebook OO H BI IA Hehemistry Notebook I 002 08 Aug 05 10 08 30 AM 0530 Create 08 Aug 05 10 08 30 AM 0530 Chemistry Notebook I 003 b 5 Chemistry Notebook 004 hemistry Notebook I 003 08 Aug 05 10 09 53 AM 0530 Create 08 Aug 05 10 09 53 AM 0530 Chemistry Notebook l 005 Hehemistry Notebook I 004 08 Aug 05 10 10 51 AM 0530 Create 08 Aug 05 10 10 51 AM 0530 Chemistry Notebook l 006 O EA N eee pea Hhemistry Notebook I 005 08 Aug 05 10 13 37 AM 0530 Create 08 Aug 05 10 13 37 AM 0530 Browse Search ee ee H E 2 Gein Notebook a Offline 1 E 4 Chemistry Motebook 1 001 E Chemistry Notebook l 002 E Chemistry Notebook l 003 E Chemistry Notebook l O04 Chemistry Notebook l 005 9 Chemistry Notebook 006 E E Chemistry Notebook 12 Click Select 2 Folder 1 eee ere Another dialogue appears which tells you that 10 Click Select a link is set and asks you to navigate to the Another dialogue appears which tells you that Chemistry Experiment of the selected Notebook uke ection a link is set and asks you to navigate to the Reac oo tion section of the selected Notebook collec e View Batch Explorer displays a reaction tion tree showing successors and predecessors of a selected batch or compound Reaction Explorer To do this select View Batch Explorer Link successfull
121. 083 liquid UN 1115 K085 K087 K103 Flammable liquid K104 K105 K141 K142 K143 K144 Comments Colorless liquid with a K145 K147 K151 paint thinner like odor u019 D018 detectable at 12 ppm RTECS CY1400000 More information about the chemical is available in these categories Biochemistry Health Misc MSDS Pesticides Herbicides Physical Properties Regulations Structures Trading Usage Finding Chemical Suppliers on ACX com The Find Suppliers on ChemStore Com menu item links your browser to the chemacx com database record of suppliers of the compound you have selected ChemACX Available Chemicals Exchange is a Webserver application that accesses a database of commercially available chemicals The database contains catalogs from research and industrial chemical vendors ChemACxX allows the user to search for particular chemicals and view a list of vendors providing those chemicals To use Find Suppliers on ChemStore Com menu access 1 In ChemFinder select a structure you want to look up 2 From the Online menu choose Find Suppliers on ChemStore com The ChemACX Com page opens in your browser with information on the selected structure For example the ChemACX com page for Benzene is shown below ChemACX CambridgeSoft YOUR ACCOUNT HELP C Print Preferences Hel p About Log Off New Query Edit Query Refine Mark all Export Hits Substances matching your query 2 N
122. 150 PS on boron2 EA Test DeskJet 560C on boron2 lt gt Status Ready Printtofile Preferences Location Service area near conference room Comment Find Printer Page Range All Number of copies 1 gt C Selection C Cancel 3 Select the printer options 4 Select the Page Range e All prints all of the sections in the collec tion e Selection prints only the selected section e Pages allows you to specify a range of sec tions to print For example 1 5 would print the first five sections in the collection 5 Make your selections and click Print The collection or the portion of it you selected is printed To print a section 1 In the right frame select the section you wish to print 2 Click the section menu icon e 573 The section menu appears Reaction nace teed D Cue Section Copy Section Paste Section Move Down Duplicate Section Delete Section Rename Section Export bo MS Word rine Refresh 3 Continue with step 2 of printing collections above Note that your system configuration contains tem plates that determine exactly how the printed page appears If Visual Display of Changes is enabled the print will include the following e The data as is exists in the current version e The version history including the date and the author for each version after the baseline ver sion The baseline ve
123. 8 40 PM 0400 671572003 10 20 34 PM 0400 6715 2003 10 19 10 PM 0400 If visual display of changes is enabled there is a paper and pencil icon E next to data in the sec tion that was changed after the baseline version was created To view an older version of the data 1 Click the paper and pencil icon that indicates a change was made A dropdown menu ts displayed The menu dis plays a list of dates and times for every saved version of this data since the baseline version The version currently displayed is denoted with a checkmark FPrenarahnn pA A w Save 6 19 2003 3 51 25 PM 0400 Close 6 19 2003 3 35 47 PM 0400 Il qd 1 4 m 2 To view a particular version select the corre sponding date from the dropdown list The entire version of the collection as of that date and time is displayed Changes are displayed differently for different types of data Chemical Structure The data is displayed as it existed N A when the version was created Database tables MS Excel Spreadsheet Spectrum Stored Document Styled Text URL Displays 602eChanges and Audit TrailCambridgeSoft J Y Eee ee e MS Word The change tracking features of MS Word are used new text is 4 Pe a E underlined and displayed in red Deleted text is displayed with The temperature was 100C red strikethrough text e Property Lists Changed Cells display a pencil Changed or new property icon e Tables
124. 9 NewSubsection tion FormTool Managing the Spectrum Form Tool The Spectrum Form Tool is used in conjunction with a spectrum field to import and export spectral data from a file into an E Notebook section Form Tool Form Tool Control ProgID Spectrum ENStandardCtl9 Spectrum FormTool In order to use the Spectrum Form Tool in a form a Spectrum Field must be present in the form When you add a Spectrum Form Tool to a form you must configure the following custom proper ties Import Export Properties Target Field Managing the Active Document Form Tool The Active Document Form Tool is used in to import and export documents to and from an E Notebook Section When the form tool can also compute the checksum for the uploaded file and display it in a property list Form Tool Form Tool Control ProgID Active Docu ENStandardCtl9 ActiveDoc ment FormTool In order to use the Active Document Form Tool in an E Notebook form the following types of fields must be present in the form e Active Document Field OR e Stored Document Field OR e Excel OLE Control Field If you wish to display the checksum source file path and source file name the section type must also contain a property list with the following properties e Source File Name e Source Path e Checksum When you add an Active Document Form Tool to a form you must configure the following custom properties Import Export Properties Target Fi
125. Database Table Field Type Property List of Properties Command New Field Listener Form Tools Move Field Up Section Listeners Rename Field Field Properties The Field Properties dialog appears 4 Click the property for which you would like to add the list of enumerated values The attributes of the property appear to the right Click the dropdown arrow for the Enumerator and select Enumeration List Enumerator Hones x lt None gt Enumeration List Database Lookup Click the Properties button NOTE the button will only be enabled for a property of datatype text The Enumerated List Properties dialog appears Click the Add Value button A blank item appears in the list 8 Enter a value 9 Click Add Value to add another value or OK to close the dialog The values you entered will appear in a drop down list in the property cell The attributes of the property appear to the right Enumeration List is displayed as the type of Enumerator Click the Properties button under the Enumer ator Enumerated List Properties Add Value z Remove Value Move Value Up sT gt cone The Enumerated List Properties dialog appears Click any value to edit it or click Remove Value to delete it To move a value up or down in the list click the Move Value Up or Move Value Down button respectively Editing an Enumerated Values List 7 Click OK to close the
126. Double clicking Machine Type in the AutoText list for any styled text field would cause the corresponding sentence to appear Then the user would right click MACHINE TYPES to select from the list of machine types AutoT ext Definitions Usage S Section Type Field M b ma m Times New Roman X The test was run with the MACHINE TYPES A M lt a Keywords MACHINE TYPES TIP The title of the keywords tab must match the field descriptor exactly In this case MACHINE TYPES is the name of the keywords tab and MACHINE TYPES appears in the AutoText item Autotext Based on Other Fields in the Section You may also set up autotext that will fill in the val ues from property lists and tables in a section To do this you use a field name as a keyword in an AutoText Item The keywords and the field names must match exactly in order for the substitution to take effect Property Lists For the AutoText Item to populate the styled text field with all of the properties in a property list e 543 simply use the name of the property list as the key word in the AutoText Item For example say there is a Conditions field which is a property list that contains reaction conditions The AutoText Item Conditions CONDITIONS will fill in all of the properties in the Conditions property list for example Conditions Pressure 200 atm Tempera ture 100 C The keyword C
127. E Notebook About this document This document is the E Notebook section of the manual Chem amp Bio Office Chem amp Bio3D Finder and E Notebook and 1s made available as an excerpt for fast downloading To read the manual in its entirety or to download other sections Visit http www cambridgesoft com services DesktopSupport Documentation Manu als Default aspx Contents NOTE This manual begins on page 503 because page numbering is the same as in the ChemOffice 2006 complete manual Likewise the chapter numbering begins with 26 Chapter 26 Introducing E Notebook 10 0 ACAR ir E O 503 Term OOl Oy g eaaa tec a eee a aA 504 About the E Notebook Guide 506 Getting Started in E Notebook 506 OSC Medrir ripeka ne e a EEE 506 oare Men LOO ciex pute tin eterra nen 506 Logging in with Internet Explorer 506 Navigation OVEryieW icsse thes Bote bee es 507 DECUM Ey OVERVIEW Lit oath rE Ea I OC eee 507 E Notebook Overview 0000005 508 Chapter 27 Working with E Notebook Notebooks Pages Experiments and Other CONECHOINS Se anette ol daddeere dine e e ee 511 Working with the User Collection 511 Adding a New Collection to the User CONCCHOMw y1 ot tae cd eatin doar tee a ed 512 Adding a Reference within the User Collecion esera tat e aa E OE 512 Browsing up to the User Group 512 Working with Notebooks 512 Creating a Notebookivcenseos
128. Gl oc eee aCe ean Ov OT Oe 674 Chapter 37 Managing Commands Managing Collection Commands 677 Adding a Command to a Collection Type 677 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Collection Command 0004 678 Removing a Command from a Collecion Tipererio aeir tetera sete 678 Managing the Standard Collection Commands679 Managing the Export to MS Word Collecion Command eceressdeieiine aiit 679 Managing the Export to PDF Collection Command eee eee eee Cee ene 679 Managing the Print Collection Command 680 Managing Section Commands 680 Adding Commands to a Section Type 680 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Section Command 0 00 00 c eee 680 Removing a Command from a Section Type 681 Managing the Standard Section Commands 681 Managing the Export to MS Word Section ContentsCambridgeSoft Command esarri enne Enn het cee Rakes 681 Managing the Print Section Command 681 Chapter 38 Managing Fields Mataoing Field Listeners crercivitar erise 683 Adding a Field Vistenets 2tsc it eared ed oe 684 Managing Generic Field Listeners 684 Managing the Block User Edit Field EGOE hot de cad ttard dome te arene ana a 684 Managing the Block Edit Cell Field Listener 684 Managing the Copy Default Field Listener 685 Managing Data Pields i005 c2iuascegeaknsen ted 685 Managing Active Document Fields 685 Managing Active Document Field Listeners 686
129. ID Required Non ENStandard9 RequiredNon blank Proper BlankTListener ties Transition Managing the Required Rows Transition Listener The Required Rows Transition Listener prevents a transition from occurring if specific rows are miss ing from a table Listener Listener ProglD Required ENStandard9 RequiredRow Rows Transi sTListener tion Managing the Required Properties Transition Listener The Required Properties listener checks to ensure that the contents of the property list and table sec tion cells within the specified collection conform to the Required and Not Blank options associated with the properties of the property list and table fields If a property in a property list or a table property does not conform with the corresponding 760 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft Required or Not Blank option then the transition will not be completed Listener Listener ProglD Required ENStandard9 RequiredProper Properties tiesListener The Required Properties Transition Listener has no custom properties associated with it I Enterprise Managing the Sign Version Transition Listener The Sign Version Transition Listener invokes E Signatures with a particular transition Listener Listener ProgID Sign Version ENStandard9 SignVersionTL Transition The Configuration of this listener includes e Whether or not a countersignature is required e The transition that should occur upon success ful completi
130. Import Reactants l Remove Current Reactant a Remove All Reactants J Check Reaction Sites Ry flotes Legi Ww 3 In the left frame select a generic reactant from the dropdown list The correct generic reactant appears in the left frame 4 Using the navigator to the right click a location for the reactant to select that location 5 Select an Add Option e Insert After inserts the reactant after the selected reactant to the the right of the selected reactant in the plate e Insert Before inserts the reactant before the selected reactant to the left of the selected reactant in the plate e Overwrite replaces the reactant in the selected location 6 Click OK The Edit Reactant Structure dialog appears 7 Draw the reactant or open a structure file 8 Click OK CombiChem performs a check to ensure that the reactant matches the generic component you selected If it does not match a message is dis played to that effect and you are prompted to change the drawing If it does match the Add Reactant dialog closes and the reactant appears as a new subsection in the CombiChem library Checking Reaction Sites When a reactant has more than one possible reac tion site CombiChem makes it possible to choose which site s participate in the product enumera tion process and which do not To check and select reaction sites 1 From a CombiChem Library section click Rea
131. Library section click the Reactants tab 2 Use the scroll bar or the Navigator to select the reactant you wish to modify The reactant section you wish to modify appears 3 Click Reactants in the CombiChem menu The Reactants menu appears j Q peck gt K a Chemistry Notebook 1 001 amp JCurie Library Product Reaction Summary Parallel c User Configuration B Chemistry Notebook Chemistry Notebook l 002 Chemistry Notebook I 003 Import Reactants Offline Edit Current Reactant 4 Select Edit Current Reactant Reaction Reactants Products Tools Reacti Add Reactant The Edit Structure dialog appears and you may use the ChemDraw toolbar to edit the struc ture 5 Make your edits and click OK CombiChem performs a check to ensure that the reactant matches the generic component you selected If it does not match a message is dis played to that effect and you are prompted to change the drawing If it does match the Edit Structure dialog closes and the modified structure appears in the CombiChem library ChemOffice 2006 E Notebooklntroducing CombiChem for E Notebook e 627 Removing Reactants from a CombiChem Library After you have added reactants to a CombiChem Library you may delete them You have the option to remove a selected reactant from the Com biChem Library or to remove all of the reactants at once Removing a Selected Reactant
132. Mame M Owner s Mame Creation Date Last Modified Date Status Collection Type Mame Similarly you can select the values for other prop erties in the list from the dropdown lists after click ing the checkboxes opposite them Working with Numerical Units in Property Lists Property lists may contain numerical properties which may have default units associated with them 558 Working with Data in ENNotebookCambridgeSoft Your system configuration determines the default units for any given property The following types of measurements may be specified or displayed in the permitted units shown below For example there may be a property of mass and its default units may be grams g If you enter a numerical value into the property without speci fying units the units will be displayed and stored as grams You may also enter any of the permitted mass units shown below such as mg or kg Type of Permitted Units Measurement density g ml ug ml mg ml ug l mg l g l kg l kg m3 length m A om um mm cm mass g ug mg kg molality quantity per mass mol kg of solvent or substrate mol g mmol kg mmol g umol kg umol g Type of Permitted Units Measurement molar mass g mol kg mol dalton D kD molarity quantity per mol l volume of solution umolar mmolar molar moles quantity of mmol substance umol mol normality ion equivalents N per volume of solution mN uN pres
133. Meespectrum C Notebook 6986 001 L Notebook 6986 002 L Notebook 6986 003 f Notebook 7003 2 Browse to the collection or section and click the OK button A dialog appears prompting you to enter the text that will appear with the link w Insert Link Link Text IN otebook 6986 00245 pectrum Link Path Notebook 6986 002 Spectrum Browse 3 Enter the text or accept the default text and click the OK button The link appears within the text field rls B z u x x o m a ihien taken Notebook 6986 00445 pectrum 4 Double click the link to browse to its target Alternatively you may right click within the text field and select Insert Link from the menu that appears Then follow the steps given above Inserting Custom Autotext From a text field you can insert custom AutoText To do this 1 Right click within the text field A menu appears A 1 L one necked round bottomed flask fitted with a Claisen condenser p moisture with fa drvina tube is charaed with 200 a 1 35 moll of freshly distill orthoformate Insert Z methyl 3 nitrobenzenamine Insert triethyl orthoformate imidate ester Insert p toluenesulfonic acid Insert Ethyl M 2 methyl 3 nitrophenylFormimidate Insert Mew Reactant Insert Mew Product Insert Link Insert Reactants GutoText Insert Products 4utoText Insert Custom AutoTest 2 Select Insert Custom AutoText
134. Moles Sample Mass N 2Reactant C2H30 100 1 1 000 499 mmol 50 0 g SReactant cH2cl 148 6 1 000 499 mmol 74 2 g Sl Actual Mass Actual Mol Yield Purity MVV Eq Theo Mol Theot 17419 349 mmol 69 9 70 Y 2 3 1 000 499 mmol 106 g 2 lt Preparation SEE Arial vis vi BZ U Xx x Nam lt il 4 gt 4 Viewing the Structure Window as a Floating Palette As with the Navigator palette you have the option to either view the Structure Window in a docked position or in a floating position depending upon your preference Initially the Structure Window ts docked but you may remove it from its dock and relocate it to any area on the CombiChem screen This allows you to customize the appearance of yout CombiChem library To remove the Structure Window from its dock and view it as a floating palette as shown below 1 If the Structure Window ts not already visible move your cursor over the Structure Window button so that the Structure Window becomes visible and slides out from its dock 2 Click the docking button in the upper right corner of the Structure Window The appearance of the docking button changes to indicate that the Structure Window is no longer docked 3 Drag the Structure Window to any place on the screen The Structure Window appears in the new location You may also resize the Structure Window for more favorable viewing To do this 4
135. NTS Amount is replaced by the value from the Amount property for a reactant Section Names as Categories If you add multiple sections to an AutoText Col lection the section names will appear as categories in the autotext list For example Standard and My AutoText are two section names that appear as cate gories below F AutoL ext Standard Addition Funnel Addition Syringe Distillation Heat Solvent Wash Stir In Conditions Charge and Heat 3 My AutoT ext Extraction Flash Column Working with Solvents in a Reaction Section In E Notebook you may populate the solvents in the reaction section from the solvents folder in User Configuration Folder These solvents are named shortcuts for the commonly used solvents To enter a solvent into the Solvents Table 1 Right click a cell in the Solvents Table of the reaction section A menu appeats Add Property Before Add Property After Remove Property Move Property Right Add Solvent Before Add Solvent After aA Remove Solvent Wass al y Move Solvent Down d d Faste Reference Eq Edit Reference 340611 000 Pivot Table aes Hide Property Name Show Properties 2 Select Add Solvent After to add a solvent after the selected item or Add Solvent Before to add a solvent before the selected item A dialog box appears You are prompted to browse for the solvent you wish to select Add Solvents 1 2 Dichloroethane
136. ONDITIONS followed by a property name such as CONDITIONS Temperature will populate the styled text field with that specific property for example Temperature 100 C Tables As with Property Lists the AutoText Item refer ring to a Table should contain bracketed UPPER CASE keywords For example REACTANTS1 is added dropwise to a 500 ml round bottom flask charged with REACTANTS2 in SOLVENT REACTANTS1 REACTANTS2 and SOLVENT are replaced by the complete description of a com pound from one of these tables REACTANTS1 refers to a column in the table REACTANTS or if the table is pivoted with properties appearing as columns it refers to a row REACTANTS is the name of the table field In this case the number such as in REACTANTS1 and REACTANTS2 is used to indicate that different compounds are to be used in the AutoText In order to determine which reac tant is to be used where mote than one is present in the reactants table the user right clicks the key word that appears within brackets This displays a popup menu containing all of the possible values 544 E Notebook FeaturesCambridgeSoft The description that populates the styled text field consists of the name or text of the form Reactant 1 if the name is absent followed by a list of the properties of that compound To select individual properties an AutoText Item can contain a keyword followed by a property name e g REACTA
137. PDF Ee Import Export POF I POF Clear PDF in Er Isa A dialog box appears and you are prompted to select the file 3 Select the file and click the Open button The PDF document appears in E Notebook Enterprise To export the PDF file 4 Click the import tool icon ET PDF A menu appears 5 Select Export PDF A dialog appears prompting you to select a location for the exported file 6 Enter a name and destination for the file and click the Save button The file is exported to the location you selected To clear a PDF file from a section in E Notebook 1 Click the import tool icon A menu appears 2 Select Clear PDF You are prompted to confirm whether you wish to clear the document file 3 Click OK The PDF file is cleared Importing an Image File You can import any GIF JPG JPEG TIF TIFF PNG or BMP image Once imported the image 552 Working with Data in E NotebookCambridgeSoft file gets converted to a PDF document and you may edit or add text as the Adobe Acrobat menu and editing tools are also present To import an image 1 Click the import tool icon for the image field A dialog box appears and you are prompted to select the file 2 Select the file and click the Open button The image in the form of a PDF document appears in E Notebook Annotating an Image File In the Captured Image section the image is con verted to PDF upon import and you may edit
138. Property List Query Data Type Field Temperature 100 200 temperature Reaction Conditions Reaction Other search options may be used with numerical properties as well e Greater than gt 30 returns all sections in which the property is greater than 30 e Less than lt 30 returns all sections in which the property is less than 30 e Greater than or equal to gt 30 returns all sections in which the property is greater than or equal to 30 e Less than or equal to lt 30 returns all sec tions in which the property is less than or equal to 30 If you enter units the search will return all of the equivalent values entered in other units of the same type For example a search for a volume of 500 mL will return both 500 mL and 0 5L The search will assume the default units for the property if you do not enter units Using the same 614 SearchingCambridgeSoft example if mL were the default unit for a volume property and a search were conducted for a prop erty value of 0 5 no hits would be returned A search for 0 5 L would return both 500 mL and 0 5 L Searching for Text with the Query Text Field With the Query Text field you can search for text that is contained in the following E Notebook fields e Styled Text fields e MS Word fields e MS Excel fields e Stored document fields that are MS Word MS Excel or MS PowerPoint e E Notebook property lists e E Notebook tables e Text in chemical
139. Read permission to view the collection but not edit it e Read and Write permission to view the col lection and edit it if it is in a state that permits edits e 507 e Full Control Read and Write permission and also the ability to assign and remove secu rity permissions for the collection By default each collection inherits the security properties of its parent in the Collection Tree The inherited security option may be disabled how ever so that the security properties of a collection can be configured independently of its parent In addition to security at the collection level secu rity may also be configured for collection transi tions specifying which users may or may not perform certain transitions on collections If you have Full Control permission to a collection you may determine who has access to the collec File Edit View Tools Help ie L Back A Jcurie User Configuration B7 Chemistry Notebook fB Chemistry Notebook ll Chemistry Notebook ll 001 Save a Chemistry Motebook ll 002 a Chemistry Motebook ll 003 i Offline Zn fH Folder ae a E e iit Import Export E Li 20 oE y g Examples of some common types of E Notebook Collections are e Notebook and Page e Therapeutic Area e Project e Experiment e Reaction Scheme 508 Introducing E Notebook 10 0CambridgeSoft Le P a Iq chemistry Moteboo gt Pi Reaction MS Excel Spr
140. Restore Changes Biology Notebook Collection Search f e Chemical Structure Search Paaie Section Search Paste Reference Pea 4 Select the type of collection that you wish to create The new collection appears under the con tainer collection in the Collection Tree and you may be prompted to rename it 5 Type in a name for the new collection if prompted The name is saved automatically Organizing Collections You can organize collections in the Collection Tree to make their order meaningful to you and other E Notebook users Collections can be moved up and down within a container collection In some cases collections can be moved from one con 584 eWorking with Sections and CollectionsCambridgeSoft tainer collection to another Your system configu ration determines which items can be moved into which types of collections Moving Collections within a Container Collection You can organize collections within a container collection by moving them up and down To move a collection up or down within its con tainer 1 Click Browse The Collection Tree appears File Edit View Tools Help r back gt Pa F A Jcurie User Configuration ff Chemistry Motebook l Chemistry Motebook l 001 Chemistry Motebook l 002 Chemistry Motebook l 003 Chemistry Motebook l 004 lt f3 Chemistry Notebook ll Chemistry Motebook ll 001 Chemistry Motebook ll 002 Chemis
141. SOLUCE Automatically Select Landscape Network Cancel 9 Make all your selections and click the Print but ton The whole Experiment Link Diagram or por tion of the reaction tree you selected is printed Selecting Experiments in Batch Explorer E Notebook provides you with this feature to select the whole Experiment Links Diagram at once in Batch Explorer window and perform other functions To select the whole experiment e 539 10 Right click within a blank portion of the Batch Explorer window to select the experiment A menu appeats Batch Explorer elk abr Flip CS5H4BrNZn Panning Save As Bitmap Copy Print 11 Click Select All to select the whole Experiment Link Diagram which looks like Batch Explorer Siewnlere af CSHIDr Mie CSH4BrNZn 12 Perform the desired action on the selected Experiment Link Diagram Working with Autotext With the Autotext feature you can add predefined fragments of text to a field This allows you to cre ate the contents of a text field quickly You may also add text that is pulled from other fields for example reaction properties or values in the sto ichiometry grid of a reaction section As you update the reaction drawing and the stoichiometry erid your changes are reflected in the AutoText 540 E Notebook FeaturesCambridgeSoft The example below shows the Preparation field of the reaction section 1 x elom Standard a 4 1 L on
142. SQL String SELECT suppliername from SUPPLIERS Username Password Property List Field lt None v e suppliername value to be displayed in Data base Lookup Table e Suppliers name of external database table Example 2 In this example the value suppliername is pulled from the external database table Suppliers The suppliername displayed in the database table field corresponds to the value that a user has entered into a property list A user enters SupplierI D into the Supplier ID property which exists in a Property List named ID Number Database Lookup Properties Connection String DSN TESTDATA SQL String SELECT suppliername from SUPPLIERS WHERE SupplierlD Supplier ID Username Password Property List Field lt None gt v Cancel e suppliername value to be displayed in Data base Lookup Table e Suppliers name of external database table e SupplierID the supplier ID field in the external database table e ID Number name of the E Notebook prop erty list containing the Supplier ID property ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields e Supplier ID name of the E Notebook prop erty into which a user enters the value for Sup plierID Managing Database Value Fields Database Value Fields are used to pull in and dis play values that are the results of SQL query from an external database To create a Database Value Field 1 In the Coll
143. T 702 Managing Property List Listeners 703 Managing the Formula Listener 704 Managing the Block Reference In State Property List Listener y 0 csas lt iicueeen es 705 Managing the Person Property List Listener 706 Managing the Chemical Properties Property WStISISCNEL 3 Saiusee a ree NEAR ae eae 706 Managing the Validate Value Property List LIREN lt 2 eltsess Puc eakhe e 706 Managing Spectrum Fields 707 Managing Stored Document Fields 707 Managing Subsection Fields 708 Managing Subsection Field Listeners 709 Managing the Button View Subsection NTS WC ts aac tinh nade tnt Ono eres ae a eas 709 Managing the Hide Tools Subsection Ee ae E E er ere etter ee errr te geen 710 Managing Table Fields isaivdes w amis siete 710 Creating Tibe PicldGwisesectie ues sues 711 Configuring the Appearance of a Table 712 Managing Database Values in Tables 712 Managing Enumerated Values in Tables 713 Managing Table Listeners ceiege bounce 714 Managing URL Display Fields TA Managing Search Fields icconiedang tun tage 718 Chemical Query Picldssaisc osetia meee iy 718 Collection Query Miclds t cp escdauunn Mies 718 Collection Type Query Fields 719 oil Type VicldS lt nsccigdtnce he dtenny tang hate oe 719 Property Quer Fieldsi ved st ii ct deg cos oy 720 Query Text Fields 2 534026 vist das uoaa 720 State Query Pields risorti yen tehir oeni 721
144. Table Quety Fields aims uann aea 721 Unannotated Version Query Fields 722 Search Location Fields sini hewn bees 122 Managing the Add In Configuration 723 Chanoine a Field Typ toe 2 teases Betis ate 724 Addinsa new Field Ty pe xsenvetcateeteieas 724 Deleting a Field Typereeiissisasated eriti ned 724 TE SC GUO aE es tunes NARR 125 Managing Units in Property Lists and Tables 726 SpeciNcaton OTUS eenen aaa ieee wee qa Enay ordii oh a het ke oe iit 2I Chapter 39 Managing Collection Types Creating a New Collection Type 731 Adding a Section Type to a Collection Type 733 Having a Section Appear by Default 733 Removing a Section Type from a Collection Ty permanere tenon ou dese sates 734 Managing Contained Collection Types 735 Adding a Contained Collection Type 735 Changing the Relationship between a Contained Collection Type and the Parent Collection Ty pCuiteudeapecieres Beewid negte 735 Removing a Contained Collection Type froma Collecion Ty Pers cng ieecorinins Seek baed 736 Managing Contained Reference Types 736 Adding a Contained Reference Type 736 Changing the Relationship between a Contained Reference Type and the Parent Colecon Dye iat tech tesa ui neh ete ates 737 Removing a Contained Reference Type tkom aColecaon Type vrana een setae 737 Configuring Relationships to Unspecified Types Of Collections 4 4 suseunidendid man
145. The default security for any new Collection is Inher its Security meaning that a Collection has the same security profile as its parent Collection in the Col lection tree To disable inherited security 1 Right click the Collection for which you wish to disable inherited security A menu appeats Back Browse Search CAMSOFT tn nhowe Notebook 5435 C Notebook 5435 001 Cj Notel 9 Up To r Ci Notel Browse Here C Hotel Browse All L Matel Import C Motel Era C Hotel ae Ci Motel Copy L Notel paste Notebook Paste Reference Folder ENI Collection Move Up User Con Move Down Export to MS Word Print Close Duplicate Delete Rename Show History User Info w Inherits Security Collection Properties 2 If Inherits Security is checked select it to clear the checkmark Inherits Security is disabled Collection Security To change the Security Properties of a Collection ot Page 1 Right click the Collection or Page whose Secu rity Properties you wish to change A menu appeats 2 Select Collection Properties The Collection Properties dialog box appears 3 Click the Collection Security tab ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Sections and Collections e 589 The Security tab appears The Groups and Users who have permission to access this item appear in one of the two lists Inherited Per missions Assigned Permissions Notebook 5435 002 Properties General C
146. The sections in the Inbox appear in the right frame 3 Click the section menu to select one of the sec tions to cut copy etc as shown ETa a Cut Section q Copy Section tin Delete Section You can export the PDF document in the Inbox to a location outside the E Notebook just as you would do in the Captured Image sections 4 Click Export PDF Imp POF ae Enterprise Working Offline E Notebook makes it possible for you to work in offline mode In offline mode you are discon nected from the network When you reconnect Export POF you can upload the changes you made offline to the central E Notebook database In some cases the system will be configured to prevent you from working offline if you are con nected to the network Working With the Offline Folder To work in offline mode 1 Select the Collection or Page you wish to work in and drag it to Offline folder When a collection is available offline all of the data associated with that collection as well as the references associated that collection are copied to the offline database 2 Click the Work Offline button in the upper right corner of the screen This takes you to the offline mode in which the User s home collec tion contains only two collections the User Configuration folder and the Offline Collec tion The contents of only these two collec tions are available offline Home Page C User Con
147. Tool ProgID the program matic identifier that the Windows registry uses to uniquely identify the object that implements the corresponding interface The format is OleServerName ObjectName e IENFormToolCtl ProgID the program matic identifier that the Windows registry uses to uniquely identify the object that implements the corresponding interface The format is OleServerName ObjectName e License Key if necessary e Active an indication of whether new fields of this type may be used in section types If the checkbox is selected the field type is active Deleting a Field Type You may only delete field types that are not in use within E Notebook section types To delete a field type 1 From the Add In Configuration dialog click the field type in that you wish to delete The field type is highlighted Click the Delete button A message appears asking you to confirm that you wish to delete the field Type Click Yes If the field type is not used in an E Notebook section type it is deleted Otherwise an error message appears notifying you that the field type is in use and cannot be deleted Time Settings Whenever a date or time is displayed in E Note book it is displayed with a time zone bias from UTC Coordinated Universal Time The format of the time zone bias is HHMM The plus sign indi cates time zones that are east of UTC to the inter national date line by a specified number of h
148. Tools Section Listeners 4 Enter a name for the field and select a Field Type Each type of field has its own special charac teristics and configuration options See Man aging Fields on page 683 for a description of each field type and instructions for configuring the field Add Field Name Table Field Field Type Table Unannotated Version Query LIEIL a 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields g ii 6 Repeat steps 3 through 5 to add multiple fields to the section type 646e Managing Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and FormsCambridgeSoft Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Managing Summary Fields in a Table of Contents For each section type you can specify a summary field that will appear in the table of contents of a parent collection The summary field is displayed in the table of contents if that section is the first section in a collection For example if the chemical structure field is the summary field of a reaction section type and the reaction section is the first section in a page exper iment then the reaction drawing will appear in the table of contents for the the notebook as shown below vy my 5 Q A B 14 4 fonemistry notecootn z DIDI Browse Search He amp Jurie Product Table of Conten
149. User Info w Inherits Security Collection Properties Collection Type Configuration 9 Enter the following information See Manag ing the Standard Search Engines on page 751 for more information about the standard E Notebook Search Engines e IENSearchEngineProgID e IENResultsCtlProgID e IENResultsCtl License Key Once you have created the search type you configure it as you would any other collection type The section type you associate with it should be a search form See Creating a Search Form on page 752 Managing the Standard Search Engines E Notebook provides a several standard search engines ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types Collection Search Engine The Collection Search Engine is used to perform searches for collections and match criteria speci fied in the following fields e Collection Query field e Collection Type Query field e State Query Field e Search Location Search Search Engine Search Engine Engine ProglD Control ProgID Collection ENSearchEngine9 ENSearchEngine9 CollectionSeatch CollectionRe Engine sultsResultsCtl Section Search Engine The Section Search Engine is used to perform searches for sections and match criteria specified in the a variety of field types e Property Query e Table Query e Query Text e Chemical Query In addition any of the field types listed for the Col lection Search Engine above may be used Search Search Engi
150. Value button A blank item appears in the list 8 Enter a value Add Value F Remove Value Move Value Up joist iiil gt ores 9 Click Add Value to add another value or OK to close the dialog The values you entered will appear in a drop down list in the property cell To Edit an Enumerated Values List 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type to you wish to configure 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click the property list field in the list of fields and select Field Properties from the menu that appears 700 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft 4 The Field Properties dialog appears Click the property whose values you wish to edit The attributes of the property appear to the right Enumeration List is displayed as the type of Enumerator 5 Click the Properties button under the Enumer ator The Enumerated List Properties dialog appeats Add Value m Remove Yalue Move Value Up bie ust am gt ares 6 Click any value to edit it or click Remove Value Blue to delete it To move a value up or down in the list click the Move Value Up or Move Value Down button respectively 7 Click OK to close the dialog Modifying Properties without Obscuring Data Note that if you change the name of a property the name will change in all collections that include the
151. a ek 650 Managing the Spectrum Form Tool 651 Managing the Active Document Form Tool 651 Managing the Insert Reference Form Tool 652 Managing the Print Multiple Form Tool 652 Managing Section Listeners 3 6 cca 4sungn ees 652 Adding a Section Listener to a Section Type 652 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a DECOR Listene y cshs 0 4 ard a re 653 Removing a Section Listener from a SEGUON Ny Pet os e a iad ee akc 654 Managing the Standard Section Listeners 654 Managing the Required Section Listener 654 Managing the Fixed Section Name Listener 654 Managing the Audit Section Listener 655 Conhounne GF Ofnts bectcheceuetinae eters 655 Configuring a New Port s24 egue de dan deadue 655 Setting the Fields in Boxes 444254 anew ans 656 Reconfiguring an Existing Form 657 Adding a Field to an Existing Form 657 Rearranging Boxes in a Form 658 Deleting a Box from a Form 658 Showing and Hiding the Max Button Ora DOR oy ites ote tt do ache a eh eee eg Sees 659 Hiding the Max Button 25 ecb cee se eaye 659 Showing the Max Button esicseseesrredta 659 Showing and Hiding the Name of a Box 660 Hiding the Box Name cswiceth boi dadiws 660 Showing the Name of a Box 661 Resizing Boxes in a Votiti0 8 wcee vii sean 661 Changing the Weight of a Box 661 Changing the Dimensions of a Box Manaa asleon om eee Gere cana eed teas 662 Clearing Fields when Con
152. a submission has been can celled there is no way to resubmit it Countersigning a Document To countersign a document that has been submit ted to you 1 In the Collection Tree select your user collec tion e 5 5 Your home page appears in the right frame You can view the record of documents await ing your signature in the Display Document List 3 Click the Countersign button to verify your approval Field at the bottom of your Home Page 2 Right click the document you wish to sign and click Countersign 3 Author TING Countersign H The PDF rendition that was submitted to you is displayed 576eWeorking with Data in E NotebookCambridgeSoft The document is countersigned and closed Of Click Reject to deny your approval The rejected submission can be reviewed by the primary author and either resubmitted or can celled The rejected submission is highlighted in the list to distinguish it from the other entries in the list Chapter 30 Working with Sections and Collections Working with Sections A section is a form for E Notebook data Just as you would use pages in a paper notebook for recording various types of data you can use sec tions in E Notebook for recording reactions spec tra and other types of information Sections are often associated with Experiments or Page collec tions For example an Experiment may contain sections for reactions notes etc You c
153. a values of a property in a table against an external database to ensure the values entered into E Notebook are valid If a user enters a value that is not valid he will be presented with an error mes sage to that effect Table IENPropertyListListener ProgID Listener ENStandardCtl9 Validate Val uel Listener Clicking the Properties button after adding the lis tener to a table displays the following dialog Here you select the property to be validated from the Property drop down list Then enter the database connection information and the SQL string to be used for validating the value Managing the Analyze Reaction Table Lis tener The Analyze Reaction Table Listener automatically updates the reactants and products tables in a sto ichiometry grid when a user edits a reaction draw ing This listener must be associated with both the Reactants table field and the Products table field In addition you must associate the Analyze Reac tion Chemical Structure Listener with the reaction field Active IENActiveDocListener Document ProgiD Listener Analyze ENStandardCtl9 AnalyzeRx nT Listener Reaction This listener has no custom properties associated with it 716 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft Managing the Unique Property Table Lis fener The Unique Property Table Listener prevents add ing more than one property of the same type to a table Table IENPropertyListListener ProgID Listener Un
154. about configuring an existing export template see Editing the Export Tem plate for a Section Type on page 666 If no template appears you must first create the template You can then edit the template in one of two ways 3 Click the New Default Section button nay Defaut in the right frame A menu appears listing all of the E Notebook section types e You can edit it within E Notebook using the MS Word tools that E Notebook provides e You can export it to MS Word and edit it lf within MS Word to make use of the full MS Word feature set You can then import it back into E Notebook See Working with Hew ault MS Word Documents in the User Guide if Export Template Ancillary Data you would like more information about how Acronym to import and export MS Word documents Reactant Table of Contents AutoTest Item The body of each export template contains tags that mark the locations for the content within the AutoText Keywords AutoText Definitions peu exported section The format of a tag consists of a MS Word Document left bracket the name of a field and a right 4 Select Export Template bracket For example if there is a field named A new export template appears Reaction it will replace the first instance of See Editing the Export Template for a Section lt Reaction gt in the export template Type on page 666 for instructions on setting up the template
155. age 655 for more infor mation Managing Database Values in Tables This topic provides instructions for configuring database lookups in tables Database lookups are used to pull in and display values from a database You may also validate a value that a user enters into a table against an external database see Man aging the Validate Value Table Listener on page 716 for more information 1 In the Collection tree right click the Section Type to you wish to configure 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click the Table Field in the list of Fields and select Field Properties from the menu that appears w Section Type Form Configuration Form Fields H Structure Table Field l Field Type Table a Sle Move Field Up Form Toc Move Field Bown Delete Field Rename Field Field Properties The Field Properties dialog appears 4 Click the Property for whose value s you wish to pull from an against an external database 5 Click the drop down arrow for Enumerator and select Database Lookup Enumerator Hones kd None gt Enumeration List Database Lookup a 6 Click the Properties button x Connection String SOL String fd Username Password Property List Field lt None gt cree The Database Lookup Properties dialog appears 7 Enter the properties Se
156. ages and experiments 513 reactants collections 515 the changes icon 597 the history pane 600 the inbox 514 the reaction toolbar 529 the stoichiometry table 532 the user collection 511 the user configuration folder 515 Z Zooming in on a spectrum peak 562 Index vii
157. aging Active Document Fields Active Document Fields allow users to view and edit MS Word documents within E Notebook sec tions If you associate the Active Document Form Tool with an active document field users can import MS Word documents from external sources or export MS Word documents and edit them in MS Word To add an Active Document field 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the property list 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field Section Type Test Section Type Test Section Type Form Tools Section Listeners The Add Field dialog appears Add Field Name Field Type C e 4 Enter a name for the field and select Active Document from the drop down list of field types 5 Click the Add button The new field appears in the list of fields e 685 6 In order for users to be able to import and export the MS Word documents you must associate the Active Document Form Tool with the field Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Managing Active Document Field Listeners An Active Document Field Listener modifies the behavior of an MS Word field in E Notebook E Notebook provides an active document l
158. aging FieldsCambridgeSoft 4 Right click the name of the field and select New Property from the menu that appears A new property appears in the tree It s attributes appear to the right Nickname Untitled Type text Zi Units V Active I Not Blank J ENTER to Create New Line M Read Only 5 Type in a Name and Nickname for the prop erty e Name appears when a user selects the property for a search e Nickname is displayed on the screen in the printed copy and in an exported Word document 6 Select the Type from the drop down list See Managing Units in Property Lists and Tables on page 726 for more information 7 Select the Units from the drop down list if applicable for the Type you have selected 8 Click the checkboxes for the attributes you wish to apply to the property e Active users can add new instances of the Property to the Sections they create e Read Only the property is for display only and users may not edit it e Required the user may not delete the property from the section e Not Blank the user must enter a value for the property before he van perform a partic ular transition on the Collection For exam ple you may set up an experiment Collection such that it is necessary to enter an equipment id before a user can close the experiment If the user has not entered a value for the property he will be prompted to enter it when he atte
159. along with its contents Read amp Write privilege The privilege required to modify the contents of a collection The Read amp Write privilege subsumes all of the features associated with the Read privilege ChemOffice 2006 E Notebooklntroducing E Notebook 10 0 Region A geographic area that is used to specify characteristics of a user such as the name of the template used when converting the contents of a set of sections to MS Word document Table A section or part of a section in which you can record data in a tabular format Template A collection containing data or information that you wish to reuse multiple times You can use the template as the basis for new collections Section A set of related pieces of data Each piece of data is described by a field For exam ple a reaction section might contain a chemical structure drawing a table of reactants a table of solvents a table of products and a descrip tion of the procedure used to create the draw ing Section Listener Section Listeners modify the behaviors of sections such as renaming and moving behaviors Administrators assign Section Listeners to various types of sections Section menu icon The icon that appears when sections are displayed Right clicking the icon displays the section menu Section tools icons The icons that appear immediately below the section menu icon if there are tools such as import or export tools
160. alue Collection Listener clears speci fied properties in tables or property list fields when a collection is duplicated I Enterprise Delete Spawn Collection Lis tener deletes any batch explorer links to a col lection when the collection is deleted Database Procedure Collection Listener executes a database procedure during an oper ation on a collection Fixed Name Collection Listener prevents the user from renaming collections Enterprise Offline Collection Listener automatically creates a reference to a newly cre ated collection in the offline folder Owner Full Control Collection Listener pro vides the user with Full Control permission for this type of collection when he she is the owner I Enterprise No Create Offline Collection Listener prevents the creation of this type of collection when the user is working offline Parent Prefix Collection Listener ensures that when the collection is renamed any contained collection that has a name generated by the Auto Number listener has the correct prefix if the name of the parent collection changes Prevent Delete when Referenced Collection Listener prevents users from deleting this type of collection when it is referenced from another collection Prevent Reference Copy Collection Listener prevents users from copying collections that contain references to specific types of collec tions that are in specific states Refres
161. ambridgeSoft When you conduct a search for sections all of the seatch criteria you enter into the query form must exist in a section in order for the section to be con sidered a match In other words the search is an AND search If you add an additional search form you can conduct an OR search The search results will contain the sections that match 1 all of the criteria in the first search form and 2 all of the criteria in the second search form After running a search you may refine it adding additional criteria etc See Refining a Search on page 607 Searches are not case sensitive A search for Ben zene will find both Benzene and benzene Your section search form may include the follow ing search fields Query Text Field The Query Text field may be used to search for the following text e Text in MS Word fields e Text in Styled Text fields e Text in MS Excel spreadsheets e Text in Chemical Structure fields e Properties in Property Lists e Properties in Tables e Textin several types of stored document files MS Word MS Excel MS PowerPoint See Searching for Text with the Query Text Field on page 614 for a description of the search capabilities Chemical Structure Field If you wish draw a structure or reaction using the ChemDraw Toolbar Alternatively you may open a structure file of a supported file type See Chemical Structure Search on page 610 for infor
162. an also use templates to set up sections auto matically and uniformly See Working with Tem plates on page 517 for more information Your system configuration determines the types of sections that are available in E Notebook Creating a Section You can create a new section within a collection To create a section 1 In the Collection Tree click the collection to wish you wish to add the section If the collection already contains sections they appear in the right frame 2 Click the icon in the right frame Section A menu appears listing the types of sections that you may add Reaction Man MS Word Document Sectio M5 Excel Spreadsheet MS PowerPoint Slideshow Ancillary Data Image Spectra Spectrum 3 Select the type of section you wish to create A new section of that type appears Your system configuration determines which types of sections can be added to which types of collec tions These rules are very flexible and they make it possible to tailor the E Notebook application to your workflow Changing a Section To modify a section within a collection 1 Go to the section you wish to change 2 Edit the data in the section See the other por tions of the User Guide for information spe cific information about how to edit different types of data in E Notebook It is only possible for one E Notebook user to edit the sections in an individual collection at any given time If another user is
163. anced text searching options continued AND amp 617 Backslash 616 Curly Brackets 615 EQUIValence 617 Fuzzy 617 MINUS 618 NEAR 618 NOT 619 OR 620 Soundex 620 Stem 621 Annotation of changes 598 Applying a filter 531 Associating a list of manually entered values with a property 699 714 Associating a Transition Listener with a Transi tion 755 Autosave saving changes with 598 Autotext based on other fields in the section 543 inserting custom 542 inserting links with 542 working with 540 B Basic text searching 615 Batch import commands 788 789 790 Browsing at a higher level 526 from home 526 limiting collection 525 the entire collection tree 527 up to the user group 512 Index i C Changes and audit trail 597 Changes menu 598 Changing a Field Type 724 Changing a section 579 Changing a User s Properties 768 Changing Box Orientation 664 Changing collection security properties 589 Changing the Dimensions of a Box Manually 662 Changing the Relationship between a Contained Collection Type and the Parent Collection Type 735 Changing the Relationship between a Contained Reference Type and the Parent Collection Type 737 Changing the Security Properties of a User Col lection 768 Changing the Weight of a Box 661 Chemical Structure Search Engine 751 Clearing Fields when Configuring a Form 663 Clicking the changes icon 597 Closing and reopening pages and experiments 514 Collection ch
164. and numbering schemes for enumerated products In addition Com biChem makes it possible for you to modify the way that structures are displayed in the library Editing Structure Palette Display Settings You can modify the settings for the structure pal ette that is used in a CombiChem library The set tings you apply will only be visible in the structure window of the CombiChem Navigator To do this 5 From a CombiChem library click Tools in the menu The Tools menu appeats I Q sex gt amp 1d 4 chemistry Notebookt 003 gt PI Browse Search Work of amp Jurie Library Product Reaction Summary Parallel or Small Array Summary User Configuration BY Chemistry Notebook ol Reaction Reactants Products Tools Chemistry Notebook l 001 J Reaction Reactants Edit Structure Palette Display Settings Chemistry Notebook I 002 Chemistry Notebook I 003 eneric Reaction and Compon Edit Reactant Layout Settings Chemistry Notebook I 004 Edit Product Layout Settings J Offline Set Product Grid Options 6 Select Edit Structure Palette Display Settings The Edit Display Settings dialog appears It contains a ChemDraw field 7 Right click within the ChemDraw field to dis play the ChemDraw menu The menu is displayed 8 Select File and Apply Document Settings From 9 Select the source for the settings from the list that appears or
165. anging security properties 589 deleting a 587 duplicating within a container 586 E Notebook adding from a property list 559 adding from a table 569 exporting 588 exporting to MS Word 592 importing 588 limiting browsing 525 moving between containers 585 moving within containers 584 organizing 584 printing 593 printing multiple 593 ii Index Collection continued reactant adding a new 516 adding a new reactant to existing 515 renaming 587 saving and hiding 525 saving changes 597 security 589 transition performing 592 tree browsing the entire 527 tree hiding 525 user adding a new collection to 512 adding a reference within 512 viewing properties 587 Collection Listeners 783 Collection Search Engine 751 Collection Security 771 Collection Type Security 775 Configuring a Form 655 Configuring a New Form 655 Configuring a Transition between States 754 Configuring a Database Table Field 691 Configuring Annotation Options 763 Configuring Autosave 763 Configuring Change Control Options 761 Configuring Relationships to Unspecified Types of Collections 738 Configuring the Appearance of a Property List 699 Configuring the Appearance of a Table 712 Creating folders 514 new autotext definitions 543 notebooks 513 pages or experiments 513 pages or experiments from a template 514 references within a table cell 569 references within the collection tree 585 sections 579 Creating a Database Table Field 690 CambridgeS
166. ansition Listener Contained Collection Types Contained Reference Types IENTransitionListener ProglD ENStandard9 hangeDisplayListener States Open Custom Properties Transition Types Close Transition Listeners change Display Closed Re Open Search Engines Commands Farm Tanle 6 Click the Custom Properties button If the transition listener has custom properties associated with it a properties dialog appears and you may view and or edit the properties If the transition listener has no custom properties associ ated with it a message appears to that effect Note that none of the standard transition listeners have custom properties associated with them Removing a Transition Listener from a Transition In some cases you may no longer want to have a particular transition listener associated with the transition for a collection type To remove a transition listener from a transition 1 Right click the relevant collection type in the Collection Tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears 2 Click the plus sign next to states to expand the category and see the states that are associated with the collection type 3 Click the plus sign next to the state that is the initial state in the transition In this example the transition is from Open state to the Closed state The Transition Types category appears
167. arch for information in E Notebook For exam ple the collection search engine makes it possible ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types to search for collections that match certain meta data criteria such as creation date and owner Collection Listeners collection listeners modify behaviors of collections such as the move or cre ate behaviors An example is the User Collection Listener which displays a dialog for entry of Use rID user name etc when a new user is created Form Tools form tools perform a certain func tion when a user selects them for example creat ing a new collection or a new section Creating a New Collection Type Collections organize related information in E Notebook and each collection appears as an item in the Collection Tree When you create a new collection type you create a new means of organiz ing information in E Notebook For example you could create a collection type of Project or Experi ment E Notebook Users would then be able to use these Projects or Experiments to organize their information in E Notebook When you create a new collection type you define the rules that determine which sections users can add to collections of this type Also you set up the rules that govern how the collection type is related to other collection types in the Collection Tree where can a new collection of this type be created and what types of collections can be created within
168. arches are always case sensitive The text string inside the parentheses is interpreted with respect to case 616 SearchingCambridgeSoft For example the following searches really mean Searching For Returns any word with words related to carbon in the document s text Matches include coal and diamond ABOUT carbon ABOUT carbon by any phrases with words products from related to carbon by syntheses at 25 products from syntheses at degrees Celsius 25 degrees Celsius in the document s text The ABOUT operator becomes very powerful when coupled with other operators such as AND or NOT For example the following searches really mean Searching For Returns any word with words related to carbon as well as the word diamond in the document s text ABOUT carbon AND diamond any word with words related to carbon but excluding the word diamond in the docu ment s text ABOUT carbon NOT ABOUT diamond NOTE For advanced Oracle users The word or phrase specified in an ABOUT query does not have to exactly match the themes stored in the index Oracle automatically normalizes the word or phrase before performing lookup in the Text index AND amp The AND operator used in an advanced text search finds documents that contain more than one word ot phrase The AND operator is used to search for documents that contain at least one occurrence of each of the query terms The AND o
169. arches for chemical structures The results are organized by substructure Field Types The following field types are designed for use in data forms for data entry analysis and display e Active Document Fields MS Word fields e AutoText Fields e Chemical Structure Fields e Context Sensitive Help Fields e Captured Image Fields e Database Table Fields e Database Value Fields e Excel Fields e PowerPoint Fields e Property List Fields e Spectrum Fields e Stored Document Fields e Subsection Fields e 785 Table Fields URL Display Fields Several fields types are designed for use exclusively within search forms to search for data in E Notebook They are Chemical Query Fields used for finding chemical structures in E Notebook tables and chemical structure fields Collection Query Fields used for finding collections that match the metadata cri teria that a user specifies Collection Type Query Fields used for speci fying the collection type over which a search is run Query Text Fields used for finding text that occurs in several types of E Notebook fields State Query Fields used to specify the state of the collections over which a search is con ducted Property Query Fields used for finding spe cific properties in E Notebook property lists Table Query Fields used for finding specific properties in E Notebook tables Unannotated Version Query Fields used
170. are hidden 3 To see the field in a particular box again right click within the box and select Show Contents from the menu that appears This menu option will only appear if 1 the box contains a field or 2 a contained box is hidden Title Page Ly Description Hide Box Show Contents o Insert Box Within Insert Box Above Insert Box Below Delete Box Clear Field Set Field Box Properties Changing Box Orientation You may wish to change the orientation for a box so that the stacking of its contained boxes will change from horizontal to vertical or from vertical to horizontal In this example we will change the orientation of contained boxes from a horizontal arrangement to a vertical arrangement 664 Managing Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and FormsCambridgeSoft In the form we are shown below there are three horizontally arranged boxes within a single con tainer box Analytical Section Type Container Box 1 aE ee I Untitled Box e Untitled Box 3 iUntitled Box 2 Date Arvalyst 1 Right click the frame of the box that contains the three boxes making sure you select the correct box the one that is directly outside of the three boxes in this example Container Box 1 is selected The box menu appears Analytical Section Type Hide Box Show Contents Insert Box Within Insert Box Above Insert Box Below Delete Bo
171. ars Batch Explorer DER A SS C4HSLi 3 p L ZnBr C5H4BrNZn a Flip gt Panning Save As Bitmap Copy hs Print r C5H4BrN Select All 538 E Notebook FeaturesCambridgeSoft 2 Click Save As Bitmap to open the following destination window and you can set the desti nation where you wish to save the Experiment Link Diagram Bitmap is the only format Save Experiment Links Diagram As A Bitmap Save in Experiment Links ae EG My Recent Documents G t File name Experiment I bmp z 3 My Network Save as type Bitmap File X Cancel Places 3 Click the Save button in the destination win dow to save the Experiment Link Diagram and dismiss the dialog Copying Experiments in Batch Explorer E Notebook provides you with this feature to copy your Experiment Links Diagram from the Batch Explorer window To copy an experiment 1 Right click within a blank portion of the Batch Explorer window to copy the experiment A menu appears Batch Explorer Flip Panning Save As Bitmap Print Select All 2 Click Copy to copy the Experiment Link Dia gram 3 Paste the Experiment Link Diagram at your desired location Printing Experiments in Batch Explorer You can print your Experiment Links Diagram from the Batch Explorer window to maintain your hardcopy archives To print an experiment 4 Right click within a blank portion of the Batch Explore
172. ars ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms e 645 The Section Type Configuration dialog appears This is the dialog through which you add the following components e Fields e Form Tools e Section Listeners Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Section Type Test Section Type Feds Summary Field Commands Form Tools Section Listeners Managing Fields within a Section Type You can add fields to a section type and use them to create a form and an export template You can also specify which field will appear in the table of contents of a container collection For information about the individual fields and their properties see Managing Fields on page 683 Adding a Field to a Section Type In order to configure a form for E Notebook you must first add fields to the section type To add a field to a section type 1 Right click the section type in the collection tree The collection menu appears 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu The Section Type Configuration dialog appears Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Test Section Type Fields Section Type Test Section Type Summary Field Commands Form Tools Section Listeners 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears Section Type Test Section Type Test Section Type New Field Col Form
173. ars in the Collection Tree Alternatively you may right click the collection you wish to reference and select Copy from the collection menu Then right click the folder col lection and select Paste Reference Working with the User Configuration Folder Within your user collection there is a User Config uration Folder which can contain Reactants Auto Text and Templates To expand your User Configuration folder and view its contents either double click it in the Collection Tree or click the plus sign next to it File Edit View Tools Help Back Browse Search CAMSOFT nhowe Notebook 5435 Folder User Configuration Reactants Folder AutoTest Definitions Templates e Reactants Folder contains reactants whose structures and properties you can add to Reac tion Sections See Working with Reactants Collections on page 515 for information e AutoText Definitions contains predefined text fragments that you can reuse to simplify text entry in for example procedure text See Creating New Autotext Definitions on page 543 for information about configuring Auto Text ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with E Notebook e Templates folder contains templates of var ious types that you can use to avoid unneces sary reentry of data See Working with Templates on page 517 for more information Working with Reactants Collections Reactants are named shortcuts for a common
174. as an export template the template appears in the right frame If not the right frame is blank and you must create a new template See the following topics e Creating the Export Template for a Section Type on page 666 e Editing the Export Template for a Section Type on page 666 ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms e 665 Editing the Export Template for a Section Type Creating the Export Template for a Section Type Export templates allow users to print E Notebook This topic provides instructions for setting up or modifying an export template To do this sections and to export sections to Microsoft Word To create an export template 1 Right click the section type in the Collection 1 Right click the section type in the Collection Tree Tree A menu appeats A menu appears 2 Select Show and then Export Templates 2 Select Show and then Export Templates PR Templates a Templates Sy Section Types SJ Section Types Export Template Export Template Ancillary Data J Ancillary Data A Acronym m A Reac v Default Contents For New Sections pa Reac v Default Contents For New Sections ae ras Go Up To gt Go Up To gt Autol Autol nated Browse Here aie Browse Here The right frame is blank if there is no export The export template appears in the right frame template associated with the section type For information
175. at contains the command in the Collection Tree and select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 2 If necessary click the plus sign next to Com mands to view the commands that are associ ated with this collection type Click the command whose properties you wish to view or edit 3 Click the Custom Properties button 4 Edit the properties if you wish For example you may wish to add section types to be ren dered For this a Click the Set Rendered Section Types button to add section types A dialog appears dis playing the list of section types and check boxes before their names b Check the boxes to select the section types and click OK to close the dialog 5 Click OK to close the properties dialog 6 To close the Section Type Configuration dia log click the close button in the upper right corner The dialog closes and your changes are saved Removing a Command from a Section Type If you no longer want a particular command to be associated with a section type you can remove it from the section type To do this 1 Right click the section type that contains the command in the Collection Tree and select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 2 If necessary click the plus sign next to Com mands to view the commands that are associ ated with this section type 3
176. ationships E Test Folde Export H E Section Types Move Up Move Down Export to MS Word Print Delete Rename User Info w Inherits Security Collection Properties Collection Type Configuration The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears 2 If necessary click the plus sign next to Collec tion Listeners to view the collection listeners that are associated with this collection type 3 Right click the collection listener you wish to remove from the collection type A menu appears w Collection Type Page Configuration Page z Contained Collection and Page Types z Contained Reference Types H States i Search Engines Collection Listeners Auto Number Collection Lis IENCollectionListener Proc Rename Collection Listener Delete Collection Listener Move Collection Listener Up Moye Gollection Listener Down 4 Select Delete Collection Listener A message appears asking you to confirm that you wish to delete the collection listener 5 Click Yes The collection listener is removed from the collection type 6 To close the Collection Type Configuration dialog click the close button in the upper right corner The dialog closes Managing the Standard Collection Listeners E Notebook provides several standard collection listeners that you may associate with collection types Collection listeners are used to modify the behaviors of collections such as the c
177. avigate from within the displayed page if desired solutions Pr sentation TIP The URL does not change to reflect your navigation Ifyou wish to change the URL that is saved with the section you must type in another address Rendering in E Notebook E Notebook provides a number of options for rendering the contents of your experiments and other types of collections You can export to a PDF file or to an MS Word file E Notebook also offers an E Signatures feature for electronically signing your experiments Exporting You can export Sections to MS Word or Collec tions containing the sections to PDF or MS Word then manage them as you would PDF or MS Word documents Rendering to PDF expands the Stan dard page size so that the page is sized to set the contents of the section To export a section 1 In the Collection Tree click the collection con taining the section s you wish to export to MS Word The sections appear in the right frame 2 Click the section menu icon e 5 1 The section menu appears Reartion RAR ited Pip Cut Section Copy Section Paste Section Move Down Duplicate Section Delete Section CT Rename Section Export bo MS Word Prin Refresh 3 Select Export to MS Word You are prompted to choose a destination folder and file name Export to MS Word Save in e ENotebook Documents v f e E Experiment Links Sprint My Recent
178. book To do this 15 Click the New Experiment icon tool Experiment A list of the experiment page types appears the l Combi Experiment Pev Chemistry Experiment Experime Experiment Template 16 Select the experiment page type A new Page or Experiment collection appears within the Notebook It is numbered automat ically 17 Alternatively in the Collection Tree right click the Notebook collection to which you would like to add the Page or Experiment A menu appears from which you can select the page to be added to the Notebook Collection File Edit view Tools Help g a Q ak gt Id q Chemistry Notebook 01 amp JCurie Product Table of Contents 00 User Configuration Sx m E 0 Offline Go Up To gt Bhemistry Notebook 01 001 C Folder Browse Here oh Biology Notebog Refresh Chemistry Notebook ogy Ne CY Combi Experiment Import Chemistry Experiment Export r i Enterprise The New Sibling Collection Tool The New Sibling Collection Tool allows you to create a new collection of the same type For exam ple if you click the New Sibling Tool on a note book a new notebook will be created The new sibling will appear within the same container col lection in the Collection Tree If you would like to create a new sibling of a Note book 18 Click the New Sibling icon Mer sibling A list of the collection types that can be created appears
179. book sections An example of an Excel Field is shown below If the Active Doc Form Tool is associated with the section a user may import or export the document MS Excel Spreadsheet Cea ET ECEE E 1 Time Factor actor Import 2 1 6 6 1 14394 Export 3 2 7 2 2 09722 4 3 7 8 2 90385 5 4 6 4 3 59524 6 5 9 4 19444 toa Dla To add an Excel Field section type 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field Section Type Test Section Type Test Section Type Mew Field Col Form Tools Section Listeners The Add Field dialog appears Add Field Name Field Type a e 694 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft 4 Type in a name and select Excel Spreadsheet from the drop down list of field types 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields In order for users to be able to import and export the MS Excel spreadsheet you must associate the Active Document Form Tool with the field Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Managing Break Link Excel Listener The Break Link Excel Listener may be associated with the Excel field
180. cccci4icshbedid ea ciuges ts 627 Removing Reactants from a CombiChem TAGE E EET mars ASTE 628 Removing a Selected Reactant 628 Removing All Reactants from a CombiChem Library yi veik enews eas 628 Enumerating and Managing CombiChem PIOGUCIS 242 tiuke sans cee hat ave hotoe T 628 Working with the Enumeration Template 628 Creating an Enumeration Template 628 Showing an Enumeration Template 629 Updating an Enumeration Template 629 Removing an Enumeration Template 629 Enumerating Products lt 2 205 22 ind chetwes 630 Enumerating All of the Products of a Genere REACHON serc avis aenea 630 Enumerating Selected Products of a Generne REACON Kauheccsiueseasaveres 630 Exporting Products to an SD File 630 Removing Products from a CombiChem Te 2s chen easier ranra 631 Using the CombiChem Navigator and Structure WHI ON seve tiana sean or cakes Sa ned aA 631 Using the CombiChem Navigator 631 Using the Navigator when in Product S ModE trenen e er hb ek pee Se ace aac 632 Using the Navigator in Reactants Mode 632 Viewing and Hiding the Docked CombiChem NAVBAT eo akeca it etesee eee ts ad 633 Viewing the Navigator as a Floating Palette 633 Docking the Navigator at Another LOCION ts Si ke Se cee eae eee aa 633 Using the Structure Window 633 Viewing and Hiding the Docked CombiChem Structure Window 634 Viewing the Structure Window as a Fognano Palettes o4
181. ces mail Email support camsoft com Fax 617 588 9360 Mail CambridgeSoft Corporation ATTN Technical Support 100 CambridgePark Drive Cambridge MA 02140 USA Serial Numbers When contacting Technical Support you must always provide yout serial number This serial num ber was on the outside of the original application box and is the number that you entered when you launched your CambridgeSoft application for the first time If you have thrown away your box and lost your installation instructions you can find the serial number in the following way e Choose About CS lt application name gt from the Help menu The serial number appears at the bottom left of the About box For more information on obtaining serial numbers and registration codes see http www cambridge soft com services codes cfm Troubleshooting This section describes steps you can take that affect the overall performance of s Desktop Appli cations as well as steps to follow if your computer crashes when using a CS software product e 185 Performance Below are some ways you can optimize the perfor mance of CambridgeSoft Desktop Applications e Inthe Performance tab in the System control panel allocate more processor time to the application e Install more physical RAM The more you have the less ChemOffice Desktop Applica tions will have to access your hard disk to use Virtual Memory e Increase the Virtual Memory VM Virtual memory
182. ck and forth between the two palettes Using the Structure Window When you select a location in the CombiChem Navigator the CombiChem Structure Window dis plays the structures that participate in that reaction You may use the scroll bar to scroll through the reactants and enumerated products in that well ChemOffice 2006 E Notebooklntroducing CombiChem for E Notebook e 633 Viewing and Hiding the Docked Window displays the structure that matches the Com biChem Structure Window first generic component of this reaction When the CombiChem Structure Window is TIP The color of the reactant in the Navigator and the docked you use the Structure button to display it Structure Window are the same 1 From the Products section in a CombiChem Library click a location in the Navigator to select it it iS docked re DOOOOOOO tal a Chemistry Notebook 1 004 0001 C4 z mths To view the CombiChem Structure Window when a O00000000 The reaction or product corresponding to that well is displayed i a lem 0 2 Move your cursor until it is over the Structure LA Pe e a button The button may be either vertically or jaa f Ul xX x horizontally oriented _ ka 4 li The Structure Window appears sliding out Scrolling one position to the right using the scroll from its dock bar at the base on the Structure Window displays 3 Use the scrollbar at the base of t
183. collections will be grayed out For example if the Notebook collection has been configured to avoid deleting then clicking on it will show the menu with inactive Delete option as shown File Edit View Tools Help Pah y sack gt Pa a Id A Jurie User Configuration H Cher Browse Here Cher Refresh Chemistry Notebook Offline New H Import Export Restore Changes Your system configuration determines which types of collections cannot be deleted Also you cannot delete a collection if references to it exist E Note book by default is configured so that you can not delete specific collections such as User Collection User Configuration Folder Notebook Collections and Offline Folder Collections that Cannot be Deleted if Modified In E Notebook in some cases it may only be pos sible to delete collections if they have not been modified since they were created Once the collec tion 1s modified you are prevented from deleting such collections In this case the Delete option in the collection menu is inactive when collections of that type are selected Your system configuration determines which types of collections cannot be deleted after modification Collections that Cannot be Renamed In E Notebook you may be prevented from renaming specific collections for example a col lection whose name is generated by the auto num bering feature If you attempt to rename an auto numbered c
184. con and select Paste Section The query form appears NOTE It may be necessary to delete one of the query forms if you do not want to use multiple query forms See Removing a Section on page 579 for more information Refining a Search Once you have conducted a search you can further refine it performing a search that ts e An intersection of two searches e A union of two searches e The exclusion of one set of search results from another It is possible to refine both section searches and collection searches To do this 1 From the dropdown list at the top of the query form choose any of the following options e Create a New Set of Search Results deletes the previous search results and replaces them with the search results gener ated by the new query e Refine the Previous Search By Collec tion uses the previous search results to limit the collections in which a search is done The stored hit list will contain the intersection of the previous search results and the results specified by the new query e Refine the Previous Search By Section uses the previous search results to limit the sections in which the search is done The stored hit list will contain the intersection of the previous search results and the results specified by the new query If the current search engine is a collection search engine then this option is not present e Exclude Collections from the Previous Search
185. cribes how to use notebooks experiments and other features that E Notebook offers for managing your data It is divided into the following topics e Notebooks Pages Experiments and Other Collections e Working with Templates e Working with MS Office Sections Reactions and other Sections e Send2ENotebook and Send 2File I Enterprise Working Offline 2 GB User Configuration 8 Chemistry Notebook fB Chemistry Notebook ll Chemistry Notebook ll 001 Chemistry Motebook ll 002 Chemistry Motebook ll 003 Offline 29 Untitled Folder When your user collection is selected in the Collec tion Tree your home page appears in the right ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with E Notebook Id 4 Chemistry Motebook ll 0 gt Pi Reaction MS Excel Spreadsheet MS word Document Table Spectrum a Siddha i Save ad on ne ee up M a H Sheeti Sheet2 Sheet3 Notebooks Pages Experiments and Other Collections This portion of the User s Guide describes how to work with notebooks experiments and other types of E Notebook collections For information about copying renaming expott ing collections etc see Organizing Collections on page 584 Working with the User Collection Each user of E Notebook has an associated user collection Your user collection is your home col lection and appears at the top of the Collection Tree when yo
186. ct layout settings Componen Horizonta Component 1 From a CombiChem library click Tools in the menu Caca The Tools menu appears Specifying Empty Wells in the Plate ir Q Back A B 14 4 Chemistry Notebook 003 gt Pl Browse Search wwork ofi urie Lil j 4 i 1 a ma rE Library B Product Reaction Summary Parallel or Small Array Summary You can specify which wells are to be left blank 1n Chemistry Notebook l Reaction Reactants Products Tools a Chemistry Notebook l 001 Reaction Reactants d Edit Structure Palette Display Settings the plate To do this Chemistry Notebook l 002 J E Edit Reactant Layout Settings i bs B cremsry Notebook 004 Edit Product Layout Settings 1 Use your mouse to sele ct the wells you would d Set Product Grid Options l Par tae atin A like to be empty You may do this by 2 Select Edit Product Layout Settings Cie E TT dragging your mouse to the last well OR e Clicking a column header or row number to select an entire column or row You may use CTRL click to select multiple columns or rows ChemOffice 2006 E Notebooklntroducing CombiChem for E Notebook e 637 2 Right click your selection and select Disable Selection from the context menu Product Layout Preview ilr fpesionACtACZ a yy Settings Column Count Row Count i 2 5 Grouping Order Fill Direction Component 1 ka
187. ctants in the CombiChem menu The Reactants menu appears E QO GD B 1 Afren naea gt Del A Curie Library Product Reaction Summary Parallel o User Configuration EA Chemistry Notebook I gt l Reaction Reactants Products Tools fap Chemistry Notebook l 001 Reacti Add Reactant Chemistry Notebook l 002 Save Chemistry Notebook I 003 Import Reactants 0 Offline Edit Current Reactant Remove Current Reactant a Remove All Reactants J Check Reaction Sites Ry ewe ew 2 Select Check Reaction Sites The Check Reactants dialog appears If there are multiple matching reaction sites a message appears to that effect The different reaction sites appear in tabs Multiple matching reaction sites were found Please select all sites to use R C wia cl 3 Click the numbered tabs to the right in order to view the different reaction sites By default all of the possible reaction sites will be used in the product enumeration process If there are certain reaction sites you do not want to use in the enumeration process click the Use checkbox to deselect the site 4 Click OK to close the Check Reactants dialog Editing Reactants Once you have added reactants to a CombiChem Library either manually or from a chemical data base you may edit their structures To edit the structure of a reactant in a CombiChem Library 1 In a a CombiChem
188. ction listeners that you may associate with collection types You may also develop your own customized col lection listeners to perform additional functions Adding a Collection Listener to a Collection Type You can associate a collection listener with a col lection type if you would like a particular function to occur when a user takes an action on a collec tion For example if you create a new user and the user collection listener is associated with the user collection type a dialog will appear prompting you to enter a LoginID and other pertinent informa tion See Managing the Standard Collection Listeners on page 741 for information about the various col lection listeners that E Notebook provides To add a collection listener to a collection type Right click the collection type in the Collection Tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears Right Click Collection Listeners and select New Collection Listener from the menu that appears A new collection listener appears and you are prompted to rename it Right click the collection type that contains the listener in the Collection Tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears Back Browse Search Configuration 3 Type in a name for the collection listener 4 Enter the IENCollectionListener ProgID for the Listener you wish to add This is the pro grammatic identifier that the W
189. cture dialog box appears 2 Using the ChemDraw tools select the entire structure or image and delete it 3 Click OK The dialog box closes and the structure or image is deleted from the table Changing Information in a Table Cell The data type of a cell determines what type of information you add to a cell For example you can only draw a chemical structure in a cell with a data type of structure ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Data in E Notebook Depending upon the data type you can edit the information in a cell one of the following ways e Choose another value from the menu that appears in the cell use this option when the cell has enumerated values associated with it e Enter a value with the keyboard e Edit a Chemical Structure or change and image See Working with Structures and Images in Tables on page 568 for more information Certain numerical properties in a table may have units associated with them Working with Numerical Units in Tables Tables may contain numerical properties which may have default units associated with them Your system configuration determines the default units for any given property in a table See Working with Numerical Units in Property Lists on page 558 for the table of default values When you ate in Search mode the table query field allows you to find all equivalent values entered in various units that share the same unit type For example a sea
190. d the date appears the same If User B decides to edit the date then when the edit controls appear the edit controls are initialized with the date 06 01 2004 09 00 00 AM If the user makes no changes then the value does not change If the user changes the time to 09 00 01 AM then the date appears in the property list as 06 01 2004 09 00 01 AM 0800 When user C in London views the date it will appear as 01 06 2004 09 00 01 AM 0800 because user C s date settings on their client machine specify that days appear before months in short dates In the query table field type control the collection query field type control and the state query field type control only the date is specified along with a time zone When searching the dates are con verted to UTC using the time zone associated with the date The time zone appears in a popup menu next to the date In the event of editing a section containing one of these field types if the stored time zone is different from the time zone of the client machine the popup menu will contain the time zone of the client machine as well so that the user can change the query to match the time zone of the client machine Queries by date compare the 24 hour period that conforms to the date specified by time zone associ ated with the query date For example if a user in California searches for date properties with a value of 06 01 2004 0800 then any date property with a value bet
191. data analysis or mes saging within a particular E Notebook section you can associate a form tool with that section type E Notebook provides several standard form tools You can also develop your own customized form tools Adding a Form Tool to a Section Type A form tool is used to perform a particular func tion in an E Notebook form E Notebook pro vides a number of form tools such as the Reaction Form Tool which you can add to new section types you create To add a form tool to a section type 1 Right click the section type in the Collection Tree The collection menu appears 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms e 647 The Section Type Configuration dialog A dialog appears prompting you to select the appeats file icon file Section Type Test Section Type Configuration i Select the file and click Open Test Section Type crane TEEBA e ras a cae petteke The icon is associated with the form tool and oe appears in the Enabled Icon box 8 Associate a disabled icon with the form tool following steps 6 and 7 above This icon will appear when the form tool is disabled 9 If the form tool has properties to configure click the Custom Properties button 3 Right click Form Tools and select New Form The form tool properties dialog appears and Tool you may configure the custom
192. database values dis played in a dropdown list for any particular property may be pulled from an external data base When searching with the Property Query Field numetic values for properties are interpreted by evaluating the longest possible set of characters e 557 that are converted into a number starting with the first character For example a search for 37 5 will find 37 5g A search for 2 will find 2 ATM 50 Also conversion is performed to find equivalent values For example when searching over a volume prop erty for which mL are the default units a search for 50 mL will return both 0 05 L and 50 mL Working with Enumerated Lists in Property Lists Property lists may contain enumerated lists which may have default values associated with them Your system configuration determines the enumer ated values for any given property A property in E Notebook may be configured so that it will contain a list of enumerated values You may then select one of the values from a drop down list that appears in the property cell This list of values displayed in a dropdown list for any par ticular property may be some values either manu ally entered or pulled from an external database by the administrator For example there may be a property of Collec tion s Name under Metadata Properties in search mode Once you select the checkbox you may enter the values only from the dropdown list as shown W Collection s
193. ded reactants to a CombiChem library you can set up a template to be used for the enumerated products Then you can enumerate the products either enumerating all possible prod ucts or only selected products Working with the Enumeration Template Before enumerating the products of a generic reac tion you must create an Enumeration Template which specifies the layout and content of the form for each enumerated product You may either cre ate a template to display the reactions and their corresponding stoichiometry grids or you may cre ate a template to display the structure and proper ties of the product Creating an Enumeration Template To create the enumeration template 1 From a CombiChem Library section click the Products section The Products section appears 2 From a CombiChem Library section click Products in the CombiChem menu The Products menu appears Lr Ox M 14 4 chemistry Notebook 002 gt gt Pl Browse Se amp sCurie Library Product Reaction Summary Parallel or Small Array Sum User Configuration i E Chemistry Notebook l an Reaction Reactants Products Tools Chemistry Notebook l 001 Chemistry Notebook l 003 2 oe Gee aman Toe Reaction Re R OH 3 Select Create Enumeration Template The Select Product Template Type dialog appears and prompts you to select the type of template In the example below you may select
194. ded to parents e Copies of existing references to children can be added to parents e References to children can be deleted from parents e References to children can be moved into parents e References to children can be removed from parents and moved into different collec tions ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types 7 Click the checkboxes to select the features you wish to apply to the contained reference type Changing the Relationship between a Contained Reference Type and the Parent Collection Type To change the relationship between a contained reference type and its parent collection type 1 In the Collection Tree right click the parent collection type and select Collection Type Configuration The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears 2 Click the plus sign to expand the contained ref erence types 3 Click the contained reference type for which you wish to change the relationship The relationship features appear to the right 4 Select or deselect the features as desired 5 Click the Close button in the upper right corner to close the Collection Type Configuration dia log Removing a Contained Reference Type from a Collection Type If you wish to remove a contained reference type 1 In the Collection Tree right click the the parent collection type and select Collection Type Configuration The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears 2 Click the plus sign
195. detailed instructions for using E Notebook 3 E Notebook Administrator s Guide pro vides detailed instructions for configuring E Notebook In addition this guide contains instructions for using the Reagent Selector and CombiChem in E Notebook Each of these add in features is sold as a separate component Introducing the Reagent Selector allows you to search ChemACX for chemical struc tures and to add their properties and structures to E Notebook Enterprise version only 506eIntroducing E Notebook 10 0CambridgeSoft Enterprise Introducing CombiChem for E Notebook makes it possible for you to set up and manage combinatorial chemistry librar ies in E Notebook Getting Started in E Notebook To start E Notebook you must log in to the appli cation Then you can begin to browse or search through E Notebook Logging In Depending upon your particular E Notebook setup you may be logging in in one of two ways Start Menu Login To log in from the Windows Start menu 1 Select the Start menu then All Programs The programs you may launch are displayed 2 Point to ChemOffice 2006 then select E Note book Ultra 10 0 You are logged into E Notebook The Collec tion Tree appears displaying your Home Col lection Logging in with Internet Explorer To log in to E Notebook with Internet Explorer 1 In the addtess field of your browser type in the address corresponding to E Noteboo
196. dy visible move your cursor over the Navigator button so that the Navigator becomes visible and slides out from its dock 2 Click the docking button in the upper right corner of the Navigator palette The appearance of the docking button changes to indicate that the Navigator is no longer docked 3 Drag the Navigator to any place on the screen The Navigator appears in the new location You may also resize the Navigator for more favor able viewing To do this move your cursor to the edge of the Navigator until it appears as a double headed arrow and then drag your mouse to resize the Navigator Docking the Navigator at Another Location You may also dock the navigator elsewhere such as at the top or bottom of the section To do this 1 View the Navigator as a floating palette This may require releasing the Navigator from its dock as described above 2 Drag the Navigator toward a boundary of the section As you drag the Navigator a gray rectangle appears to show you what the new location will be if you release the mouse at that point 3 Drag the Navigator until the gray rectangle expands to the width or length of the section This should happen when your cursor ts posi tion over an edge or corner of the section 4 Release the mouse The Navigator is docked at the new location If you copy the Structure palette on top of the Navigator a button for each palette will appear allowing you to switch ba
197. e User Configuration Me FB Chemistry Notebook l FB Chemistry Notebook l _ Offline 3 Click Yes D Folder The session is ended Any record that was Ses Browse locked by the session is released Refresh NOTE You must have Full Control permission over ied esson Manager your home collection your user collection to end your System Configuration SCSSIONS About E Motebook A menu appears Refreshing E Notebook 3 Select User Info The User Properties dialog box appears It If other users add information to E Notebook you ae contains the following information may need to refresh your view of E Notebook so that you can see their changes To refresh E Notebook User Properties Login ID RARE 1 Click Browse Password The Collection Tree appears Confirm Password 2 Right click any blank area in the Collections Tree W Administrator A menu appears Cancel 3 Select Refresh E Notebook information is updated e Login ID the Login ID of the user who is currently logged into E Notebook Viewing User Info rmation e Password Depending upon the type of login authentication your system uses this field may You can see specific information about the be used to change the password for the logged user who is currently logged into E Notebook To do this in user e Administrator a checkbox that indicates whether the user has administrative privi
198. e 2 If your changes must be annotated you will be prompted to enter annotation If no annota tion is required your changes are saved imme diately The version appears in the History Pane Saving Changes through Autosave Your system configuration may include the autosave feature which defines the set period of time after which the collection is saved automati cally If autosave occurs and annotation is required you will be prompted to enter a reason for your changes To view the autosave interval for a collec 598eChanges and Audit TrailCambridgeSoft tion simply right click the collection and select Collection Properties from the menu NB tstiny 1 0000034 001 Properties q x General Collection Security Transition Security Name NB tstiny1 0000034 001 Owner Test Invstgtri Type Experiment B Contents 0 items Created Tuesday June 17 2003 12 20 09 PM 0400 Last Modified Tuesday June 17 2003 12 20 09 PM 0400 Status Open Autosayve Interval 30 minutes Saving Changes through Backup and Restore In the event of a network failure you can save your changes locally and then add them to E Notebook at a later time using the Restore command To Backup and Restore your changes 1 When the network goes down you will be prompted to save your changes as an XML file Select the name and destination for the file and click OK 2 When the network comes back up browse to the collectio
199. e CONTROL key drag it into a container collection to cteate a copy NOTE Your system configuration determines which types of collections you can copy and into which types of container collections you can copy them Renaming a Collection You can rename a collection to avoid a duplicate name or simply to make the name more meaning ful to you and other E Notebook users To rename a collection 1 Click the Browse button The Collection Tree appears 2 Right click the collection you wish to rename in the Collection Tree The collection menu appears 3 Select Rename You ate prompted to enter another name 4 Enter a name The collection is renamed Your system configuration determines naming conventions for various types of collections If you enter a name that does not adhere to the naming conventions an error message appears and you are prompted to enter another name In some cases a name may be assigned to a collection automati cally and it may not be possible to rename the col lection at all Deleting a Collection You can delete a collection from the Collection Tree so that you manage only the information that is relevant to your current needs Your system con figuration determines which types of collections can be deleted To delete a collection from the Collection Tree 1 Click the Browse button The Collection Tree appears 2 Right click the collection you wish to delete The collection menu appears
200. e Configuration t Section Type Tes 4 Enter a name for the field and select Search Location from the list of field types Add Field Hame Search Location Field Type Reaction Tooker gt Query Text Reaction Toolbar Search Location ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Managing the Add In Configuration The Add In Configuration dialog contains infor mation about the field types that are used as the basis for fields in E Notebook E Notebook provides a number of standard field types such as Chemical Structure and Table field types but you can also develop custom field types to manage spe cialized kinds of data or perform complex tasks For information about each of the standard types of fields and their properties see Managing Data Fields on page 685 To access the Add In Configuration and view or edit the E Notebook field types 1 Right click any blank area of the Collection Tree A menu appeats File Edit View Tools Help Back Browse Search Users Configuration Collection Types Section Types System Configuration Go Home Browse All Refresh User Info Session Manager Add In Configuration About E Nobebook
201. e grid name is CombiChem Notebook 009 0001 Product Location ID Format the format for the ID of the product location e amp R row number e amp c column number Use a lower case let ter for this value ChemOffice 2006 E Notebooklntroducing CombiChem for E Notebook In the example above the product location is row number followed by column number So the product in the first column and second row would be B1 the product in the fourth column and third row would be C4 etc This assumes that the rows and columns have not been rearranged in the plate Product Name Format the format for the name of the product e amp G grid name as specified in the grid name format e amp W product location ID as specified in the product location ID format In the example above the product name is the grid name followed by the product location ID Thus the name for the product in location A1 is CombiChem Notebook 009 0001 A1 4 Click OK to close the dialog and save your changes e 639 640 eIntroducing CombiChem for E NotebookCambridgeSoft Chapter 34 Miscellaneous Topics This portion of the guide provides a description of the following e Using the Session Manager e Refreshing E Notebook e Viewing User Information Using the Session Manager In certain situations an E Notebook session may be left open With the Session Manager you can end your old session and release an
202. e Cell 567 Working with Structures and Images in Es E EE trong hd Sune R sts eee Sores 568 Changing Information in a Table Cell 569 Working with Numerical Units in Tables 569 Creating a Reference within a Table Cell 569 Blocking of References in Tables 570 Validation of Values in Tables 571 Working with URL Displays 571 Rendering in E Notebook 571 EXPO OS rene eea a EEEE 571 Protihiosenaa a eoseaos te eeeeees 573 ESOO Sepat wa cnn s Does pa eee ele ie 574 Siening and Closing 3 22 aceacsemegeee es 574 Reviewing a Document 2ii ay serge ees 575 Countersigening a Document 575 Chapter 30 Working with Sections and Collections Working with S6CHOnS 2 lt ul nde ve eee Lees 579 Creatine A SeCOts ciinacas hdc ancien ae i 579 Changing a Section faa ge lida 8 ox ve aes 519 Removing a SECO tes eect oe renies 5179 Moving a Section within a Collection 580 Renaniine a Secon ise sveetaveds hae chews 580 Duplicating a Section within a Collection 580 Duplicating a Section between Collections 581 Exporting Sections to MS Word 581 PHOUNO SCCUOUS 4 0 es et raa eaaa es 581 Working with Collections ont2eediacusin wees 581 Behaviors of Collections in E Notebook 582 Auto Numbered Collections 582 Collections that Cannot be Deleted 582 Collections that Cannot be Deleted if Modeen E EEE 583 Collections that Cannot be
203. e Changes Icon 597 Saving Changes to a Collection 597 Clicking the Changes con ssuuuan 597 Selecting Annotate Last Change from the Collection Meni 20 5104 u0 ds oaune es ak yanins 598 Saving Changes by Browsing to Another CONCCHON io 22k totenceuer A E 598 Saving Changes through Autosave 598 Saving Changes through Backup and RESON oresh tut hese chon ee ee ees wees 598 Annotation of Changes sesio erarnan ieee 598 Providing Required Annotation 599 Providing Unprompted Optional AOAO oarra aan a seat 599 Working with the History Pane 600 E Notebook 10 Contents Specifying an Annotation through the Histon Pinesa 52a keh oetateuene Ohne 601 Visual Display of Chan es i2s c c0n8cseectde 601 Chapter 32 Searching Conducting aSeareh 4o4 0t eonudmeeauyesagd 605 Working with Query Results 605 Viewing Items in a Results List 605 Savino a Results List nti cc erruna area 606 Customizing the Display of Search Results 606 SAVING A QUEIN meere pine thin ee hee EEEE 606 Running a Saved Quety 000 606 Refining a Scarchy oi 5 ttu bene tay sheeae ees 607 Using the E Notebook Search Types 607 Scatching for Sections e coisir seriti nien 608 Collections Seati vess riii norris n onii 609 Chemical Structure Search sisi ceseniec s 610 General Query Propettiesaresriisruiivsiii 611 Searching with the Search Location Field 611 Search
204. e ChemInfo Databases Other Doc e E Notebook If you are looking for information regarding our Enterprise or e Enterprise h SDK Database products see Enterprise Manuals e Network Installs You will need Adobe Acrobat Reader to view the manuals If you have problems viewing the document within your browser check Adobe s web site for an Adobe Reader patch or right click click and hold for Mac users on the E FAV set Keisha link to the manual and choose the option to save the file to v The Desktop Manuals page appears PDF ver sions of the CambridgeSoft manuals can be accessed from this page NOTE Ifyou do not have a CambridgeS oft User account you will be directed to a sign up page first 2 Click version of the manual to view Accessing CambridgeSoft Technical Support The Online menu link Browse CS ChemFinder Technical Support also opens the CambridgeSoft Professional Services page There are a number of links on this page for Troubleshooting Down loads Q amp A the ChemOffice FAQ Contact and so forth Finding Information on ChemFinder com The Find Information on ChemFinder com menu item links your browser to the ChemFinder data base record of the compound you have selected 188eAccessing the CambridgeSoft Web SiteCambridgeSoft Online Menu Overview ChemFinder is the public access database on the ChemFinder com website It contains physical regulatory and reference data for organic and inor ganic co
205. e Notebook will be listed Or if a Folder contains templates all of the templates in the Folder will be listed Double clicking the link by any of the contained collections listed will allow you to navigate to that collection You may also print the Table of Con tents to create a hardcopy of it See Printing Sec tions on page 581 for more information You can customize a Table of Contents to display only the columns that are of interest to you It is also possible to sort items in the TOC in either an ascending or a descending order Hiding Columns You can hide columns in the Table of Contents To do this 1 Right click the column you wish to hide A menu appears Table of Contents pe N Sort Mame Descending 3 Nc Show Columns 2 Select Hide followed by the name of the col umn 4 9 2004 4 9 2004 4 9 2004 4 9 2004 4 9 2004 4 9 2004 Sort Name Ascending The screen refreshes and the column is hid den Showing Columns To show additional columns that are hidden or are not currently displayed in the Table of Contents 3 Right click one of the columns in the Table of Contents A menu appeats Table of Contents Content Status Created Modified Hide Name 4g2004 49 2004 Sort Name Ascending 49 2004 4 9 2004 h Sort Name Descending E 4 9 2004 4 9 2004 4 Select Show Columns The Show Columns dialog appears listing the col umns you may select for display in the TOC
206. e appears in your document ACX Numbers To Find an ACX number for a structure 1 In a ChemFinder document select the struc ture for which you want to find an ACX num ber 2 From the Online menu choose Find ACX Num bers from Structure The ACX number appears in the Find ACX Numbers from Structure dialog box Find ACA Numbers from Structure x Here are the AC numbers found 1001 488 9 41340591 4 Browsing ChemStore com Browse ChemStore com opens the ChemStore page of the CambridgeSoft web site To access Browse ChemStore com From the Online menu choose Browse Chem Store com 190 Accessing the CambridgeSoft Web SiteCambridgeSoft Online Menu Overview The ChemStore Com page opens in your browser ChemStore Com Chemfinder com m ChemNews Com BIncloDicont Scientific Software Databases Cambridgesoft com SOFTWARE SOLUTIONS DATABASES SERVICES ABOUT REGISTER CONTACT Category Product Name Brand Downloads T Shirts amp Mugs FREE SEARCH Go Wy view cart HELP English Deutsch Francais us Euro Swiss Franc Browse Software Category Biotechnology Product Name Chemical Analysis Chemical Databases Chemical Office Suites Chem Bio Struct Drawing FREE www freechem com Chemistry Education Chromatography Data Acquisition amp Control Databases Downloads chemical Electronic Notebooks Information Management nventory Management Ashgate Drugs CD ROM
207. e autosave interval specified for the collection Managing Export Templates of Collection Types Collection type export templates allow users to print E Notebook sections in a collection or to export sections to Microsoft Word You create export templates in MS Word sections using tags to refer to E Notebook fields An export template must be set up for each new collection type you create To view the export template of a collection type 1 Right click the collection type in the Collection Tree A menu appeats 2 Select Show then Export Templates Back gt Browse Search Configuration a Collection Types Root User Group nE 4 v Default Sections For New Collections Export Templates Go Up To gt Browse Here Browse All A Tes Import Relationships Section Export Move Up Move Down If the collection type has an export template the template appears in the right frame If not the right frame is blank and you must create a new template See the following topic e Creating and Editing the Export Template for a Collection Type Creating and Editing the Export Templates for a Collection Type The export template for a collection type allows users to print the E Notebook sections in a partic ular collection and to export sections to Microsoft Word The headers and footers from the collection type export template are used in t
208. e logon ID required to connect to the specified database If the UserName is 0 length and the Connection String is Q leneth then the password is ignored SQL String A required string that starts with the text SELECT This string is used to specify the record set that appears within the E Notebook section The SQL String can have the following special phrases that are dynamically replaced based on the loca tion of the section cell section_key 0 The unique identi fier for the section containing the section cell in which the record set appears This datum corresponds to a value in the primary_key column for a row in the ELN sections table ofield_key The unique identifier for the field that describes the section cell in which the record set appears This datums corresponds to a value in the primary_key column for a row in the ELN_ fields table ocollection_key 0 The unique iden tifier for the collection that contains the sec tion containing the section cell in which the record set appears This datum corresponds to a value in the section_set_key column for logged_in_user_keyo The unique identifier for the person record for the user that initiated the database session in which the record set is retrieved This datum cotresponds to a value in the primary_key column for a row in the ELN_people table Yhome_collection_key The unique identifier for the home collection of the
209. e necked round bottomed flask fitted with a Claisen condenser protected from Addition Funnel moisture with a drying tube is charged with freshly distilled triethyl orthoformate 200 g 1350 Addition Syringe mmol p toluenesulfonic acid 1 g 6 mmol and 2 methyl 3 nitroaniline 152 g 1000 mmol The Distillation solution is heated to 120 C and all of the ethanol formed is continuously distilled off during ca 1 Heat Solvent hr Fractional vacuum distillation of the residue gives at 156 158 C 6 mm the imidate ester 184 g 88 as a light yellow solidifying oil mp 57 58 C Wash Stir In _ Modified fom Organic Syntheses CV 3 494 Conditions Subnutted by Jan Bergman and Peter Sand Charge and Heat Checked by Cynthia A Smith and Andrew S Kende S My AutoT ext Mi Inserting Reactants and Products with AutoText When you modify reactants and products in the reaction drawing or stoichiometry grid the Auto Text will be updated automatically Inserting Reactants and Products from the Stoichiometry Grid To insert a reactant or product from the stoichi ometry grid 1 Right click within the text field A menu appears MS Sans Serif X 4 TL one necked round bottomed flask is charged with freshly distilled Insert 2 methyl 3 nitroaniline Insert triethyl orthoformate Insert p toluenesulfonic acid Insert E ethyl N 2 methyl 3 nitrophenylFormimidate Insert New Reactant Insert New Product Insert L
210. e step 2 in Creating a Database Table Field on page 690 for details 8 Click OK Several examples are given below Note that the syntax of the query may vary depending upon the type of database you are querying Example 1 Database Lookup Configuration In this example all of the values for suppliername are pulled in from the external database table Sup pliers The values will appear in a drop down list in the property cell m Connection String DSN T ESTDATA SQL Strina j CT suppliername FROM Suppliers a Username Po Passwa Property List Field Cancel e suppliername value to be displayed in the table ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields e Suppliers name of external database table Example 2 Database Lookup Configura tion In this example the value suppliername is pulled from the external database table Suppliers The suppliername displayed in the table field corre sponds to the value that a user has entered into a property list that exists elsewhere in the E Note book section A user enters SupplierID into the Supplier ID property which exists in a Property List named ID Number Connection String DSN TESTDATA SOL String SELECT suppliername from Suppliers where SupplierlD ZZ Supplier IDZ Username Password Property List Field fib Number Cancel e suppliername value to be displayed in the table e Suppliers name of external databas
211. e table e SupplierID the supplier ID field in the external database table e ID Number name of the E Notebook prop erty list containing the Supplier ID property e Supplier ID name of the E Notebook prop erty into which a user enters the value for Sup plierID Managing Enumerated Values in Tables You may configure a table property so that it will contain a list of enumerated values A user may then select one of the values from the list This list of values may be either manually entered as described here or pulled from an external data base as described in the Managing Database Val ues in Tables topic e713 Associating a list of manually entered val ves with a property To associate a list with a property 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type containing table you wish to configure 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click the table field in the list of fields and select Field Properties from the menu that appears w Section Type Form Configuration Form H Fi Table Field Ei Fields eee tees H Structure eld ppe able Move Field Up z Fom Tos Move Field Down Section L Delete Field Rename Field Field Properties The Field Properties dialog appears 4 Click the property for which you would like to add the list of enumerated values The attributes of the
212. eadsheet MSWord Document Table ae bai a tion See Changing Collection Security Proper ties on page 589 The Administrator Guide provides additional information for system administrators E Notebook Overview E Notebook manages numerous types of data on electronic pages that are much like the pages of a traditional paper notebook This information is organized into collections sets of related items that appear in a tree structure in the left frame when you are browsing E Notebook Browse Search Help 4 Gy ion Ga pead a iti gt i or rjg e Synthesis For example you could create a collection that contains all of the reaction steps for a specific syn thesis Typically primary research data is stored in Experiments or Pages which are organized within Notebooks just like the paper pages in paper note books In this case the synthesis could be a Note book and each of the steps could be a Page Each of the Pages may come from a different Notebook and may have been created by a different Chemist but the Notebook for this particular synthesis could collect all of these Pages in a single place You can organize collections in other ways too For example you may want to create a collection of all of the syntheses that lead to a certain prod uct or all of the E Notebook users who are work ing on a specific project E Notebook enables you to set up these relationships eas
213. ears 3 To zoom out again simply right click in the spectrum image Other Fields in a Spectrum Section e Spectrum Properties List use this list to store Analyst Type and Date Spectrum Properties Analyst Tony Lee Date 4 22 2004 12 00 00 4M 0400 e Notes Record any notes that pertain to a Spectrum in the text field Working with Styled Text Styled text boxes can be used to record notes preparation information etc A styled text box is often included in a form with other types of data making it possible to combine text notes with related data Certain styled text fields in your con figuration may have Autotext associated with them You can use the Autotext feature to popu late the styled text field automatically See Work ing with Autotext on page 540 for more information To format the text 4 From within a section click within the styled text box A cursor appears in the box and you can begin typing Immediately above the box there may be a toolbar for formatting the text Times New Roman y i0 B Z U X x You may change the following formatting options e Font type e Font size e Bolded Text e Italicized Text e Superscript e Subscript e Left alignment e Center alignment e Right alicnment You can also type the text highlight it then select the text options you wish to apply to it Standard editing keys such as Control C for copy and Control V for paste
214. ears 4 Select the appropriate transition type s 5 Click Add The User or Group appears in the Assigned Permissions list along with the transition type s you selected Remove a User or Click Remove Group from the list Managing the Security Properties of a Collection Type The access privileges that you set up for a collec tion type determine which users may create new collections of this type in the Collection Tree and which users may modify the configuration of the Inherits Security is disabled collection type NOTE Ifyou disable Inherits Security the As with other collections the default security for a l oe w j Y permissions that the collection had inherited will become collection type is Inherits Security meaning that a collection type has the same security profile as its parent collection in the Collection Tree You may disable inherited security if you would like the security profile of a collection type to be indepen dent of the security profile of its parent assigned permissions You must remove these permissions explicitly if you do not wish these users or groups to have access to the collection Collection Type Security To set up or change the security properties of a To disable inherited security lection t collection type 1 Right click the collection type for which you a eosablewsneniee cues 1 Right click the collection type whose security properties you wish to change
215. ears e Click Save Query to save the query The Collection Tree appears with a new search and you are prompted to give the seatch a name Working with Query Results When you conduct a Search in E Notebook the results are displayed in a list You can save the results list and or view any item on the list Viewing Items in a Results List To view an item on the results list e 605 Click the arrow in the upper left corner of the name of the item as shown below Content Home Fage S ee ee Mesie Castio A The Collection Tree appears with the item dis played Saving a Results List To save the results list 1 Click Save Results A dialog appears prompting you to browse to the location in the Collection Tree where you would like the results to be saved 2 Click a collection to select it in the tree and click the Save button The Collection Tree appears showing the search results as a new collection The links are maintained so that you may browse to any of the items Customizing the Display of Search Results You can customize the display of a hitlist just as you can customize a table of contents To do this Right click a column in the hitlist A menu appears Query Results Search for Collections 5 Collections FO man bmn as MSOF Sort Name Ascending ollection Sort Name Descending Notebook Show Columns Save Results earch Results Collection Sea Untitled Col
216. eate a join type field e719 1 In the Collection tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears 4 Enter a name for the field and select Join Type from the list of field types 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Property Query Fields Property Query Fields are used in search forms They make it possible for a users to search for specific properties in E Notebook property lists Note that Table Query Fields are used to search for properties in E Notebook tables Property List Query Property Value Data Type Field Section Type I Molecular Formula text Properties Acronym To create a Property Query Field 1 In the Collection tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field 720 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft The Add Field dialog appears w Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Test Section Type 4 E
217. ebook Features Browsing the Collection Tree 525 Showing and Hiding Collections 525 Hiding the Collection Trecere srercieserus 525 Limiting Collection Browsing 525 Browsing from TLOMC ie coesh ehcayce pie 526 Browsing at a Higher Level wiadantcce esp tees 526 Browsing the Entire Collection Tree 527 E Notebook Workflows 00004 527 Reactions in E Notebook 528 Drawing and Analyzing Reactions 528 Drawing a Structure or Reaction 528 Expanding the Drawing Window 528 Working with ISIS Draw 528 Drawing a Structure or Reaction 529 E Notebook 10 Contents Working with the Name Struct Feature 529 Working with the Reaction Toolbar 529 Adding Structures with the Reaction TOO DAl d508 death taeed eee da ete eens Bek 530 Filtering Acronyms with the Reaction Toolbar oscdstaaeiee eck ob dak foe ete 531 Defining a New Acronym with the Reaction Toolbar 0 000 532 Deleting a Structure with the Reaction Toolbar ierte monoa seis Ob EA 532 Working with the Stoichiometry Table 532 Adding Information to the Stoichiometry 215 EEE EE E E EE 533 Removing Reactants and Products from the Stoichiometry Table civends ke a ee 534 Working with Salts and Solvates in a Reaction Section 0 000000 e 534 Working With Batch Explorer 535 Panning Experimen
218. ec trum 1 In the Collection tree click the Page or Exper iment to which you wish to add the Spectrum section 2 Click the New Section button A menu appears listing the types of sections that you may add 3 Select Spectrum ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Data in E Notebook The new section appears within the Page The image below is an example of a spectrum sec tion Spectrum Spectrum Properties Analyst Tony Lee Date 4 22 2004 12 00 00 AM 0400 Section Export To create a new Spectra section for multiple spec tra 1 In the Collection Tree click the Page or Exper iment to which you wish to add the Spectra section Click the New Section button A list of the section types that can be added appears Select Spectra The new section appears within the Page You may add as many spectrum subsections as you wish by clicking the New Spectrum button The image below shows a spectra section with two spectrum subsections Spectra l Export PY Spectrum f Spectrum 2 5 Spectrum Properties lw Analyst Tony Lee Date 4 22 2004 12 00 00 AM 0400 e 561 Adding a Spectrum To add a spectrum 1 From within a section with a spectrum field click the import export button E I r A menu appears SAREI Ne er fm TR Al Imp Import Spectrum Exe Export Spectrum Copy Spectrum _ Paste Spectrum 2 Select Import Sp
219. ection tree right click the Section Type to which you wish to add the Property Value 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears 4 Enter a name and select Database Value from the drop down list of field types 5 Click Add The new Field appears in the list of Fields See Configuring a Database Value Field for instructions on defining the data to be displayed in the Field Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Configuring a Database Value Field To configure a Database Value Field 1 Right click the Database Value Field in the Section Type Configuration dialog and select Field Properties from the menu that appears The Properties dialog appears 2 Enter the properties See step 2 in Creating a Database Table Field on page 690 for details 3 Click OK e 693 Note that the syntax of the query may vary depending upon the type of database you are que rying Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Managing Excel Fields Excel Fields make it possible for users to embed and edit Microsoft Excel documents in E Note
220. ections Spectrum Sections allow you to view and analyze spectrum images using the same tools as Galactic GRAMS32 software Thus you can manage your spectra data easily and effectively using Spectrum and Spectra sections You can import spectrum images of various types The section allows you to copy and export spectrum images as well While the Spectrum Section can contain a single spectrum the Spectra section can contain multiple spectra organized in subsections or subtabs For more information see Working with Spec trum and Spectra Sections on page 560 MS Word Sections MS Word Sections allow you to view and edit MS Word documents within E Notebook sections thus managing the information that you normally record in MS Word You can import MS Word documents from external sources or export MS ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with E Notebook Word documents and edit them in MS Word The toolbars displayed with an MS Word field in E Notebook are the toolbars that appear when you open MS Word For more information see Working with MS Word Sections on page 554 MS Excel Spreadsheet Sections MS Excel Section allows you to manage Excel spreadsheets in E Notebook Its main purpose is to provide you with a facility to create modify and save your Excel spreadsheets within E Notebook environment You can import the MS Excel spreadsheets into E Notebook The section allows you to export and clear the slidesho
221. ectrum The Import Spectrum dialog box appears and you ate prompted to select a spectrum image file Look in ac e e EA 1 Butanol spe 5 1 Decanol spe 5 1 Dodecanol spe Es 2 Butanone spe 3 Pentanone spe Files of type Galactic Data File spe cgm fir mn ms Y Cancel Li My Network P 3 Select a spectrum and click Open The Import Spectrum dialog box closes and spectrum image appears in the section Replacing a Spectrum If you would like another spectrum image to take the place of an image within a spectra or spectrum section you can replace the image To do this you may either import a new image as described above The new image will replace the old Or you may copy an image from another section To replace a spectrum image by copying and past ing another image 1 From within the section containing the image you wish to copy click the spectrum but ton Export 562eWorking with Data in E NotebookCambridgeSoft A menu is displayed 2 Select Copy Spectrum 3 Browse to the section containing the spectrum image you wish to replace 4 Click the spectrum button 5 Select Paste Section The new spectrum image is replaces the image in the section Zooming in on a Spectrum Peak To zoom in on a spectrum peak 1 Click the spectrum image and drag your mouse to draw a box around the area you wish to Zoom 2 Click within the box The zoomed view app
222. ed the structure palette will change to display the structures in the well you selected See Using the Structure Window on page 633 for more information When you are viewing the Reactants portion of a CombiChem library the Navigator changes to dis play the reactants plate and allows you to browse through the individual reactants ChemOffice 2006 E Notebooklntroducing CombiChem for E Notebook e 631 Using the Navigator when in Products Mode Below the Products section of a CombiChem Library is shown The products have already been enumerated Clicking the C1 tab in the Navigator displays the plate locations of the reactants that match C1 the first generic component of the reac tion In this example you can see that there are thirteen separate structures corresponding to the first generic component Each structure is denoted with a unique color ol Reaction Reactants Products Tools T L J Reaction Reactents Products I4 4 J Chemistry Notebook I 004 0001 412 gt eras Batch Explorer Clicking the C2 tab in the Navigator displays the locations of the reactants that match C2 the sec ond generic component of the reaction In this example there are seven individual structures cor responding to the second generic component Again each structure is denoted with a unique color aE Reaction Reactants Products Tools j Reaction Reactants Products Save 14
223. ed you can view and print the changes that were made to the data in a collection See the following topics e Working with the History Pane e Visual Display of Changes Working with the Changes Icon The changes icon appears in the right frame of E Notebook The appearance of the icon changes to indicate various conditions When you first select a collection in the collection tree the changes icon appears as a key in a keyhole This indicates that you have not made unsaved changes to the collection ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookChanges and Audit Trail and that you have not opened the collection for editing The changes icon will always appear in this form if the collection is in a read only state ky If you click within one of the sections in Release the collection the key leaves the hole This indicates that you have locked the collection for editing and other E Notebook users may not edit it at this time The Release state may also indicate that another user of E Notebook has the collection open and locked for editing aby An open book in front of the key indicates that unsaved changes have been made to the collection If you are viewing a previous version the save icon will not appear Saving Changes to a Collection There are a number of ways in which changes to a collection may be saved This topic addresses each of these items in detail They are e Clicking the aby changes icon e Selecting Save
224. ed to rename it 4 Enter a name for the listener To view and edit the properties of the property list listener 1 Click the listener The ProgID and properties button appear to the right Section Type Ancillary Data Configuration Ancillary Data Person Property Field Listener Fields lENFieldListener ProglD ENStandardCtl9 PersonPropertyPListener Ancillary Data Properties Custom Properties Field Listeners Person Property Commands Form Tools Section Listeners 2 Click the Custom Properties button If the listener has properties associate with it they are displayed and may be edited Managing the Formula Listener The formula listener makes it possible to perform calculations in a cell using other numerical data in the section and various functions The listener allows you to specify the target property the for mula and an optional format 704 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft It is also possible to calculate a value in a property list see Managing the Formula Property List Lis tener for more information IENTableListener ProgID ENStandardCtl9 Formu laListener Formula To add a formula for a property 3 Click the Custom Properties button for the field listener The Formula Listener Properties dialog appears The dropdown list at the top of the dialog contains a list of all of the properties in the table Formula Listener Properties roper Macs
225. editing a particular collec tion and you attempt to edit it you will be pre sented with a message informing you that the collection is locked for editing by the other user In some cases you will only have Read permission for a collection meaning that you may view the collection but not edit it See Changes and Audit Trail on page 597 for more information about saving your changes Removing a Section To remove a section from a collection 1 Go to the section you wish to remove 2 With the section displayed click the sec tion menu icon ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Sections and Collections e 579 The section menu appears Cut Section Copy Section Move Down 5e Puplicate Section Delete Section Rename Section Export to MS Word Print 3 Select Delete Section A message appears prompting you to confirm that you wish to remove the section 4 Click Yes The Section is deleted NOTE Your system configuration may prevent you from deleting certain sections For example if you are working with a collection that has Visual Display of Changes enabled it will not be possible for you to delete a section Also in some cases it may be possible to delete the sections only tf no data has been added to them Moving a Section within a Collection You can move a section within a collection This allows you to organize sections in the most effec tive way To move a section 1
226. ee It is possible to hide the Collection Tree if you would to increase the screen area you have for entering data into a section To hide the Collection Tree 1 Move your cursor to the right boundary of the tree so that the cursor becomes a double headed arrow 2 Double click The Collection Tree is hidden Alternatively you may click the touch bar at the right border of the Collection Tree To view the Collection Tree again 1 Move your cursor to the left boundary of the section until the double headed arrow appears again 2 Double click Or you may click the touch bar at the left boundary of the E Notebook window The Collection Tree reappears Limiting Collection Browsing You can limit your browsing by selecting a root collection for the Collection Tree The root collec tion becomes the highest browsing level in the Col ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookE Notebook Features e 525 lection Tree Limiting the Collection Tree view can make it easier to find specific information To set a root for the Collection Tree 1 Click the Browse button at the top of the screen The Collection Tree appears 2 Right click the collection you wish to be the root collection for browsing A menu appears File Edit View Tools Help Back Browse Search 60 Up To i bd t Browse Here Browse All i New j Import F i Export Copy a L Paste 4 j Paste Reference i i 3 Selec
227. eference 3 Select Duplicate 586eWorking with Sections and CollectionsCambridgeSoft A copy of the collection appears within the same container collection NOTE Your system configuration determines which collec tions can be duplicated and where the duplicates can reside in the Collection Tree Copying a Collection You can copy a collection in the Collection Tree To do this 1 Click the Browse button The Collection Tree appears 2 Right click the collection you wish to copy and select Copy from the menu that appears Back Browse Search CAMSOFT nhowe Notebook 5435 Notebook 5512 gt CI Notebook 5512 001 CI Notebook fF GollpTo Folder Browse Here BJ Collection Sear Browse All User Configurati Import Reactants f a AutoTest D pea Templates Paste 3 Right click the collection that is to be the con tainer collection for the copy 4 Select Paste from the menu that appears File Edit View Tools Help sBack Browse Search CAMSOFT nhowe og Notebook Sie Notebook 5 9 99 UP To G Motebo Browse Here O Motebo Browse All i 7 Noteba New r Folder Import ENI Collection 5 Export Sy User Contig ae Reacta copy AutoT e DPA Templa Paste Reference A copy of the collection appears in the Collec tion Tree within the container you selected Alternatively you may click the collection you are copying to select it Then while holding down th
228. ege Change Collection Listener 745 Managing the Section List Collection PIStCHE Ets pati beth pink tienes hay eow 745 Managing the Security Collection Listener 745 Managing the Sequence Collection Listener 746 Managing the Unduplicatable Collection Lie eeaeee Sein ceea tee kee 746 Managing the Unique Child Collection TASUCINCL ccc E E EE 746 Managing the User Collection Listener 746 Managing Templates 2c t3 bcs eieiei 747 Managing Collection Type Form Tools 747 Managing the Duplicate Collection Fota Tool lt 3 de cirosdceesavdcaasess ext 747 Managing the Structure Form Tool 748 Managing the Next Step Form Tool 748 Managing the New Section Form Tool 748 Managing the New Child Collection Foti OGL coco eee Ailend hee tahoe 748 Managing the New Sibling Collection Form Tool 1 0 0 0 0 cece eee 749 Managing Search Ty Ses es meals siete es ede Ls 749 ContentsCambridgeSoft Creatine a Search ly per a tse ckan cee eases 749 Managing the Standard Search Engines 751 Collection Search Engine 751 Section Scarch Hocine peieuniissssi idii 751 Chemical Structure Search Engine 751 Creating a Search Form gt cis oescca0 tax oe T32 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Deaton EOE aE s o EE T32 Managing States and Transitions D3 Adding States to a Collection Type 753 Configuring a Transition between States 754 Managing Transitio
229. eld Meam ae i tere eit ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms e 651 Managing the Insert Reference Form Tool The Insert Reference Form Tool makes it possible for users to insert references to a specific collection type into a target property in a property list Form Tool Form Tool Control ProgID ENStandardCtl9 InsertRefer ence enceFormTool Insert Refer In order to use the Insert Reference Form Tool in an E Notebook form a Property List field must be present in the form When you add a Insert Reference Form Tool to a form you must configure several custom proper ties i Insert Reference Form Tool Properties Source Colection Type Source State E Target Field Reaction Conditions Target Property lt _F cnc _ e Source Collection Type the type of collec tion that a user may reference in the target property e Source State the state that the collection must be in when the reference to it is created e Target Field the property list field in which the user may create the reference e Target Property the specific property in the property list to which the user may add the ref erence In this example a user may add a reference to a collection of type Page The collection must be in an Open state when the reference is created Note that if you wish to prevent users from adding references to other collection types you mus
230. eld Renderer The One table Value renderer renders the value of a single table cell according to the tags in a Word table When this renderer is associated with a table field the data for one property in the first row of the table is positioned using tags that appear in the Word template The tags are of the form lt Field Name gt lt PropertyName gt Field Renderer Field Renderer ProgID One Table Value ENReaction9 OneTabl eValueRenderer The renderer has no custom properties associated with it Managing the Property Value Field Renderer The Property Value Field renderer renders the val ues of all the properties in a property list without their corresponding names When this renderer is associated with a property list field the data for each property in the property list is rendered with out its label This is typically used for property lists The renderer has no custom properties associated that have only one property with it Field Renderer Field Renderer ProgID Property Value ENReaction9 PropertyVal ueRenderer ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Rendering in E Notebook e 675 676 Managing Rendering in E NotebookCambridgeSoft Chapter 37 Managing Commands Commands can be associated with a collection types and sections types to render content in exporting to MS Word PDF or printing The results of renderings can be stored in files printed on paper or stored in databases For example users may expo
231. emFinder E Notebook Buy Software Academic Site License View Feature Demos Free Recorded Seminars Enterprise Solutions ChemOffice Enterprise WebServer E Notebook CombiChem 21CFR11 Document Mgr BioAssay HTS BioSAR Browser Inventory Ent Registration Sys Oracle Cartridge White Papers View Product Demos Free Recorded Seminars Chemical Databases Ashgate Drugs The Merck Index Organic Synthesis Chiral Auxiliaries ChemACxX Database ChemINDEX NCI amp AIDS Online Menu Overview ChemFinder PDF Literature News CambridgeSoft Spring ACS Anaheim C Don t miss out on training Tuesday March 30th Live Classroom Training ChemsD 9am 12pm amp ChemDraw 1pm 4pm Regsiter Online posted 02 26 2004 AAAA AURAL AA tee The Merck Index 13 2 New Features e 100 New Monographs exclusive to CD amp Internet Editions e 10 250 Monographs from 13th edition 50 of which have been updated updates exclusive to CD amp Internet Editions Store Com ChemNews Com and other pages through CambridgeSoft Com Using the ChemOffice SDK The ChemOffice Software Developer s Kit SDK enables you to customize your applications To browse the ChemOffice SDK From the Online menu choose Browse ChemOftice SDK The CS ChemOffice SDK page opens in your browser ChemStore com ChemFinder com ChemNews com O s Cambridgesof Com TechnicalSupport CambridgeSo
232. endering operation for collections the rendering add in instantiates an instance of Microsoft Word and uses a template associated with the rendering add in to lay out the document Each section in the collection whose type has a rendering template associated with the rendering add in is then incorporated into the new docu ment For each field in each section a tag is located in the rendering template that contains the name of the field associated with that section cell sur rounded by brackets such as lt FieldName gt This tag is replaced by a rendition of the field s data Once the document is rendered it is either printed or saved to a file depending on the behav ior of the rendering add in ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Rendering in E Notebook Configuring a Rendering Template Many rendering operations require a template in the form of a Microsoft Word document that describes the layout of data to be rendered When a rendering add in requires a rendering template as part of its configuration that rendering template can reside in one of two places It can either be associated directly with the rendering add in or it can be located in users user configuration folders and referenced by name from the add in For rendering templates located in users user con figuration folders the rendering templates must be stored in a Microsoft Word field in a section that is contained in a configuration collection This con figura
233. ent types of basic text searching are available Exact Phrase Matching If a search is meant to find only exact matches for the text entered exact word or phrase matching should be used This is the most simple search or query that returns exactly the information requested For example the following searches really mean Searching For Returns thymidine synthesis the words thymidine synthesis in that order with no words between them in the text of a document the word cyclohexane in the text of a document cyclohexane Wildcard Searching If a prefix or a suffix for a word is either unknown or variable wildcard characters become useful in a free test search to return all words with the same ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookSearching word root Wildcard characters can be used in a basic text search when searching for all documents that contain a part of a word This kind of search typically returns more matches to search criteria than the exact phrase search For example the following searches really mean Searching For Returns synth any word with synth as the first 5 letters in a docu ment s text Matches include synthesis synthetic and syntheses ethane any word with ethane as the last 6 letters in a docu ment s text Matches include ethane and methane Advanced Text Searching E Notebook offers a number of advanced text searching options for searching Notes and MS Word documents in
234. epending upon how your system administrator has chosen to configure E Notebook this Sec tion may not be available to you or it may be available in a modified form For example an MS Word document may exist as one of multiple fields within a section Working with MS PowerPoint Slideshow Sections You can use MS PowerPoint Sections to manage MS PowerPoint slideshows in E Notebook To create a new MS PowerPoint slideshows Sec tion 1 In the Collection Tree click the Page or Exper iment to which you would like to add the sec tion 2 Click the New Section button A list of the section types that can be added appears 3 Select MS PowerPoint Slideshow A new MS PowerPoint slideshow appears in the right frame 4 Edit the slideshow just as you would normally edit a slideshow in MS PowerPoint Importing and Exporting an MS PowerPoint slideshow To import an MS PowerPoint document 1 Click the import tool icon for the MS Power Point field A menu appeats T_T h Import Slideshow mani Export Slideshow Expor Clear Slideshow 2 Select Import Slideshow A dialog box appears and you are prompted to select the file 3 Select the file and click Open The slideshow appears in E Notebook The notes associated with a slide will be rendered along with the slide To export the MS PowerPoint file 1 Click the import tool icon A menu appears 2 Select Export Slideshow A dialog appea
235. er If the Unduplicatable Collection Listener is associ ated with a collection type contents of that type will not be copied when a user copies the selected collection For example there may be a Page Experiment collection If the Unduplicatable Collection Listener is associated with the Page Experiment collection type these experi ments will not be copied when a user copies the Experiment collection Listener Listener ProgID Unduplicatable ENStandard9 Unduplicat Collection ableCListener This collection listener has no custom properties associated with it Managing the Unique Child Collection Listener The Unique Child Collection Listener ensures the uniqueness of a collection of this type within its container collection For example if you associate the listener with the User Configuration collection type and then specify User as the container collec tion it will only be possible to create a single User Configuration within each user collection Listener Listener ProgID Unique Child ENStandard9 U niqueChild OfTypeCListener With the Custom Properties of the listener you specify the container collection Enterprise Managing the User Collection Listener The User Collection Listener is designed for those systems that use the Standard Oracle Authenticator to authenticate users with E Notebook The User Collection Listener is associated with the User collection type to automatically set up users correctly
236. er IEMSectionListener ProglD ENStal Delete Section Listener Rename Section Listener Zarkinmn ickoner Oranertiac A message appears asking you to confirm that you wish to delete the section listener 5 Click Yes The section listener is removed from the sec tion type Managing the Standard Section Listeners e provides a number of standard Section Listeners which you may add to section types Managing the Required Section Listener The Required Section Listener prevents users from deleting sections of this type For example you may have a Results section that is mandatory with each Experiment Page Section lENSectionListener ProgiD Listener Required ENStandard9 RequiredSection Section Listener Managing the Fixed Section Name Listener The Fixed Section Name Listener prevents users from renaming sections of this type For example 654eManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and FormsCambridgeSoft you may have a procedure section associated with each experiment page and you may always want the section to bear the name Procedure Section IENSectionListener ProgID Listener Fixed Section ENStandard9 FixedSection Name NameListener Managing the Audit Section Listener The Audit Section Listener prevents a user from deleting a section of this type if it has been modi fied since it was created Section IENSectionListener ProglD Listener Audit ENStandard9 AuditSectionLi
237. er a name for the State Also specify the annotation rules that will apply to the State There are four annotation rules from which you may choose The rules appear in the drop down lists The options are 754 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft e Writable with Optional Annotation the user may supply annotation for changes if he wishes He will not be prompted to supply it e Read Only the collection cannot be edited in this state e Writable with Prompted Optional Anno tation the user is prompted to supply annotation for changes but is not required to supply it e Writable with Required Annotation the user must supply annotation for changes The user will be prompted to enter annota tion whenever a version of the collection is saved To add another state to the Collection Type repeat steps 2 and 3 Once you have defined the states you must config ure the transitions from one state to another To set up a transition between states see Configuring a Transition between States Configuring a Transition between States A transition is the action a user takes to move a collection from one state to another For example a Close transition may allow a user to move a collection from an Open state in which edits are permitted to a Closed state in which the collection is read only You may also associated transition listeners with a transition so that the effect of the transition is modified u
238. erator to return documents based on the proximity of two or more query terms NOTE NEAR cannot be used in ABOUT queries For example the following searches really mean Searching For Returns carbon NEAR the words carbon and diamond diamond in them but only when they appear less than 100 words apart and in no specific order NEAR uses the following defaults e Search terms are found if they are 100 words apart or less unless specified otherwise Use whole numbers between 1 and 100 e Search terms are found in any order specified otherwise Use TRUE or FALSE The NEAR operator can be used with other opera tors such as AND OR and EQUIValence For example the following searches really mean Searching For Returns NEAR carbon the words carbon and diamond 20 diamond in them less than FALSE 20 words apart in no specific order NEAR carbon the words carbon and diamond 20 diamond in them less than TRUE 20 words apart in this specific order ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookSearching Searching For NEAR carbon diamond 10 AND benzene NEAR carbon diamond graphite 10 NOT Returns the words carbon diamond and benzene in them but only when carbon and diamond appear less than 10 words apart and in no specific order the words carbon diamond and graphite in them but only when carbon and diamond or carbon and graphite appear less than 10
239. erent section Working with Send2File To start Send2File 1 Open the document in the appropriate applica tion outside of E Notebook Select the Print option in the application 3 After you have selected the printer Send2ENotebook the E Notebook login dialog appears 4 Click the Connect button and the following dia log box appears Send To E Notebook Destination rc Send To In Box User In Box A File New Section Section Type Name Property Values Captured Image Reahna s doc Metadata Date 12 2 2005 Document 25652 Frequency low Cancel e 521 5 Select File option as 8 Click Save and the dialog appears as File Fe a Send To File Destination 6 Alternatively click the Send2File button to send to a location outside E Notebook fs The following dialog box appears File D Backup ENotebook Documents document 1 pdf Send Cancel 9 Click the Send button to send the file to the specified location and close the Send2File pro cess G Send To File Destination Es Adobe Acrobat CE Standard document 1 pdf DER B File Edit View Document Tools Advanced Window Help X gt Open ee ni p Print a Email ri create POF gt Review amp Comment X a Secure Sion X 9 T settet fi A 9 l E 36 D FA E bowte 2 Organic Syntheses CV 1 476 you wish to send the documen
240. erms used to describe the features of E Notebook are the same terms that one would use in describing a paper notebook In some cases however the terminology is different and familiar words such as collection or section may have different meanings The following terminology is used in the E Notebook application and through out this guide e Administrator The person who configures E Notebook and sets up security permissions e Collection A set of related items in E Note book Collections are the items that appear in the E Notebook Collection Tree e Collection Listener Collection Listeners modify the behaviors of collections such as creating hiding renaming duplicating and moving behaviors Administrators assign them to collections e Collection Type A unit of configuration that contains business rules for organizing col lections and sections Each collection type has a name an icon for displaying collections of that type in the collection hierarchy and a set of business rules that describe what kinds of oper ations can be performed on collections of that type e Field A description of a unit of data within a section type Each field has a type which describes the type of data stored in the field and a name Examples of different types of fields include a property list a table a chemical structure a spectrum a Microsoft Word docu ment Depending on the type of data stored in the field the field ma
241. erty list containing the Property e Whether inherits security should be set or not if the property is filled in 758 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft Managing Confirm Transition Listener The Confirm Transition Listener prompts a user to confirm a specific transition prior to the transition occurring and displays a message to the user when ever he goes for any transition asking him to con firm that he is sure he wants to proceed with a transition If the user clicks Yes then the transition proceeds If the user clicks No then the transition is canceled Listener Listener ProgID Confirm Transi KENStandard9 ConfirmTLis tion tener The Confirm Transition Listener has no custom properties associated with it Managing the Export Transition Listener The Export Transition Listener supports the print ing workflow It makes it possible to export the contents of a collection as part of a transition Listener Listener ProgID Export Transi ENStandard9 ExportTLis tion tener The rendering sections and their corresponding templates must be set as properties of this listener Managing the Final Print Transition Listener The final print transition listener can be added to a transition to force the printout of the entire collec tion before the transition continues The name of the export template used for the final print is lt Region gt Final Print where lt Region gt is replaced by the name of the region o
242. es Click the Annotation Required checkbox to select it Then click OK to close the dialog Managing the Change Display Transition Listener The Change Display Transition Listener is used to enable Visual Display of Changes when a user per e 757 forms a particular transition See Managing Visual Display of Changes Listener Listener ProgID Change Display ENStandard9 ChangeDis playTListener The Change Display Transition Listener has no custom properties associated with it Note that there is also a collection listener that can be used to enable Visual Display of Changes as soon as a collection is created See Managing the Change Display Collection Listener for more information Managing Change Security Transition Listener The Change Security Transition Listener enables Inherits Security for a collection during a transi tion This may be used for example to limit access to an experiment before it is in a Closed state Listener Listener ProgID Change Security ENStandard9 ChangeSecu Transition TransLstnr With the custom properties of the transition lis tener you have the option to specify whether if a particular property in the collection 1s filled in the Inherits Security option should remain off even after the transition is completed Specifically you can specify e Whether the property is in the collection or an associated indexing collection e Section type containing the property e Prop
243. es button The Database Lookup Properties dialog appears Database Lookup Properties Connection String SOL String Username Password Property List Field None gt v x Cancel 7 Enter the properties See step 2 in Creating a Database Table Field on page 690 for details 8 Click OK Several examples are given below Note that the syntax of the query may vary depending upon the type of database you are querying Example 1 Database Lookup Configura tion e 701 In this example all of the values for suppliername are pulled in from the external database table Sup pliers The values will appear in a drop down list in the property cell Database Lookup Properties Connection String DSN TESTDATA SQL String SELECT suppliername from SUPPLIERS Username Password Property List Field e suppliername value s to be displayed in E Notebook property e Suppliers name of external database table Example 2 Database Lookup Configura tion In this example the value suppliername is pulled from the external database table Suppliers The suppliername displayed in the database table field corresponds to the value that a user has entered into a property list A user enters SupplierID into the Supplier ID property which exists in a Property List named ID Number Database Lookup Properties Connection String DSN TESTDATA SQL String SELECT suppliername from
244. ession Ending a Session If you wish to end a particular user s session you may do so To end a session 1 Click the session in the list The session is highlighted 2 Click End Session A message appears asking you to confirm that you wish to end the session 3 Click Yes The session is ended The user must log on to E Notebook again NOTE A user with Full Control permission over his home collection his user collection may use the Session Man ager to end his own sessions ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging E Notebook Security e 78 782eManaging E Notebook SecurityCambridgeSoft Chapter 42 Summary of the Standard Add ins This topic summarizes the functions of all the standard E Notebook add ins listeners field types and form tools that you may use to config ute E Notebook Collection Listeners Collection listeners are used to modify the behaviors of collections such as the creating hiding renaming duplicating and moving behaviors ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookSummary of the Standard Add Ins Auto Number Collection Listener allows the administrator to specify a customized number ing scheme for a Collection Type Audit Collection Listener prevents the user from deleting a collection if the collection has been modified since it was created Change Display Collection Listener enables Visual Display of Changes when a user creates a particular type of collection Clear V
245. este iruretan 513 Working with Pages and Experiments 513 Creating a Page or Experiment 513 Creating a Page or Experiment from a TPG eer aE E EE ten 514 Closing and Reopening Pages and EPEA CAE irren Arao E EN ews 514 Working with the Inbox s25 300k tAedwuns 514 Working with PoOldets oiccciacedediwes cued 514 Creatine a Older sinters thee oo se kpi 514 Adding a Reference to the Folder 514 Working with the User Configuration Folder 515 Working with Reactants Collections 515 Adding a New Reactant to an Existing Reactant Collects gr642a0 sumse aioe 515 Adding a New Reactant Collection 516 Working with Table of Contents 516 Hidno Columns 44 ieteresdiweustebnetues 516 Showine CONMINS 4 lt 2 sauce beer ecaes 516 Sorting Items inthe LOC 2 aceun ats Soe 517 Working with Templates nesta tu canada aes 517 Working with MS Office Sections Reactions and other Sections 518 Reaction Sections dsrs rere tta Etne 518 Captured Image Sections sorisesierensevis 518 Ancillary Data Sections 4 ovicgecundenedees 518 TADE SECHOUS y ations Einer n Aea 519 Spectrum and Spectra Sections 519 MS Word Sections c04 sh0cdcvenoreexcods 519 MS Excel Spreadsheet Sections 519 Send2ENotebook and Send2File 519 Working with Send2ENotebook 520 Working with Send2 Pile v c0c 0ekuad seared 521 Working OME 452 a E e ERENT 522 Chapter 28 E Not
246. etCollection gt lt childReference name Another Folder gt lt targetCollection gt lt childReference gt lt target gt lt source gt Deeper Folder xml lt source gt lt import gt lt source gt The source element contains text which specifies the path of the file to be imported This is inter preted relative to the batch file lt log gt The log element contains text which is written to the client log file if logging is enabled If logging is not enabled this element is ignored Example lt log gt General Information section type created lt log gt e 789 lt alert gt The alert element causes a message to be displayed This element must contain the text to be displayed and may have a title attribute which specifies the title of the message box and may have a buttons attribute which may be 0 or 1 If the buttons attribute is 0 or not specified the message box will have an OK button only If the buttons attribute is 790 Using the Batch Import FacilityCambridgeSoft 1 the message box will have OK and Cancel and if Cancel is pressed the import process will stop lt refresh gt The refresh element causes the client to refresh the display of section and collection type information to show the effect of any imported objects One commonly uses a refresh element at the end of the import script Appendix I F Technical Support Overview CambridgeSoft Corporation CS provides techni cal
247. exist in the same section type or your search will return no hits 4 Click the Add button Property Value Data Type Field Section Type The properties appear in the search form Temperature 100 temperature Reaction Conditions Reaction Removing Properties from the Field To remove a property from the field Query forms Property List Query able Query Property Value Data Type Field Section Type z Yield v2 number Products Reaction 1 Right click the property you wish to remove Adding Properties to the Field E pea To add properties to a Property Query or Table Query field 1 Right click within the field 2 Select Remove Property ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookSearching e 613 You ate prompted to confirm that you wish to delete the property 3 Click Yes The property is removed from the query field Search Options You may either search for an exact match or use one of the following options Wildcard searches for text properties e Ifa property has a Data Type of text you can conduct a contains search Use the percent age symbol as the wildcard In the example below all of the Spectrum sections where the Analyst name ends in Smith will be returned Property List Query Data Type Field Section Type Analyst i Smith tent Spectrum Properties Spectrum e Ifa property has a numerical Data Type you can search for a range as shown below
248. extends RAM by allowing space on yout hard disk to be used as RAM However the time for swapping between the application and the hard disk is slower than swapping with physical RAM Change the VM as follows e System control panel Performance tab System Crashes CambridgeSoft Desktop Applications should never crash but below are the steps you should go through to try to resolve issues that cause com puter crashes while using a CS software product 1 Restart Windows and try to reproduce the problem If the problem recurs continue with the following steps 2 The most common conflicts concern Video Drivers Printer Drivers screen savers and virus protection If you do need to contact us be sute to determine what type and version of drivers you are using 186 Technical SupportCambridgeSoft Overview e Video Driver related problems If you are having problems with the display of any CambridgeSoft Desktop Application try switching to the VGA video driver in the display Control Panel or System Setup and then retest the problems If using a different driver helps your original driver may need to be updated contact the maker of the driver and obtain the most up to date driver If you still have trouble contact us with the relevant details about the original driver and the resulting problem e Printer Driver related problems Try using a different printer driver If using a dif ferent driver helps your original dri
249. f the currently logged on user When this transition listener is associated with a transition type transitions will be interrupted with a message box as follows e Click OK to print the final print of lt Collec tion gt using the printer lt PrinterName gt where lt Collection gt is replaced with a description of a collection such as experiment CS 00005 and lt PrinterName gt is replaced with the name of the default printer If the user clicks OK then the transition proceeds by printing all of the pages of the collection to the default printer If the user clicks Cancel then the transition is canceled After the printout is completed another message box appears as follows e Did the final print of lt Collection gt succeed e Yes Continue with this transition e No Print again e Cancel Abort this transition where lt Collection gt is replaced with a description of a collection If the user clicks Yes then the transition proceeds If the user clicks No then the pages are printed again and the message box re appears If the user clicks Cancel then the transition is canceled If the user wants to change the default printer they should choose print setup prior to performing the transition Listener Listener ProglD Final Print ENStandard9 FinalPrintTListener The Final Print Transition Listener has no custom properties associated with it ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collec
250. figuration Offline oly Open P 3 Alternatively click Work Offline button in the login dialog box when you are logging into E Notebook to go directly to the Offline folder CambridgeSoft E Notebook Login E Motebook Service E Motebook 9 0 Login ID Rhodium Password v ork Offline Cancel You can work in Offline just as you would nor mally work when you are connected 4 You can go online again by clicking Connect button in the upper right corner of the screen 546 E Notebook FeaturesCambridgeSoft A dialog appears prompting you to log into the E Notebook Connect Login ID rhodium Password zz Connect Cancel 5 Click Connect button The Synchronization Dialog appears listing each collection that has changed and each new collection added Synchronize Changes Chemistry Notebook 007 Content Changed Show Details corel 6 Click the Synchronize button to update all the changes that are stored offline in the online content 7 Click the Show Details button ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookE Notebook Features A dialog appears showing list of changes orig inal contents and updated contents bes to Chemistry Notebook I 001 Add section MS Word Document of biology experiment Chemistry Notebook l 001 ontents Updated Contents wed Image Spectrum Captured Image Spectrum MSWord Document
251. figuring a Form 663 Hiding Fields and Boxes when Configuring AL OL Aon ach canted ee ea ahh aude 663 FING A BOS te sits trea and a din Se lens 663 Hiding Fields in a Orns tovsa0s aatwetes 664 Changing Box Orientation 664 Managing Export Templates for Section Types 665 Creating the Export Template for a SeCHOn My Pere ra E T 666 Editing the Export Template for a SECON Pee dta E Seni eee aes 666 Section Metadata acS uvicc ckis reer er vanes 667 Staiidard Field Types s resscerotedctaieuni 667 PASE DARS cena pent scm eed in ne 668 E Notebook 10 Contents Chapter 36 Managing Rendering in E Notebook Configuring a Rendering Template 669 Designing a Rendering Template 670 Rendering Tap socere Vests eiantd Moos eens 671 Templates for Headers and Footers 671 Section Metadata Taosi irre Shady tacee re 2 672 Managing the MS Word Section Renderers 672 Managing the Fixed Text After Word SCC nals ci cae er ea ee a ne a R 672 Managing the Full History Word Renderer 673 Managing the Tracked History Word PR eane esa ose tae are oar ee eee 673 Managing the Standard Field Renderers 673 Managing the Fixed Table Field Renderer 673 Managing the NonBlank Property Field RENO CHS eero bu 2 oer Rios Raat dats cet ells a 674 Managing the One Property Value Field Renderer eer tended ends bua okead da Bt y essa 674 Managing the One Table Value Field RS OY
252. for authentication When a new user is 746eManaging Collection TypesCambridgeSoft created the User Collection Listener displays the User Properties dialog User Properties E X Login ID Administrator Password Contin Password W Administrator Cancel Once the user is specified a new user collection is created with the same name as the account The name of the user collection can be modified to any valid version of the name Listener Listener ProglD User ENStandard9 UserListener Note that the User collection listener can only be added to the User collection type as E Notebook does not support multiple user collection types The User Collection Listener has no custom prop erties associated with it Managing Templates Templates make it possible for E Notebook users to avoid reentering information unnecessarily For example a user may create a template for a particu lar experiment page It may contain data and notes that he often uses or typical values for various properties The user can use the template as the basis for new experiments page collections Each time a collection type is created in E Note book a template of that type is created automati cally As an administrator you configure the rules that determine which types of templates an E Notebook user can create and which collection types can contain or reference the templates You set up these rules the same way you would set the
253. ft Com Support ChemInfo Chemical Db e 540 Monographs 1 CS ChemOffice SDK Home Page z archived from 12th Ses chemdrawsokHomerae CS ChemOffice Software Diakssstenal S ria edition exclusive to CS ChemFinder SDK Home Page r z Professional Services _ CD amp Internet Editions CS Chem3D SDK Home Page Developer s Kit Desktop Support Enterprise Support ChemoOffice Menu Extensions Informatics Planning Custom Development Welcome to the CS ChemOffice software developer s kit SDK web Deployment Service Educational Training site that provides documentation sample code and other resources A posted 01 27 2004 for the ChemOffice component Application Programming Interfaces Service Plans Systems Management APIs You can use these APIs to create custom add ons that emma AAA ATAT ATAT AACA oes enhance ChemOffice functionality or to add ChemOffice functionality S to your programs If you cannot find the code or samples on this site re l you are looking for we may be able to provide you with what you gt E Commerce Stores need Please contact consulting with the details or your code request ChemStore Software Databases PEOR f aac Com a bad Siubeariot Unless otherwise indicated the information present on this site pow nibs Subsenblpn applies to the latest versions of our software APIs are available for the following ChemOffice components Web Sites ChemDraw ChemFinder Deutsch ChemStore Fran ais z mE si Che
254. g and Hiding the Max Button for a Box 659 Showing and Hiding the Name of a Box 660 Showing the Max Button 659 Showing the Name of a Box 661 Sort data by a property 567 Specification of Units 727 Specifying an annotation through the history pane 601 Spectra replacing 562 Standard Field Types 667 Start menu login 506 CambridgeSoft Structure deleting a 569 drawing 528 editing 568 Summary of the Standard Add Ins 783 System crashes 186 T Table numerical units working with 569 Tables 544 Terminology 504 Time Settings 725 Transition Listeners 784 Transition Security 773 Transition security 591 Troubleshooting 185 U User Administration 767 User collection adding a new collection to 512 adding a reference within 512 working with 511 Using quick add to add a structure 530 Using the add dialog to add a structure 530 Using the Batch Import Facility 788 Using the Session Manager 780 Using the session manager 641 V Viewing collection properties 587 user information 642 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Collec tion Listener 739 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Form Tool 648 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Search Engine 752 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Section E Notebook 10 Listener 653 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Transi tion Listener 756 Visual display of changes 601 W Wildcard searching 615 Working with Autotext 540 folders 514 numerical units in tables 569 p
255. g with Data in E Notebook You are prompted to confirm whether you wish to clear the document file 3 Click OK The file is cleared Working with Captured Image Sections You can use Captured Image Sections to manage both PDF files and standard image files in E Note book in PDF format To create a new Captured Image Section 1 In the Collection Tree click the Page or Exper iment to which you would like to add the sec tion 2 Click the New Section button A list of the section types that can be added appears 3 Select Captured Image The new section appears within the Page The image below is an example of a PDF Viewer section With this field you may import a PDF document or a standard image file in PDF format EEL A Savea Copy Z Print Email fir Search AY Save 2 Review amp Comment RS EA 4A Sign v H TE Select Text v E A 3 B E 82 X ly Chemi Section az Course Descriptions crystal growth diSusion axdation and vapor deposition Prerequisites 08 422 and 09 347 or equivalent or permission of the Instructor icp a Ei iE Pages f Layers Y Signatures Y Bookmarks N ugh It Is comments N lt d 8 5x11 in 1of4 gt blo O H HH i Importing and Exporting a PDF File To import a PDF document 1 Click the import tool icon for the PDF field A menu appears when you click the icon e 551 2 Select Import PDF BR Import
256. ge 1 Click the text tool A in the ChemDraw tool bar 2 Click in the chemical structure field and type any text you would like to enter The text appears in the field 3 Click the arrow tool in the tool bar to select it if you would like to draw arrows to annotate the image Working with Database Tables Database Tables are used to pull in data from an external database and display it in E Notebook The data is for display only and cannot be edited 550eWorking with Data in E NotebookCambridgeSoft The table of contents is an example of a database table Table of Contents Name Hide Name teated Modified 1 Noteboc Sort Name Ascending 19 2004 4 9 2004 At emy Sort Name Descending 1 9 2004 4 9 2004 al 3 Notebor Show Columns In some configurations database tables may be filled in based on a value that you enter elsewhere 1 9 2004 4 9 2004 in a form For example the value you enter into a particular property list field may be used to look up and display related data which will appear within the database tables Working with MS Excel Spreadsheets You can use MS Excel spreadsheets to manage Excel data in E Notebook MS Excel Spreadsheet f Li Ln EE G tL Time Factor 1 Factor 2 1 6 6 1 14394 1 Import D xpol 2 7 2 2 09722 g 3 7 8 2 90385 8 4 7 6 5 9 419444 c 6 4 3 59524 m o A Oo ho aail M To create a new MS Excel Section 1 In the C
257. ge file from a section in E Note book 1 Click the import tool icon A menu appeats 2 Select Clear Image You are prompted to confirm whether you wish to clear the document file 3 Click OK The image is cleared Similarly you can copy the images from the Image sections and paste them in the other sections in E Notebook or in other applications Working with MS Word Sections You can use MS Word Sections to manage infor mation that you would normally record in MS Word This feature makes it possible for you to keep MS Word information with related E Note book information You can edit this data just as you would edit an MS Word document either edit ing it within E Notebook or exporting it to MS Word to take advantage of the full MS Word fea ture set To create a new MS Word Section 1 Click the collection in the collection tree to which you would like to add the MS Word Sec tion NOTE In the preconfigured E Notebook you can only add an MS Word Section to a Page 554eWorking with Data in E NotebookCambridgeSoft 2 Click the Sections icon on the right side of the screen A menu appears 3 Select New A list of the Section types that can be added appears 4 Select MS Word Document A new MS Word Document appears in the right frame MS Word Document cee Le ere ee ee eee ee eg anaE am po ee es H Kat NOTE An MS Word Section is one of the preconfigured Sections of E Notebook D
258. ging the Final Print Transition Listener 758 Managing the Fixed Name Collection Listener 743 Managing the Fixed Section Name Listener 654 Managing the Insert Reference Form Tool 652 CambridgeSoft Managing the Locked Container Transition Lis tener 759 Managing the New Child Collection Form Tool 748 Managing the New Section Form Tool 650 Managing the New Subsection Section Form Tool 650 Managing the Next Step Form Tool 650 Managing the Owner Full Control Collection Lis tener 743 Managing the Parent Prefix Collection Listener 742 Managing the Person Property List Listener 706 Managing the Prevent Delete when Referenced Collection Listener 744 Managing the Prevent External Link Active Doc ument Field Listener 686 Managing the Prevent Reference Copy Collec tion Listener 744 Managing the Print Multiple Form Tool 652 Managing the Products Table Listener 715 Managing the Reactants Table Listener 715 Managing the Required Properties Transition Listener 760 Managing the Required Section Listener 654 Managing the Security Properties of a Collection Type 774 Managing the Security Properties of a Section Type 777 Managing the Spectrum Form Tool 651 Managing the Standard Collection Listeners 741 Managing the Standard Form Tools 650 Managing the Standard Search Engines 751 Managing the Standard Section Listeners 654 Managing the Standard Transition Listeners 757 Managing the Unlocked Contents Transition Lis tener 760 Managing
259. ging the Standard Form Tools on page 650 The collection menu appears 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu 6 To associate an Enabled icon with the form tool click the Import button 648e Managing Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and FormsCambridgeSoft The Section Type Configuration dialog appeats Section Type Reaction Configuration Section Type Reaction Summary Field none Reaction Reaction Conditions Reactants Products Preparation Solvents Reaction Toolbar Commands Export to MS Word Print Form Tools Batch Explorer Character Map Section Listeners If necessary click the plus sign next to form tools to expand the list and view the form tools that are associated with the section type Click the form tool whose properties you wish to view or change Section Type Reaction Configuration Batch Explorer Form Tool IENFormTool ProgID ENReactionExplorer9 ReactionExplorerFT Enabled Icon 189 Import Import Reaction Toolbar Export Commands Export to MS Word Custom Properties l Print Form Tools The ProgID s and license key information appears to the right You may edit this informa Reaction Conditions Reactants Products Preparation Solvents cs fae Os te Oo Ge Disabled Icon e ao tion if you wish Click the Custom Properties button If the for
260. gned Versions Hide History w Inherits Security Collection Properties 2 Select Export to MS Word or Export to PDF You are prompted to choose a destination folder and file name cS Export To MS Word Export Range f Sections from i to fh f Curent Section Export Document C ENotebook Documentation EN 1 topics Notebo __ i Open Document After Export corel 3 Continue with step 5 in exporting a Section above If you chose to open the document after export the document is opened and it displays the Sec tions you selected for export If you chose not to open the document the document is saved in the folder you specified Printing You can print Sections or Collections from E Notebook to maintain your hardcopy archives To print a collection 1 From the Collection Tree right click the col lection The collection menu appears 60 Up To F Browse Here Browse All Import Export Copy Paste Paste Reference Move Up Move Down Export to MS Word Close Duplicate Delete Rename Show History ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Data in E Notebook 2 Select Print Your printer dialog box appears and you are prompted to enter the information you nor mally do when printing such as page printer and number of copies etc Print General Select Printer EARD HP LaserJet 8150 PS on boron2 EA Test EPSON Stylus COLOR 3C Services HP LaserJet 38
261. guration dialog is shown below Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Test Section Type Fields Commands Form Tools Section Listeners Section Type Test Section Type Summary Field Once you have configured the form you create an export template which allows users to print sec tions of this type and to export them to MS Word Creating a New Section Type A section type defines an E Notebook data section or search section A section type is composed of fields form tools section listeners and an export template To create a new section type 1 In the Collection Tree right click the folder or collection into which you are adding the section type The collection menu appears 2 Select New then Section Type a 4 Q peck gt ei Id ql Section Types L gt Everyone Users Configuration Collection Types 4 E A GoUpTo gt L A Browse Here C 4 Browse All amp Refresh Folder EJA ET Ha gt Folder im Import Collection Search _ M Export Chemical Structure Search EJM Section Search E a Restore Changes Collection Type Ri Paste A new section type appears in the Collection Tree its blank form appears to the right You are prompted to enter a new name for the section type 3 Type in a new name for the section type 4 Right click the new section type in the Collec tion Tree and select Section Type Configura tion from the menu that appe
262. h Database Table Privilege Change Col lection Listener used to refresh the contents of a database table when the privileges associ ated with a collection change Section List Collection Listener caches a list of sections in a collection on the E Notebook client Security Collection Listener allows you to assion security privileges to a collection when it is created e 783 e Sequence Collection Listener names a new collection based on a global sequence that you specify e Unduplicatable Collection Listener blocks the duplication of a specific type of collection e Unique Child Collection Listener ensures the uniqueness of a collection of this type within its container collection e User Collection Listener when a User is cre ated this listener displays a dialog box for key information that must be entered such as logon ID Transition Listeners Transition listeners are used to perform a certain function that is associated with a transition from one state of a collection to another e Annotate Transition Listener prompts the user for an annotation that is associated with the transition e Change Display Transition Listener enables Visual Display of Changes when the transition is performed e Change Security Transition Listener enables Inherits Security for a collection during a tran sition e Confirm Transition Transition Listener a user to confirm a specific transiti
263. h Send2ENotebook To Send a document to E Notebook 520 Working with E NotebookCambridgeSoft 1 Open the document in the appropriate applica tion outside of E Notebook Select the Print option in the application 3 After you have selected the printer Send2ENotebook a dialog appears prompting you to log into E Notebook Click the Connect button to send to E Notebook The following dialog box appears and you can set the destination where you wish to send the docu ment in E Notebook G Send To E Notebook Destination M Send To In Box User In Box a File New Section Section Type Captured Image Name Rcahna s doc Property Values Metadata Date 12 2 2005 Document 25652 Frequency low 4 Click the Set Target Collection Type button and it displays a dialog where you can fill in the type of your collection and click OK Set Target Collection Type 5 Select the Notebook or Collection where you wish to send the document with the help of dropdown list f Open Chemistry Experiment Chemistry Motebook 001 Send Tein Bow y for the option to send the document in the Inbox of the Collection 6 Alternatively you can select User In Box if you wish to send the document to the Inbox in the User Collection f User In Box HI 8 a Click A dialogue appears to open the User Collection Choose User Collection T Ox A B Everyone 5j re Users
264. h the Required Properties Transition Listener e Read Only the styled text field is for dis play only and only administrators may edit it e 687 Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Managing AutoText Field Listeners An AutoText Field Listener modifies the behavior of an AutoText field in E Notebook Managing the AutoText Color Field Listener The AutoText Color Field Listener allows you to configure the color of AutoText items within an AutoText field Table IENTableListener ProgID Listener AutoText Color ENStyledTextPlus9 AutoText ConfigFLstnr You select the color you desire through the custom properties of the listener Managing Chemical Structure Fields Chemical Structure Fields make it possible for users to draw or import drawings of chemical structures and reactions These fields make use of the ChemDraw ActiveX Control An example of a Chemical Structure Field is shown below These fields may also be used for images Users can paste in standard images such as GIFs and JPEGs Users can access a ChemDraw menu by right click ing within the structure window This menu allows a user to among other things copy and paste structures Users may dismiss the ChemDraw toolbar at any time For more information about using the Chem 688eManaging FieldsCambridgeSoft Draw To
265. h the collection was created Last Modified the date on which the Collec tion or Page was last changed Status the status of the collection in its life cycle If no states are defined for the collection the status is Created Autosave Interval the time interval after which the collection is saved automatically NOTE Ifyou wish to view the Collection Security or Tran sition Security properties click the appropriate tab If the col lection is a user collection the Region tab appears as well 588 eWorking with Sections and CollectionsCambridgeSoft Importing and Exporting Collections E Notebook provides the ability to export and import collections as XML files Each XML file contains all of the data and formatting associated with the collection Importing a Collection To import a collection 1 Click the Browse button The Collection Tree appears 2 In the Collection Tree right click the collec tion into which you would like the collection to be imported For example if you would like to import an Experiment into a Notebook you would right click the Notebook The collection menu appears Back Browse Search CAMSOFT nhowe Notebook 5435 Notebor So Up To b L Notebo Browse Here Ci Notebou Browse All E Folder ENI Collection 5 _ New b Sy User Con Reactar Export AutoT T nee l 3 Select Import Copy A dialog appears and you are prompted to select
266. hat in the table cell To do this 1 In the reaction section right click a cell in the solvents table 2 Select Add Solvent After or Add Solvent Before to add the solvent gt The Add Solvent dialog appears once again 3 Checkmark the box Add Blank Solvent at the bottom of the dialog box 4 Click Add to close the dialog Solvents oy Mame Ratio Volume oar a S 2 3 4 5 po A blank row is added to the solvents table in the reaction section where you can fill the solvent of your choice manually Repeat the process for other cells in the table if necessary Enterprise Using the Inbox The Inbox in E Notebook allows the addition of various types of documents as well as graphical data into the E Notebook system typically output from either instrument control applications or from various scientific analysis software To view the Inbox ofa particular collection 1 Double click the collection or click the plus sign next to it to expand it and view its con tents e 545 The collection expands to show the Inbox File Edit View Tools Help pee ack gt A A Jcurie Ha In Box User Configuration fB Chemistry Notebook 01 Chemistry Notebook 01 004 Chemistry Notebook 01 002 Chemistry Motebook 01 003 Chemistry Motebook 01 004 Chemistry Motebook 01 005 Chemistry Motebook 01 006 Offline Folder 2 Click the Inbox to select it
267. he Structure the reactant in this well that matches C2 the sec Window to scroll through the reactants and ond generic component of the reaction product in the well Reaction Reactants Products Tools Navigator x Reaction j Reactants Products 4 To hide the docked Structure Window simply uj oe A move your cursor to an area of the screen that is outside of the Structure Window and the Structure Window will slide into its dock again AK vary N played in the upper left The well at location C 4 is el s Add Quick dd x selected The reaction corresponding to this well is aT shown to the right In the lower left the Structure cone Lit CI Product MF Actual Mass Actus C14H280 7429 349 ir ram In the example shown below the Navigator is dis Arial vis B Z U X dik 634 eIntroducing CombiChem for E NotebookCambridgeSoft Scrolling to the right once more displays the prod uct of the reaction in this well NOTE The selected tab in the Navigator does not change automatically to reflect the component you are viewing in the Structure Window Reaction Reactants Products Tools gt gt Reaction Reactants Products 14 _4 chemistry Notebook t 004 0001 c4 gt E pe i gE Batch Fxplorer LI nA ae Add Quick Add v Define Reactants amp Products OOO Reactants amp Products Reactant MF Limit My Eg
268. he box you There are now two boxes one on top of the selected as shown below other within the root box as shown below Test Section Type ntitled Box 2 Test Section Type ntitled Box intitied Box led Box To set the field within a box 1 Right click within the box The next step you take depends upon the form lay A menu appears out you seek In this example we will configure the 2 Choose Set Field form so that there are two fields in a row on top of another field for a total of three fields in the form 4 Right click within the top box and select Insert Box Within Delete Box i A Medikai A dialog box appears listing the fields that you have added to the section type 3 Click the field you wish to insert into the box and click Insert 656eManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and FormsCambridgeSoft The field appears in the box Any edits you make to the field will appear in E Notebook when a user creates a section of this type Test Section Type ntitled Box 2 intitled Box 3 Untitled Box 4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 for the other boxes Once a field has been set in a box you may access the box menu by right clicking the frame of the box NOTE The orientation of a box is determined by the ori entation of its container For example say that Insert Box Above and Insert Box Below are menu options for Box X Then you insert Box Y
269. he dialog displays the following information about the version you selected e Name the action that created the version save autosave transition name e Author the person who performed the action e Date the date and time the version was created If there is an annotation associated with the change the following information appears as well e Person who entered the annotation e Date and time the annotation occurred e Text of the annotation ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookChanges and Audit Trail 2 Click the Previous button to view information about the previous version of the collection or the Next button to view information about the next version of this collection 3 Click OK to dismiss the Version Properties dia log Specifying an Annotation through the History Pane It is only possible to specify an annotation through the History Pane for the most recent version of the collection and only if the state of the collection does not require that changes be annotated To enter an annotation for the most recent version of the collection 1 Right click the version in the History Pane 2 Select Properties from the menu that appears The properties dialog appears If the version displayed in the properties dialog is unanno tated and requires an annotation the Annotate button is visible 3 To annotate this version click the Annotate button and the standard annotation dialog box appears The s
270. he printout Creating the Export Templates for a Collection Type To create an export template 1 Right click the collection type in the Collection Tree A menu appeats 2 Select Show then Export Templates ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types The right frame is blank if there is no export template associated with the collection type If you wish to edit an existing export template see Editing the Export Template for a Collec tion Type below Right click the section icon in the right frame The section menu appears ala SPEM AAMINSTALOT EA Notebook 464374 o E E Reactants Folder copy sechor iE Notebook 543534 Paste Section w E Folder Refresh fae I i testuser E Configuration Move Up ly Collection Types Move Down T ie Ep Duplicate Section A S User Delete Section ae ie Folder Rename Section Export to MS word Print FE User Configuration ven E AutoT ext Definitions Notebook Section Types Ta 4 Select Section Types The section types dialog box appears w Section Types for Section Type Form k oj x Chemical Structure Hit Chemical Structure Query Collection Quer Form MS Excel Spreadsheet MS Word Document Reactant Reactant Old Add gt gt Reaction Reaction Details Reaction Details 2 Close Select Export Template and click the Add but ton Click the Close button The section types d
271. he same section See the following topics e Creating a Database Table Field on page 690 e Configuring a Database Table Field on page 691 Creating a Database Table Field Database Table Fields are used to display data that is pulled in from an external database To create a Database Table Field 1 In the Collection tree right click the Section Type to which you wish to add the Property List 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears w Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Section Listeners 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears w Add Field Hame Field Type a oes 4 Enter a name and select Database Table from the drop down list of field types 5 Click Add The new Field appears in the list of Fields See Configuring a Database Table Field on page 691 for instructions on defining the data to be dis played in the Field Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Configuring a Database Table Field Database Table Fields are used to display data that is pulled in from a database To configure a Database Table Field ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields 1 Right click the Database Table Field in the Sec tion Type C
272. hived state In the example below you are prevented from adding or editing a reference to the Ancillary Data in a collection that is in the Closed state iS NOTEBOOK E Notebook Instance Edit view Tools Help Y Q sax gt O E I4 ql Chemistry Notebook 004 v D Pil Browse Search vVork Offline _He Curie Reaction Ancillary Data 3 User Configuration F Chemistry Notebook L _ Chemistry Notebook 001 4 Chemistry Notebook 002 Chemistry Notebook 003 54e1169e369202b23a05593303a420ff gg Chemistry Notebook 004 C Program Files CambridgeSoft ChemOffice2005 Common DLLs Chart c v A Baus Chemistry N 3 Folder e 3 Untitled Offline Chemistry Notebook ll i i Chemistry Notebook ll 001 n 1 Chemistry Notebook I 002 als J Chemistry Notebook ll 003 Similarly you may be prevented from adding refer ences to several different collection types and or several different states of a collection type depend ing on your system configuration Validation of Values in Tables Values you enter into a table may be checked against an external database to ensure that they are valid values In this case if you enter an invalid value you will receive an error message and E Notebook will not accept the value Actually your system administrator may have con figured E Notebook such that the valid and invalid values for a particular property in the table are defined and have several qualities Therefore when you
273. hoose User or Group dialog appears 2 Select the appropriate user of group from the tree You may either a right click within a blank portion of the tree and select Browse All to see all of the Users or b click the Search button and perform a search fora User or group of Users 3 Click Add 4 Select the appropriate access from the list box e Read permits a user to view the Collec tion but not edit it e Read and Write permits a user to view and edit the Collec tion Full Control permits a user to view the Collec tion edit it and assign or remove security permis sions for it 1 Highlight the user or group in the list 2 Click Remove Desired Result Change the type of access for a user or eroup currently in the list Action to take 1 Highlight the user or eroup in the list of Assigned Permis sions 2 Select the appropriate access from the list box e Read e Read and Write e Full Control NOTE Note that a user with Full Control permission over his home collection his user collection ts also able to end his own sesstons by using the Session Manager Transition Security Transition Security is the security applied to the collection transitions For example some users may be allowed to close a collection while others can also reopen the collection To change the Transition Security Properties of a collection 1 Right click the collection whose
274. hown below Full History Properties Rendering Template From Configuration From Here Configuration Folder Rendering Folder ka Configuration Collection Page Section Types ka Configuration Section ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Rendering in E Notebook Managing the Tracked History Word Renderer The Tracked History renderer is configured with a word document that may contain other text and the tag lt History gt which indicates where the his tory is to be inserted If a collection to be rendered has visual display of changes turned on then this renderer inserts the collection history of the collec tion since visual display of changes is turned on Word Renderer Word Renderer ProgID ENRenderWord9 Tracke dHistoryRenderer Tracked History Select the custom properties as shown below Tracked History Properties Rendering Template From Configuration From Here Configuration Folder Rendering Folder ka Configuration Collection Page Section Types ka Configuration Section Ms Word Document ka cancel Managing the Standard Field Renderers Rendering of section cell data can be overridden by a Field Renderer that is associated with a particular section type in a particular add in command Managing the Fixed Table Field Renderer The Fixed Table Renderer renders the contents of a table according to the tags in a Word table When this renderer is associated with a table field the column
275. ialog closes Right click the section menu icon again The section menu appears e 765 8 Select New and then Export Template a System Administrator HE Notebook 464374 IE H E Reactants Folder a lL Notebook 543534 Copy Section FQ Folder Paste Section E testuser Configuration Refresh ZY Collection Types Move Up ae a Foot i E Ag ae Move row pei E User Group 3 Lii An MS Word section appears in the right frame 9 Right click the section menu icon and select Rename 10 Type in the name of one of the regions The region names are found in the Region tab of the Collection Properties dialog for a user collection for example United States 11 Create an additional export template for each of the other regions to which your system users are assigned Name each template after the region e g Europe and Asia Pacific 12 Add the text lt Contents gt into each of the templates An example is shown below Back Browse Search Configuration United States Europe Asia Pacific E Collection Types i Root tp B OSlo o MO B T tx amp User Group lt lt j Wi User a amp EE ee a a a ee Sea Folder E Search Types H kContents gt A User Configuration AutoT ext Definitions Notebook a J Reactant A Testing Folder Section Types Editing the Header and Footer Information The header and footer is printed on every page when
276. ibrary Product Reaction Summary Parallel or Small Array Summary User Configuration f a Chemistry Notebook ai Reaction Reactants Products Tools L Chemistry Notebook 001 J Reaction Reactants 4 Edit Structure Palette Display Settings Chemistry Notebook l 002 BB Chemistry Notebook l 003 Edit Reactant Layout Settings i Chemistry Notebook I 004 Edit Product Layout Settings J Offline Set Product Grid Options je 3c di Ce Aaaa i A 2 Select Set Product Grid Options The Product Grid Options dialog appears Set Product Grid Options Grid First Serial Number qq Grid Name Format p 2c Chemistry Notebook l 003 0001 Product Location ID Format sFgr Al Product Hame Format G t Chemistry Notebook l 003 0001 41 Cancel 3 Mouse over any of the values to view its description You may modify any of the fol lowing Grid First Serial Number the number that is assigned to the first product reaction plate The default value is 0001 Note that there may be multiple plates in a library if during the enu meration process the number of products exceeds the number of locations in the grid Grid Name Format the format for the name of the grid e amp P represents the collection name e amp S represents the serial number In the example above the name of the collection is CombiChem Notebook 009 and the serial number is 0001 Hence th
277. ich you may choose The rules appear in the drop down lists The options are e Writable with Optional Annotation the user may supply annotation for changes if he wishes He will not be prompted to supply it e Read Only the collection cannot be edited in this state e Writable with Prompted Optional Anno tation when the collection is saved the user is prompted to supply annotation for changes but is not required to supply it e Writable with Required Annotation when the collection is saved the user must supply annotation for changes The user will be prompted to enter annotation whenever a version of the collection is saved 4 Select the annotation rules you wish to apply to the state When a collection of this type is in this state the annotation option you have selected will apply If you would like users to provide annotation when they perform a particular transition you can associ ate the Annotate Listener with the transition Configuring Autosave The Autosave feature allows changes to be saved automatically to the database after a specified time e 763 interval following a change made to the contents of a section The autosave interval for a particular col lection can either by specified by a user that has full control over the collection or can be inherited from the parent collection To specify the autosave interval for a collection 1 In the collection tree right click the collect
278. ichiome try table 534 sections 579 Removing a Collection Listener from a Collec tion Type 740 Removing a Contained Collection Type from a Collection Type 736 Removing a Contained Reference Type from a Collection Type 737 Removing a Form Tool from a Section Type 649 Removing a Section Listener from a Section Type 654 Removing a Section Type from a Collection Type 734 Removing a Transition Listener from a Transi tion 757 Renaming a collection 587 Renaming a section 580 Replacing a spectrum 562 Resizing Boxes in a Form 661 S Saving changes through backup and restore 598 changes to a collection 597 changes by browsing to another collection 598 changes through Autosave 598 Search Engines 785 vi Index Search options 614 Searching 605 for text with the query text field 614 with collection attributes 612 with the property query and table query fields 613 with the search location field 611 with wildcards 615 Section changing a 579 cutting and pasting 580 duplicating between collections 581 duplicating within a collection 580 exporting to MS Word 581 moving within a collection 580 names as categories 544 printing 581 reactions MS Word MS Excel 525 removing 579 renaming 580 spectrum other fields in 562 Section Listeners 784 Section Metadata Tags 667 Section Search Engine 751 Section Type Security 778 Security overview 507 Serial number 185 Setting the Fields in Boxes 656 Showing and hiding collections 525 Showin
279. ied Ea te ele ge _ Iw Mew Users Features o Contained Reference Types i Copie States Search Engines Commands w Folde Form Tools Collection List ollection Listeners ene A message appears asking you to confirm that you wish to delete the relationship 4 Click Yes The contained collection type is deleted Note that this change will not affect the relationships that users have already created It will only apply going forward Managing Contained Reference Types You can set up a collection type to permit users to add references to other collection types A con 736 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft tained reference type differs from a contained col lection type because a reference is a shortcut that allows an E Notebook user to view an original from elsewhere in the Collection Tree Any changes made to the original are reflected in the reference This topic covers adding and removing contained reference types and changing the relationship between a contained reference type and the parent collection type Adding a Contained Reference Type To add a contained reference type to a collection type 1 In the Collection Tree right click the collection type that is to be the parent collection type and select Collection Type Configuration In this example user group is the parent collec tion type and we are adding the ability to create references to folders the contained reference type
280. ield Listeners to further customize the behavior of chemical structure fields in E Note book Managing Chemical Structure Field Listeners A Chemical Structure Field Listener modifies the behavior of a chemical structure field in E Note book Managing the Analyze Reaction Chemical Structure Listener The Analyze Reaction Chemical Structure Listener may be associated with chemical structure fields to update a stoichiometry grid automatically when a user edits a reaction drawing For automatic anal ysis to occur you must also associate the Analyze Reaction Table Listener with both the reactants and products table fields Active Document IENActiveDocListener Listener Analyze Reaction ENStandardCtl9 Analyz eRxnCSListener This listener has custom properties associated with it You must select the reactants field and the prod ucts field in the stoichiometry grid Managing the Chemical Property Chemical Structure Listener The Chemical Property Chemical Structure Lis tener calculates chemical structure properties of molecular weight and molecular formula and inserts them into a property list when the contents of the chemical structure change Active Document IENActiveDocListener Listener ENStandardCtl9 ChemP ropertiesCSListener Chemical Property The following are required in the section type in order to use this listener e A chemical structure field e A property list with the following pro
281. ily Collections are extremely flexible because they are designed to allow you to organize your information in the way that is best suited to your workflow E Notebook allows you to browse through collec tions and to search them for important informa tion Also you can create references to them duplicate them and to prevent further changes you can transition them to a closed read only state Notebook ChemOffice 2006 E Notebooklntroducing E Notebook 10 0 Lo Pages MS Word Reaction or Excel Document Chemical Structure Just as you would use pages in a paper notebook for recording various types of data you can use sections in E Notebook for recording reactions spectra or any other kind of information For example within an Experiment there may be sec tions for Reactions Notes Reactants etc what ever you need to record and display your information the way you would with a paper note book You also have the option to use templates so that sections are set up automatically and uni formly with each new Experiment you create Your system configuration determines the types of collections and sections that you can create within E Notebook and the rules that define their con tents The permission to view edit and create col lections can be set up on a per collection basis e 509 510 Introducing E Notebook 10 0CambridgeSoft Chapter 27 Working with E Notebook This portion of the guide des
282. indows registry uses to uniquely identify the object that imple ments the corresponding interface The format is OleServerName ObjectName The collection listener is associated with the collection type 5 To close the Collection Type Configuration dialog click the close ene x in the upper right corner The dialog closes Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Collection Listener You can view and edit the custom properties that you may be associated with a collection listener To do this ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types w Collection Type Page Configuration iol x Page E States Search Engines Custom Properties E Collection Listeners ie Uze Show j i FE Folder HE a0 Up To F H E Search Ty p ar Browse Here p Notebook l E Browse All sss Fage ae P Reactant Import Relationships O A hy Test Folde Export H E Section Types Move Up Move Down Export to MS Word Print Delete Rename User Info w Inherits Security Collection Properties Collection Type Configuration The Collection Type Configuration dialog appeats m Auto Number Collection Listener Contained Collection and Page Types IENCollectionlL ist ProalD Contained Reference Types ollectionListener ProglD ENStandard7 AutoNumberListener If necessary click the plus sign next to Collec tion Listeners to view the collection listeners that are associated wi
283. ing a collection to the Reopened state Providing Required Annotation With required annotation you must provide a rea son for your changes each time you save the collec tion of an autosave occurs You must provide the reason before making any further changes The dialog lists the changes you made to the collection since the last time the collection was saved ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookChanges and Audit Trail 1 Click the changes icon SB The annotation dialog appears Page Notebook 6986 002 Save and Annotate Changes Changes Insert property Date into spectrum properties of section Spectrum Correct typographical error Predefined Record additional data Annotations 4 dit finding Annotation 2 Either click one of the Predefined Annotations to select it or type another annotation into the bottom box The Save button is enabled 3 Click the Save button The version of the collection is saved along with the annotation The version is listed in the History Pane Alternatively you may save your changes by simply browsing to another collection If you have unsaved changes you will be prompted to enter an annotation In some configurations an autosave may occur after a certain time period has elapsed If autosave occurs and annotation is required you will be prompted to enter the annotation for your changes Providing Unprompted Optional Annotation With Optional Annotation yo
284. ing the Hide Tools Subsection Listener The Hide Tools Subsection Listener hides the form tool area of a subsection for more efficient screen usage Subsectio IENSubsectionListener n Listener ProgID Hide Tools ENStandardCtl9 HideToolsSS Listener The listener has no custom properties Managing Table Fields Tables enable users to organize data in an easily interpreted tabular format Tables may contain several basic types of data text data numerical data dates or structures You may set up tables in different sections in E Notebook to contain differ ent types of information You may also associate table listeners with tables to modify their behavior Tables allow the following types of data Pewee tereenemcte TTT A user may click the date box and type in a date and time M 343 2003 fi20000AM 00 00 4M lt March2003 gt 4 25 1 2345678 10 11 12 2 14 15 17 18 19 2 21 22 gt 235 7 28 23 ae 3 13 2003 A user may enter a number A property may also be config ured to have units associated with it 710 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft Datatype User perspective 0 A user may enter a chemical structure drawing Structure Enumerated Value A user may choose a value from a drop down list The list may either be a preconfigured list or pulled from an external database Validated Value A user may enter a value which is validated against an external database Y
285. ing the Weight of a Box To change the size of a box relative to other boxes in the same container you may change the weight of the box To do this ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms e 661 1 Right click the frame of the box whose weight Changing the Dimensions of a Box you wish to change In this example the weight Manual ly of the Structure box will change 1 Right click the frame of the box whose size you The box menu appears wish to change 2 Select Box Properties The box menu appears Test Section Type Untitled Box 2 Structur Properties Hide Box 2 Select Box Properties Test Section Type Untitled Box 2 Hide Box Show Contents Insert Box Within Insert Box To The Left Insert Box To The Right Delete Box Move Box Right Clear Field Set Field Insert Box Within Insert Box To The Left Insert Box To The Right The box properties dialog appears Delete Box 3 Change the value of the Weight In this exam nas ae ple we are changing the value to 3 three times Fee ereater than the default box weight of 1 Set Field Box Properties Box Properties Name Stuctue The Box Properties dialog appears 3 Click the checkboxes to apply the options you Minimum Height M Show Name pp P y S desire to the box Minimum width M Show Max Button Prefered Height 4 1000 The sizes of the boxes will change acc
286. ing with Collection Attributes 612 Searching with the Property Query and Table Quern 1G OS aries esac ees ae tsa R swine Ad 613 Adding Properties to the Field 613 Removing Properties from the Field 613 Search OPON erena i et uceere teat eens tous 614 Searching for Text with the Query Text Field 614 Basic Text Searenine 2 iu 3 pase ed tan dae bade 615 Exact Phrase Matching icer ihe aacie ieee 615 Wildcard Searchino 2200 aceennenes oo 615 Advanced Text Searching 2 sce siase inde 615 Escape CHALACtets Li escieutadtiasarecex 615 ABOUT dreien nee haeeauers aha ene 616 ANDST elenina rinra i seas eoserae 617 BO WIV Alene rean eei chee caes tees 617 FUZZ rerepi eiee taet tenes becuse tees 617 MINUS citeacereniucsth cuss R 618 NEAR 24220 tinbeobseues eiesdasouseees 618 NOT eae eee eee ere 619 ORC TTE EENE 620 DOUNAN korene eA EERE 620 Stent Gh orae E E AR 621 ContentsCambridgeSoft Chapter 33 Introducing CombiChem for E Notebook Setting up the Generic Reaction 623 Adding a Generic R achOnincccsaiu duende 623 Preparing a Reaction from an Existing PxpeHMeNt sous tveendws cs seveseased et aks 624 Managing CombiChem Reactants 625 Adding Reactants from a Chemical Database 625 Importing Reactants from a Chemical Database siena a evade bene a 625 Adding Reactants Manually 626 Checking Reaction Sites s 66 oh eel toler vo 627 Editing ReAcCtantS
287. ink Insert Reactants AutoText Insert Products AutoText Insert Custom AutoText eee ee E 2 Select Insert followed by the name of the reac tant or product The name and properties of the reactant or product you selected are inserted The text appears in a different color and will be updated automatically if you change the name or prop erties in the stoichiometry grid AutaT MS Sans Serif 4 1 L one necked round bottomed flask is charged with freshly distilled triethyl orthoformate 200 g 1350 mmol Inserting New Reactants and Products To insert a new reactant or product that is not yet present in the stoichiometry grid 1 Right click within the text field 2 Select Insert New Reactant or Insert New Prod Adding ltems from the AutoText Pane uct from the menu that appears You can populate the text field by selecting items A blank row is added to the reactants or prod from the AutoText pane If you wish to add your ucts table own custom AutoText to this pane you can set up 3 Add information about the reactant or product your own AutoText definitions See Creating to the blank row New Autotext Definitions on page 543 The reactant or product is inserted into the sto To add AutoText items to the text field ichiometry grid and into the text field 1 Click the triangle button next to the word You may also use the reactants products button to AutoText in the upper left corne
288. int Preview Print X ctrp Send To 1D Backup Word Documents Document 2 brs 2 D Carrier SOP MS Word Document 2 3 D Backup RachnalLetter to ICICI pocedure 4D Backup UserDocMissingFeatures1 of p chlorophenol 300 g 2 0 moles of phthalic jd 2 kg 1090 cc of 95 per cent sulfuric acid are flask The flask is then immersed to the neck in an d to 200 during the course of one half to three al Trent canctant at IMNO Fae three and ane half hanva Cree Ln 1 Col 29 REC TRK EXT OVR English u s QZ 2 Select Print and a print dialog box appears Name Pe Send2ENotebook v Status Idle Find Printer Type Send2ENotebook Where S2EN Port C Print to File Comment C Manual duplex Page range Copies all Number of copies q Current page Pages Collate Enter page numbers and or page ranges separated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 J Zoom Print what Document Pages per sheet 1 page v Print All pages in range v Scale to paper size No Scaling v 3 Select the printer Send2ENotebook from the dropdown and click OK button A dialog appears prompting you to log into the E Notebook G Send To E Notebook Login Login ID rhodium Password Connect Send2File Cancel Click Connect button to send to E Notebook and click the Send2File button to send to file Working wit
289. ion and choose the Collection Properties from the menu that appears The autosave interval appears in units of min utes If no autosave interval has been specified for the collection or its containing collection then the autosave interval is None as shown above and no autosave will occur for the col lection 2 Click the Edit Autosave Interval button The Edit Autosave Interval dialog box appears A dialog box appears in which the user can specify the autosave interval for the collection The top portion of the dialog box displays the autosave interval for the parent collection Edit Autosave Interval Autosave Interval For User Group Users None Specified jf Enforce 4utosayve For User Testuser Aubogave Interval E Minutes Cancel 3 Enter the autosave interval for the collection and click OK 764 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft The autosave interval appears in the Collection Properties dialog Testuser Properties General Collection Securty Transition Security Mame Testuser Owner Testuser Type User Contents 1 item Created Monday October 10 2005 5 45 47 PM 0530 Last Modified Monday October 10 2005 5 45 47 PM 0530 Status Created Autoseave Interval 60 minutes Close If the autosave interval you have specified is greater than the autosave interval of the con tainer of the collection then the autosave inter val of the container will override th
290. ique Property ENStandardCtl9 UniqueProp erty Listener Managing URL Display Fields URL Displays make it possible for users to store URL s within E Notebook and to display their cor responding content You may use a URL Display Field for either an internal intranet site or an exter nal webpage http www cambridgesoft com CambridgeSoft Com Life Science Enterprise Solutions SOFTWARE sotutions DATABASES SERVICES CoE ABOUT REGISTER CONTACT ChemOffice ChemDraw Chem3D ChemFinder E Notebook PDF Literature SEARCH CambridgeSott e9 Desktop Software News CambridgeSoft ChemOffice ChemDraw Chem3D ChemFinder To create a URL Display field 1 In the Collection tree right click the Section Type to which you wish to add the field souon Prorom auon fiew Pracsenta tinn 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields The Add Field dialog appears w Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Test Section Type Mew Field Section Listeners 4 Enter a name for the Field and select URL Dis play from the list of Field Types w Add Field Name Field Type a oe 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields Once you have added a field to the section ty
291. is cached on the client and the reaction toolbar accesses this list and dis plays it in the Quick Add dropdown Listener Listener ProgID ENStandard9 SectionList CListener Section List This collection listener has no custom properties associated with it Managing the Security Collection Listener The Security Collection Listener allows you to assign security privileges to a collection when it is created For example you may define a collection type that allows users to record their ideas and con cepts For IP reasons you may want this type of collection to be visible only to the owner and for example a legal group in the company This lis tener allows you to limit access to certain groups and individuals automatically when the collection is created e 745 The owner of the collection is given Full Control privilege by default Listener Listener ProgID Security ENStandard9 SecurityCLis tener With the Custom Properties of the listener you specify individual users and groups who will be able to access collections of this type Managing the Sequence Collection Listener The Sequence Collection Listener names a new collection based on a global sequence that you specify Listener Listener ProgID Sequence ENStandard9 Sequence NumberCListener With the Custom Properties of the listener you specify the prefix format suffix and database sequence names Managing the Unduplicatable Collection Listen
292. is dipheny 15 Menthyl chloroformate 8 8 Dichlorocamphorylsulfonylloxaziridine Camphor 10 sulfonic acid Diethyl L tartrate Ta 2 Click the name of a structure in the list that appears in the right frame to select it The structure is selected and its structure drawing appears 530 E Notebook FeaturesCambridgeSoft 3 Click the down arrow by the Add button to dis play the options for adding the structure to the reaction section Select amp Add Structure Search In PEE es Add uP Filter Structure Left of Arrow as Reactant je Top of 4rrow as Reagent 15 Right of Arrow as Product H5 To Grid as Reagent t The options are Left of Arrow as Reactant adds the struc ture to the reaction drawing to the left of the arrow and adds it to the reactants table in the grid Top of Arrow as Reagent adds the structure to the reaction drawing above the arrow and adds it to the reactants table in the grid Right of Arrow as Product adds the struc ture to the reaction drawing to the right of the arrow and adds it to the products table in the grid To Grid as Reagent adds the structure to the grid only in the reactants table 4 Select the option you desire from the menu 5 Click the Add button The structure is added to the reaction section in the manner you selected There are several options for filtering the acronyms displayed in
293. ise systems such as chemical registration ot chemical inventory management systems E Notebook supports the Oracle database format New Features NOTE Note the label Enterprise indicates that the feature is only available in Enterprise versions of E Note book not in the Desktop version E Notebook 10 0 offers many new features including e Reaction Section Enhancements E Note book now updates the stoichiometry grid auto matically when you edit a reaction drawing Additional features for working with salt codes and solvents have been added as well e Reaction Toolbar a new toolbar makes it easy to manage reactants and products in your reactions e AutoText text in the preparation is updated automatically based on change you make to the reaction drawing or stoichiom etry grid e Reaction Explorer you can now view a reaction tree that displays the predecessors and successors of a batch or compound Enterprise version only Enterprise ISIS 7 Draw Integration with the E Notebook s ISIS Draw Tool you can draw and store chemical structures and reac tions in the Chemical Structure Field just as you would do with ChemDraw Tool e 503 New Section Enhancements Some mote sec tions have been added to E Notebook envi ronment to increase the range to express your ideas Captured Image Sections allow you to man age PDF files in E Notebook MS PowerPoint Sections You can
294. isplayed in reac tions the stoichiometry grid will be populated for each individual reaction If in the enumeration process the number of products exceeds the number of wells in the prod uct plate additional plates will be generated Enumerating Selected Products of a Generic Reaction To enumerate only selected products of the reac tion 3 Click the Navigator button The navigator appears 4 Using your mouse highlight the locations rep resenting the products you wish to enumerate You do this by clicking the first location in the range and then dragging your mouse to select the entire range Or you may use Ctrl click to select multiple locations that are not contigu ous 630eIntroducing CombiChem for E NotebookCambridgeSoft 5 Right click your selection and choose Enumer ate Selection from the menu that appears v vr T Q Back J Id q Chemistry Notebook I 003 v PAPA Browse S amp Jurie Library Product Reaction Summary Parallel or Small Array Sum User Configuration fB Chemistry Notebook p Reaction Reactants Products Tools _ Chemistry Notebook I 001 Reaction Re Enumerate Al Enumerate Selection Chemistry Notebook 002 Save mE Chemistry Notebook l 003 gt Offline 1 4 E frema Structure Show Enumeration Template Update Enumeration Template Remove Enumeration Template Remove Products Export to 5D File The selected products are enumerated
295. istener Block User Edit ENStandardCtl9 Block UserEditlFEListener Managing the Block Edit Cell Field Listener The Block Edit Cell Field Listener may be used to prevent users from editing a particular field within a section If this listener is associated with the field the field will be read only within that section field IENTableListener ProgID Table Listener Block Edit Cell ENStandardCtl9 BlockEdi tCelllFEListener Managing the Copy Default Field Listener The Copy Default Field Listener removes the con tent of a field when a user copies the collection that contains the field field IENTableListener ProgID Table Listener Copy Default ENStandardCtl9 CopyDe faultFCListener Managing Data Fields The following E Notebook field types are designed for use in data forms for data entry analysis and display Active Document Fields MS Word fields AutoText Fields PowerPoint Fields Chemical Structure Property List Fields Fields Context Sensitive Help Fields Spectrum Fields Stored Document Fields Database Table Fields Subsection Fields Database Value Fields Table Fields Captured Image Fields Excel Fields URL Display Fields ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields Several fields types are designed for use exclusively within search forms to search for data in E Note book See Managing Search Fields on page 718 for information about these fields Man
296. istener that prevents users from adding hyperlinks to external URLs See Managing the Prevent Exter nal Link Active Document Field Listener on page 686 You may also develop your own Active Document Field Listeners to further customize the behavior of active document fields in E Notebook See Managing Field Listeners for instructions on associating a field listener with a field Managing the Prevent External Link Active Document Field Listener The Prevent External Link Active Document Field Listener may be associated with active document fields to prevent users from adding hyperlinks to external URL s If links are present in the field they will be stripped from the document when the user browses away IENActiveDocListener ProgID Active Document Listener Prevent External ENStandardCtl9 RequireENU RLD Listener 686eManaging FieldsCambridgeSoft Managing the Extract Links Document Listener The Extract Links Document Listener may be associated with active document MS Word fields to extract the links from the Word document into a property list IENActiveDocListener ProgID Active Document Listener ENStandardCtl9 ExtractLinks D Listener Extract Links Managing AutoText Fields With AutoText Fields users can enter text that is related to other data in a form Users can add pre defined fragments of text automatically and values from other fields in a section may be pulled in as well The E N
297. istrators may add references shott cuts to collection types to this collection type e Can Contain Section Types a checkbox indicating whether administrators may add references shortcuts to section types to this collection type Once you have created the collection type you will want to configure it See the related topics for instructions Adding a Section Type to a Collection Type By adding sections types to a collection type you determine which sections an E Notebook user can add to that collection type in E Notebook For example and Experiment Page may have several section types associated with it including reaction sections or MS Word sections When a user creates an Experiment Page he may add any of these sec tions to the Experiment Page You may configure a collection type such that a particular section appears by default or you may configure it so that the user can add the section if desired To add a section type to a collection type ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types 1 Right click the collection type to which you wish to add the section type and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears 2 Expand Form Tools and right click the New Section Form Tool NOTE It may be necessary for you to add this form tool to the collection type See Managing the New Section Form Tool on page 650 for more info
298. it You can set up the rules that are modeled after your workflow To create a new collection type 1 Right click a blank area of the Collection Tree A menu appears e 731 2 Select Browse All 4 Right click the Collection Types folder and select New then Collection Type File Edit View Tools Help gE OO A Pi A new Collection Type appears within the Col EN lection Types folder and you are prompted to User Configuration rename it Chemistry Notebook 5 Enter a name for the Collection Type 0 Home Browse All 6 Right click the new Collection Type and select iida Collection Type Configuration User Info L are nee j The Collection Type Configuration Dialog System Configuration appears The entire Collection Tree appears showing the Configuration Folder Collection Type Test Folder Configuration i q o gt Collection Type Properties Contained Collection and Page Types Contained Reference Types Plural Name Po my he gP States E Back 7 ii E Pi Iq Search Engines Icon Name a Folder gt a Collection Listeners l gt Everyone A H Users I Can Contain Collection Types Configuration Collection Types Can Contain Section Types al Root Can Contain Collection Type References ae User Group on Uzer Can Contain Section Type References Fa Folder Search Types Bet Offline User Configuration 7 Specify the follo
299. ith Data in ENNotebookCambridgeSoft Choose a value from the drop down list The Add Property dialog box appears listing the properties you may add w Add Property Pressure Reaction Molarity Temperature Total Volume Add Cancel 3 Click the property you wish to add You may use CTRL click to select multiple properties ot SHIFT click to select a range 4 Click Add The property or properties appear in the list You system configuration determines which prop erties may be added to the list and which proper ties appear by default Removing Properties from a Property List To remove a property from a property list 1 Right click the property you wish to remove from the Property List A menu appeats 2 Select Remove Property A message appears asking you if you are sure you want to remove the property 3 Click Yes The property is removed from the Property List Setting and Editing Values in a Property List You can set and edit values for the properties in a property list such as the list shown below To set or edit the value of a property Data Action to take type Enumer Choose a value from the drop ated Value down list 3 Click elsewhere in the section The value is displayed in the cell Depending upon your system configuration certain properties may have one or several of the following attributes e Read Only certain properties may be for dis
300. k Either you will be logged in automatically or the E Notebook login page will appear prompting you to enter your username and password 2 If prompted enter your username and pass word then click the Enter button The Collection tree appears displaying your Home Collection Navigation Overview E Notebook is composed of two main areas Browse and Search each of which is represented by a button at the top of the screen The Browse area displays the collections organized in a tree structure To expand a collection and view its contents either double click it or click the plus sion next to it Clicking an individual collection allows you to view and or edit it in the right frame There are a number of options for specifying your view of the Collection Tree See Browsing the Collection Tree on page 525 for more informa tion File Edit View Tools Help lt aBack Browse Search CAMSOFT nhowe Lt C Noteboof 5512 001 Er L Notebogk 5512 002 Minutes Browse button Nanometers From within the Search area you can construct a query to search for information For example you may want to search for all of the sections that con tain a certain structure or all of the collections cre ated by a particular user When you run a query you can save both the results list and the query ChemOffice 2006 E Notebooklntroducing E Notebook 10 0 itself Clicking any item in the resul
301. k and you may wish to print several expeti ments pages within the notebook 2 In the right frame select the section that con tains the Print Multiple tool 3 Click the tool to select it The Print Multiple dialog appears prompting you to select the range of contained collections to print Table of Contents O To Notebook 43243 005 OH 3 Notebook 43243 002 o A a Rxn 4 Select the range by choosing a starting and end CI Rxn ing collection from the dropdown lists 5 Click the Print button Performing a Collection Transition Collections may be configured to have states asso ciated with them These states define the life cycle of the collections For example a Notebook may have Open and Closed states The Open state may permit editing and the Closed state may be a read only state that does not allow edits Transitions are the actions you perform to move a collection from one state to another for example from Open to Closed In order to perform a transition on a collection 6 Log into the E Notebook The Collection Tree appears 7 Right click the collection in the Collection Tree that is to undergo the transition The collection menu appears 8 Select the name of the transition from the menu for example Close Final Print or Reopen Again the options will vary based upon your system configuration You may be prompted to enter additional informa tion such as an anno
302. l9 SearchLocationCtl mhigikhmhmedgce_y gt New Field Type Create a New Field Type IENField ProglD IENFieldCtl ProglD License Key Name V Active This dialog displays the following information about each of the Field Types Field Type the name of the field type IENFormTool ProgID the programmatic identifier that the Windows registry uses to uniquely identify the object that implements the corresponding interface The format is OleServerName ObjectName IENFormToolCtl ProgID the program matic identifier that the Windows registry uses to uniquely identify the object that implements the corresponding interface The format is OleServerName ObjectName License Key Active an indication of whether new fields of this type may be added to section types Changing a Field Type To change the information for a particular field type 1 Click the field type in that you wish to edit in the list The field type is highlighted Edit any of the information for the field type changing its name ProgID s license key or gt active status 724 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft 3 Click the Change button Your changes are saved Adding a new Field Type To add a new field type to E Notebook 1 From the Add In Configuration dialog click the New Field Type button Fill in the following information e Field Type the name of the Field Type e IENForm
303. ld makes it possible for you to select the specific branch of the collection tree over which your search is conducted HO To use the search location field pe 1 While in Search mode with a search form dis Za s played click the Search In checkbox to acti vate the field Search In O The Collection Tree appears In searching substructures E Notebook finds the SEaEERUrrenri a Entm SUNTEBHEES REE CSTE substructure query regardless of its orientation or V Search In drawing presentation in the targeted molecules ie ag pack P Pi E Notebook does its best to follow your instruc 14 4 focurie gt Pil tions even if those instructions are contradictory Browse Search Help A Jcurie User Configuration f7 Chemistry Notebook 2 Chemistry Notebook ll 2 Then either ies w ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookSearching e 61 Browse to the root collection over which you wish to select OR Click the Search button inside the search location field to search for the root collec tion The collection that appears at the top of the Collection Tree in the search location field is the collection over which your search will be run This root collection all of its contained collections and all of the collections referenced within it in the collection hierarchy will be included in the search Searching with Collection Attributes You may search for collections and sections in E Notebook based on
304. lds With a subsection field users may add sections that appear as subtabs This is one way to keep related sections together in E Notebook An example of a subsection field is shown below In this example the subsection field contains two spectrum sections which appear as subtabs Spectra y Spectrum Specium 2 ES To add a subsection field 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the field Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears Right click Fields and select New Field Section Type Test Section Type Test Section Type Form Tools Section Listeners The Add Field dialog appears Enter a name for the field and select Subsec tion from the list of field types Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields If you would like users to be able to add new subsections you must add the New Subsection Form Tool to the field Right click the field and select Field Properties from the menu that appears 708 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft The Field Properties dialog appears Section Type Test Section Type Config Tes PURRE Subsections Field Fields j Field Type Subse Commands New Field Listener Form Tools Section Listene Rename Field Field Properties 7 Right click Form Tools and selec
305. lect All 14 Select Panning A dialog appears which allows you to use the panning feature to zoom in on a particular por tion of the reaction tree 15 Select the portion of the reaction tree in the panning dialog and zoom to see the selected portion as Batch Explorer a 2nBr C5H4BrNZn Flipping Experiments in Batch Explorer You can flip experiments vertically or horizontally in the Batch Explorer window in E Notebook To flip an experiment 16 To view the flipping window right click within a blank portion of the Batch Explorer window A menu appears Batch Explorer N Zabr CSH4BrNZn Panning Save As Bitmap Copy Print 17 Select Flip and then Vertical or Horizontal A dialog appears which tells you that flipping will change the way the entities are laid out and asks you to continue Reaction Explorer P Flipping changes the way entities are layed out Do you want to continue Yes Mo ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookE Notebook Features e 537 18 Click the Yes button to flip and the following window with flipped reaction sequence appeats Batch Explorer N zibr CSH4BrNZn Saving Experiments as Bitmap in Batch Explorer E Notebook provides you with this feature to save your Experiment Links Diagram from Batch Explorer window as Bitmap files To save an experiment as Bitmap 1 Right click within the blank portion of the Batch Explorer window and a menu appe
306. lection Search Basic Section You may hide the selected column or sort the results list You may also specify which columns are displayed using the Show command See Working with Table of Contents on page 516 for a mote detailed description of these options 606 SearchingCambridgeSoft Saving a Query When you create a query in E Notebook you may save the query in the Collection Tree To save a quety 1 Click the Save Query button to the left of the query form A dialog appears and you are prompted to select the location where you wish to save the search 2 Click a collection to select it as the location and click the Save button The Collection Tree appears and the query appears in the tree You are prompted to rename the query 3 Enter a name for the query TIP The last query you created will appear by default when you enter Search mode again Running a Saved Query To run a query that is saved in the collection tree 1 Click the Browse button at the top of the screen The Collection Tree appears 2 Select the query in the collection tree by click ing it The query form appears in the right frame 3 Right click the section menu icon and select Copy Section 4 Click the Search button at the top of the screen Search mode appears 5 From the Search For dropdown list select the type of query that corresponds to the query form you are copying 6 Right click the Section menu i
307. lections that contain it and to conduct searches that contain the old property as well Managing Database Values in Property Lists This topic provides instructions for configuring database lookups in property lists Database look ups are used to pull in and display values from a database You may also validate a value that a user enters into a property list against an external data base see Managing the Validate Value Property List Listener on page 706 for more information 1 In the Collection tree right click the section type to you wish to configure 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields 3 Right click the property list field in the list of Fields and select Field Properties from the menu that appears Section Type Test Section Type Configu Test Section Type Fields Database Table List of Properties Fielc Field Type Property List of Properties Commands Form Tools Move Field Up Section Listeners New Field Listener Rename Field Field Properties The Field Properties dialog appears 4 Click the property for whose value s you wish to pull from an against an external database 5 Click the drop down arrow for Enumerator and select Database Lookup Enumerator Database Lookup Y Mone Enumeration List Database Lookup 6 Click the Properti
308. leges NOTE This checkbox is only visible if the logged in user is an administrator 642 Miscellaneous TopicsCambridgeSoft Chapter 35 Managing Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms Section types are used for displaying and managing data in E Notebook Each section type has a single form associated with it this form appears in the right frame when a section type is selected in the Collection Tree File Edit View Tools Help Q sax gt E 14 Spectrum z gt il Browse Search Help gt Configuration Collection Types gt Section Types a E ancillary Data P No Spectrum Specified L Acronym _ AutoText tem AutoText Keywords amp shy __ AutoText Definitions _ Home Page Import Image Export MS Word Document MS Excel Spreadsheet MS PowerPoint Slideshow Offline Version Reactant Table of Contents Reaction Rendering Template Salt Code Salt Code Table of Contents Solvate Code Solvate Code Table of Contents Spectrum Solvent Table of Contents Solvents _ Spectrum _ Spectra _ Table Chemical Structure Hit Chemical Structure Query Collection Search Results Saved Collection Search Results v lt gt To set up a section type you add fields form tools and section listeners Then you configure the fields and form tools to create the form You may also specify a summary field for a table of contents The Section Type Confi
309. licated For example you may wish to clear the table sec tion of a collection when a user duplicates that sec tion Listener Listener ProgID Clear Value ENStandard9 ClearValue CListener With the Custom Properties of the listener you specify the section type the field and the property whose values are to be cleared The top dropdown list displays the Target Section Type in the collec tion type The middle dropdown list displays the Target Fields in the selected section type The bot tom dropdown list displays all of the Target prop erties in the field you have selected 742 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft I Enterprise Managing the Delete Spawn Collection Listener The Delete Spawn collection listener is used in conjunction with the batch explorer The batch explorer is a form tool that makes it possible for users to view the successors and predecessors of reactions in a tree like layout When the Delete Spawn Listener is associated with a collection type any batch explorer links to a collection of that type will be deleted when the user deletes the collection Listener Listener ProgiD Delete Spawn ENStandard9 DelSpawn LinkLstnr This collection listener has no custom properties associated with it Managing the Parent Prefix Collection Listener The Parent Prefix listener is used to ensure that when a user renames a collection any contained collection that has a name generated by the Auto Number Liste
310. lick OK to dismiss the section listener prop erties properties dialog The dialog box closes and the form refreshes Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Section Listener You can view and edit the properties that are asso ciated with a section listener To view and edit the properties of a section lis tener 1 Right click the section type in the Collection Tree The collection menu appears 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu The Section Type Configuration dialog appeats 3 If necessary click the plus sign next to Section Listeners to expand the list and view the sec tion listeners are associated with the section type Click the section listener whose proper ties you wish to view or change Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Test Section Type Fixed Name Section Listener Fields Pian 4 Commands IENSectionListener ProgID ENStandard9 FixedSectionNameListener Form Tools Section Listeners Custom Properties Fixed Name The ProgID s and license key information appears to the right You may edit this informa tion if you wish 4 Click the Custom Properties button ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms e 653 If the section listener has custom properties associated with it the section listener proper ties dialog appears Note that if the section listener has no custom properties a message t
311. lick the section type to which you wish to add the field ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appeats 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears 4 Enter a name for the field and select Collection Type Query from the list of field types Add Field Name Collection Type Query Field Field Type Collection Type Query Collection Query Collection Type Domain Collection Type Guery Context Sensitive Help Database Table Database Table Fiter Database Value gt 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Join Type Fields Join Type fields are used in search forms They make it possible for a users conduct a search that is a union of two searches an intersection of two searches or a subtraction of one set of search results from another A join field is shown below Create a New Set of Search Results r Create a New Set of Search Results Refine the Previous Search By Collection Refine the Previous Search By Section Exclude Collections from the Previous Search Exclude Sections from the Previous Search Add to the Previous Search Remove from the Previous Search To cr
312. llection or section to MS Word 592 Exporting sections to MS Word 581 F FAQ technical support 185 Field Listeners 786 Field Types 785 Filtering acronyms with the reaction toolbar 53 1 Form Tools 784 G Getting started in E Notebook 506 H Having a Section Appear by Default 733 Hiding a Box 663 Hiding Fields and Boxes when Configuring a Form 663 Hiding Fields in a Form 664 Hiding the Box Name 660 Hiding the collection tree 525 Hiding the Max Button 659 I Importing and exporting collections 588 collections 588 Inserting custom Autotext 542 links with Autotext 542 Index iti Inserting continued new reactants and products 540 reactants and products from the stoichiome try grid 540 L Limiting collection browsing 525 Logging In 506 Logging in with Internet Explorer 506 M Managing Active Document Field Listeners 686 Managing Active Document Fields 685 Managing AutoText Fields 686 Managing Chemical Query Fields 718 Managing Chemical Structure Field Listeners 689 Managing Chemical Structure Fields 688 Managing Collection Listeners 738 Managing Collection Security 771 Managing Collection Type Form Tools 747 Managing Collection Types 731 Managing Contained Collection Types 735 Managing Contained Reference Types 736 Managing Data Fields 685 Managing Database Table Fields 690 Managing Database Values in Property Lists 701 Managing Database Values in Tables 712 Managing E Notebook Security 771
313. llowing dia log Here you select the property to be validated from the Property drop down list Then enter the database connection information and the SQL string to be used for validating the value Validate Value Listener Properties Connection String Username Password SAL String Managing Spectrum Fields Spectrum Fields allow users to view and analyze spectrum images using the same tools as Galactic GRAMS32 software If you associate the Spectrum Form Tool with a spectrum field users can import spectrum images of various types The form tool allows users to copy and export spectrum images as well Absorbance To add a spectrum field 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the spectrum field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears 4 Type in a name and select Spectrum from the drop down list of field types 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields 6 In order for users to be able to import and export the spectrum images you must associ ate the Spectrum Form Tool with the field Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation
314. lternatively you may right click the collection you wish to reference and select Copy Then right click within the table cell to which you are adding the reference and select Paste Reference Adding a Link from a Table to an E Notebook Section To add a link from a table cell to a section in E Notebook 1 In the Collection Tree click the collection con taining section that you would like to reference then select the section The section to which you would like to make a reference appears 2 Right click the Section menu icon and select Copy Section 570eWorking with Data in ENNotebookCambridgeSoft 3 In the Collection Tree click the collection con taining the table to which you are adding the reference then click the section that contains the table 4 Right click within a table cell and select Paste Reference from the menu that appears The reference is added to the table cell and a small arrow appears in the upper left corner of the cell Clicking the arrow will display the sec tion you have referenced 3 ndene Blocking of References in Tables You cannot always add links to the tables in the E Notebook You may be blocked from adding a reference to a specific type of collection that is in a particular state If E Notebook is configured to block the reference you will be unable to add the reference to the table For example you can not add table references to pages experiments that are in an arc
315. ly used compounds These could be either common reagents of named compounds that you use fre quently You may populate reaction sections with the prop erties of reactants E Notebook provides 2477 commonly used reac tants as shown below File Edit View Tools Help lt aBack Browse Search Ea CAMSOFT nhowe Ix lt Section 570 of 2477 2 Dimethylaminoethyl triphenylphosphonium bromide gt 1 gt 1 2 Dimethylaminoethyl triphenylphosphonium bromide E Notebook 5435 fal Supplied Reactants AutoT ext Definitions Templates Adding a New Reactant to an Existing Reactant Collection To add a new reactant section to an existing collec tion 1 Browse to the Reactants collection to which you wish to add the Reactant clicking the col lection in the Collection Tree to select it The Reactants collection appears with the existing reactants displayed in the right frame 2 In the right frame click the New Reactant but ton e515 A new reactant section appears Back Browse Search CAMSOFT Snhowe Table of Contente User Configuration S eases i Acronyr fa Sug 90 Up To j 1 hy Browse Here AutoTe Browse All 2 Templat Wei Reackants E Notebook 3 a Import I ad Ea at 3 To rename the section click the section menu icon and select Rename Section from the menu that appears Then type in a name 4 Draw or import the structure using the Che
316. m Draw tools The formula and molecular weight properties are updated automatically The compound name may be updated as well The compound name will be displayed in the table of contents for the Reactants Folder that contains this reac tant Click the Reactants Folder in the Collec tion Tree to view its table of contents Adding a New Reactant Collection You can add a new Reactant Collection to your User Configuration folder in E Notebook To add a new Reactant Collection 1 Right click the Reactants Folder and select New then Reactants Back Browse Search CAMSOFT Snhowe Table of Contents User Configuration fe Reactants Polder rm Acroryr oI Sup So Up To a r My Browse Here AutoTe Browse all 2 Templat e Reackants Notebook 3 AM Coe oon Import p A Reactants collection appears and you are prompted to rename it 2 Enter a name for the Reactants collection 3 Click the New Reactant tool in the right frame A new Reactant section appears 516eWorking with E NotebookCambridgeSoft You may populate reaction sections with the prop erties of reactants Working with Table of Contents E Notebook collections often have Table of Con tents sections associated with them The Table of Contents lists all of the collections that fall directly within the selected collection in the Collection Tree For example if a Notebook contains Experti ments all of the Experiments in th
317. m up for any other collection type by adding tem ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types plates to collection types as contained collection or reference types The template collection type should be added as a contained collection type to a collection type that is not the container into which users will drag the templates to create new collections For example if Notebooks contain Experiments the Experiment Template collection type should be added as a con tained collection type within for example a Folder or a User If Experiment Template is a contained collection type within Notebook then a user will simply create a new template when he drags a tem plate into a Notebook Managing Collection Type Form Tools There are several form tools that may only be asso ciated with collection types for example the New Section Form Tool These form tools are described here E Notebook also provides a number of stan dard form tools that you may only associate with section types See Managing the Standard Form Tools for more information Managing the Duplicate Collection Form Tool The Duplicate Collection Form Tool allows users to create a copy of the selected collection For example if a user clicks the Duplicate Collection Form Tool on a Page Experiment collection the Page Experiment collection will be copied The new copy will appear within the same container collection in the Collection Tree Form Tool Control
318. m tool has properties associated with it the form tool properties dialog appears This example shows the dialog associated with the Next Step Form Tool w Next Step Properties Reaction Field Reaction Reactants Field Products Products Field Reactants r 5 Edit the custom properties if desired and click OK to close the properties dialog 6 To close the section type configuration dialog click the close button in the upper right corner The dialog closes The form refreshes Removing a Form Tool from a Section Type If you no longer want a particular form tool to be associated with a form you can remove it from the section type To remove a form tool from a section type 1 Right click the section type in the Collection Tree The collection menu appears 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu The Section Type Configuration dialog appeats 3 If necessary click the plus sign next to form tools to expand the list and view the form tools that are associated with the section type Right click the form tool you wish to remove from the form A menu appears Section Type Reaction Configuration Reaction Batch Explorer Form Tool Fields Reaction IENFormTool ProglD ENReactionExplorer9 ReactionExplorerFT Cs faa Os bo Oo Ge Disabled Icon o 6 Reaction Conditions Enabled Icon O29 Import x ae Preparation Export Commands Batch Expl
319. mDraw application is required to render the OLE object either for display on the client machine or for printing Collection Query field type The Collection Query field type replaces the export tag with tab separated descriptions of the selected col lection query options Collection Type Query field type The Col lection Type Query field type replaces the export tag with tab separated description of the collection type query Database Table field type Normally the Database Table field type creates a Word table to replace the contents of the tag Each column of the Database Table data corresponds to a column in the Word table each row of the Database Table data corresponds to a row in the Word table If the tag appears within a Word table then instead of creating a new Word table the Word table that contains the tag is used to contain the Database Table data Any formatting within the Word table is applied to the content Property List field type In the export tem plate the tag for the Property List field type should appear in an MS Word table then the Word table that contains the tag is used to con tain the data The first column of the table con tains the names of the properties and the second column contains the values of the properties Any formatting within the Word table is applied to the content Property Query field type Normally the Property List field type creates a Word table to replace
320. mNews A E i ChemClub Resellers The ChemOffice SDK page contains documenta About CambridgeSoft etna Elie CA tion sample code and other resources for the Application Programming Interfaces APIs ChemOffice 2006 ChemFinderAccessing the CambridgeSoft Web Site e 19 192 Accessing the CambridgeSoft Web SiteCambridgeSoft Online Menu Overview Index A About the E Notebook Guide 506 Adding information to the stoichiometry table 533 items from the autotext pane 541 new collections 512 new reactant collections 516 new reactants 515 properties to the field 613 reference within the user collection 512 references to the folder 514 spectra 562 structures 530 Adding a Collection Listener to a Collection Type 738 Adding a Contained Collection Type 735 Adding a Contained Reference Type 736 Adding a field to a Section Type 646 Adding a field to an existing form 657 Adding a Form Tool to a Section Type 647 Adding a link from a property list to a collection 559 from a property list to a section 560 from a property list to an external URL 560 from a table to a collection 569 from a table to a section 570 Adding a new Field Type 724 Adding a Property to the Property List 698 Adding a Property to the Table 711 Adding a Section Listener to a Section Type 652 Adding a Section Type to a Collection Type 733 Adding States to a Collection Type 753 Advanced text searching 615 Advanced text searching options ABOUT 616 E Notebook 10 Adv
321. mation about performing a structure search The section search differs from the chemical struc ture search in that the results of a section search are not organized by substructure Toolskd GR LX DY F Map Reaction Centers N A c _ baj e d APA ns vD Oo SOQOOV3 E F A E O OOU Search Location Field The Search Location field allows you specify the branch of the collection tree for your search To select a search location simply click the Search In checkbox to select it and browse to or search for the root collection for your search The search will cover the root you select and any collections within it Search Domain e g Entire Database My Notebooks etc W Search In mr pack lt A P 2j REIC A Jcurie User Configuration B7 Chemistry Notebook fB Chemistry Notebook ll Sa he E Line Collection Metadata Properties Metadata Properties describe the collections that contain the sections for which you are searching For Selecting a checkbox makes visible an area that allows you to enter criteria See Searching ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookSearching with Collection Attributes on page 612 for more instructions on entering these criteria ollection e g Notebook or Page Attributes Collection s Name contains 4345 Owner s Name starts with Ben f Creation Date is 4 9 2004 0400 7 LastModifiedDate is before 5 9 2004 04
322. may either add reactants from a chemical database or draw them using the ChemDraw tools The source of the reactants can be a ChemFinder database or any other datasource that can export MDL SDFiles To create an SDFile from ChemFinder you can simply select the Export command from the File menu after you have run a ChemFinder query to find the reactants you wish to include in the file Importing Reactants from a Chemical Database To add reactants to a CombiChem Library from a chemical database 1 From a CombiChem Library section click Reactants in the CombiChem menu Back gp aA F K a Chemistry Notebook I 001 amp JCurie Library Product Reaction Summary Parallel c User Configuration A Chemistry Notebook l Reaction Reactants Products Tools IE Chemistry Notebook l 001 P Reacti Add Reactant Chemistry Notebook I 002 4 Chemistry Notebook 003 SENSE __Import Reactant The Reactants menu appears 2 Select Import Reactants The Import Reactants dialog appears and you are prompted to select the generic component that will be matched against the chemical data base Import Reactants Select the Component to Match Reactants to Import Component 1 Cancel 3 Select the component to be matched from the dropdown list and click OK The Open Chemical Structures dialog appears and you are prompted to select the database file to be scanned for matches 4 Selec
323. metry Table You can remove all of the information pertaining to a particular product or reactant from the Sto ichiometry Table automatically If the reactant you remove is the limiting reactant in the reaction the first remaining reactant becomes the limiting reac tant To remove a reactant or product from the stoichi ometry table 1 Right click the reactant or product you wish to remove A menu appears Reactants amp Products Add Property Before Add Property After Pi Add Reactant Before Add Reactant After Remove Reactant 2 Select Remove Product if it is a product or Remove Reactant if it is a reactant A message appears asking you if you are sure you want to delete the reactant or product 3 Click Yes The reactant or product is removed from the Stoichiometry Table If it was present in the reaction drawing it is removed from the draw ing as well Working with Salts and Solvates in a Reaction Section In an E Notebook reaction section it is now easier to represent a compound that is present in a salt or hydrated form You can enter a formula that accounts for salts and hydrates To enter a formula 4 In the stoichiometry grid double click the molecular formula cell A dialog appears Identify Salt and Solvate Coefficient Parent f structure C13H8Cro6 we Salt Code l X New Salt Code Solvate X New Solvate 5 Select a salt code or solvate from the drop dow
324. metry grid The combination of the stoichiometry grid with a chemical structure field and the addition of the Reaction Form Tool cre ates a Reaction Section Reaction Sections allow users to draw a reaction in the chemical structure field and then analyze the reaction automatically populating the stoichiome try grid with information about the reactants and products In addition the Next Step function cre ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields ates a new page containing the products of the chemical reaction Table IENTableListener ProgID Listener ENStandardCtl9 ProductsListener Managing the Products Fixed Limiting Table Listener This listener is similar to the Products Table Lis tener The difference is that the limiting equiva lents cannot vary if the Products Fixed Limiting listener is used Table IENTableListener ProgID Listener ENStandardCtl9 FixedLimit ingEqProducts Managing the Add Reactant Table Listener The Add Reactant Table Listener makes it possible for a uset to populate the stoichiometry grid with the properties of a reactant he selects from the Collection Tree The user does this by right click ing within the table and selecting Add Reactant from the menu that appears Table Listener IENTableListener ProgID Add Reactant ENReaction9 AddReactant TListener Managing the Reactants Fixed Limiting Table Listener e715 This listener is similar to the Reactants Table Lis
325. mpounds To access ChemFinder com 1 In ChemFinder select a structure you want to look up 2 From the Online menu choose Find Information on ChemFinder com The ChemFinder com page opens in your browser with information on the selected structure In ChemFinder com you can search for chemical information by name including trade names CAS number molecular formula or molecular weight Follow the links to do substructure queries The following illustration shows part of the page for Benzene F Database Internet Searching Enter a Chemical Name CAS Number Molecular Formula or Weight se for partial names e g ben sional searching use ChemINDEX Search here for free For profes Benzene 71 43 2 Synonyms 6 annulene Benzene Benzene benzine Benzol Benzolene bicarburet of hydrogen carbon oil Coal naphtha cyclohexatriene mineral naphtha motor benzol nitration benzene Phene Phenyl hydride pyrobenzal Tools OpenChem VIEW CHEMDRAW STRUCT ADD COMPOUND O VIEW CHEM3D MODEL ADD CHANGE PROPERTY CAS RN Lookup Formula CeHe Molecular Weight 78 1134 CAS RN 71 43 2 Melting Point C 5 5 ACX Number x1001488 9 Boiling Point C gt 80 1 Density 0 8786 Mapor Density gt 2 77 Refractive Index 1 5011 Vapor Pressure 12 7 kPa 25 C Evaporation Rate Water Solubility _ gt Slightly sol 0 18 g 100 mL Flash Point C 11 EPA Code K048 K049 K051 DOT Number UN 1114 Flammable K052 K060 K
326. mpts to perform the transition The Not Blank attribute must be used in conjunction with the Required Prop erties Transition Listener e ENTER to Create New Line if a user is editing the property and presses ENTER a new instance of the property will appear in the property list 9 If the property is type text you may select the following e Enumerator values displayed in a drop down list for any particular property may be pulled fro an external database or from a list of values you enter See Managing Data base Values in Property Lists on page 701 Configuring the Appearance of a Property List To configure the appearance of a property list 1 Click the Appearance tab The Appearance tab appears Properties Properties Appearance Font Times Mews Roman Font Sire E J Show Grid Lines Maximum Image Height Infinite ka lines of text 2 Select a Font from the drop down list 3 Select a font size from the Font Size drop down list 4 Select whether or not the grid lines will be dis played by clicking the checkbox ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Managing Enumerated Values in Property Lists You may configure a text property so that it will contain a list of enumerated values A user may then select one of
327. mum dimension e Maximum Height and Width The maximum height and width respectively a box can attain when the E Notebook window is resized or as the form is further configured in a way that would increase the size of the box for example by deleting a box next it A scroll bar appears within the box if the field within it requires more space than the maximum dimension allows Box dimensions are expressed in twips with 20 twips equalling one pixel NOTE If you would lke a box to simply conform to the sizes of the boxes it contains you can deselect all of the sizing options for that box Clearing Fields when Configuring a Form When you are configuring a form you may remove a field after adding it to the form It is only possible to clear the field if the form is not yet in use If the form is in use the field will move to an empty box This prevents the possibility of obscuring data that a user has entered in a form To clear a field from a box 1 Right click the frame of the box The box menu appears 2 Select Clear Field Spectrum Hide Box E y Insert Box Within in rtf Insert Box To The Left Export Insert Box To The Right Delete Box Move Box Right Clear Field Set Field Box Properties The field is removed from the form Hiding Fields and Boxes when Configuring a Form When you are configuring a form hiding fields and boxes makes it easier for you to access box menus
328. n Insert Box To The Left Insert Box To The Right Delete Box Move Box Left Clear Field Set Field Box Properties WWW V TATA TAA TAT The Box Properties dialog appears 3 Click the Show Max Button checkbox to clear it Box Properties Name Bnet merits Minimum Height I 3000 of Show Name Minimum width 4000 gt Show Max Button Preferred Height Iw 3000 Preferred Width I ja000 lt M feet Maximum width I 32767 Weight Bo ss Maximum Height Sub Box Layout 4 Click OK The dialog closes and the max button is no longer visible in the box Chemical Structure Map Reaction Centers Showing the Max Button To show the max button for a box ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms e 659 1 Right click the frame of the box The box menu appeats 2 Select Box Properties EE EES BOS EE EEE EEE Chemical Structure Map Reaction Centers Hide Box Insert Box Within Insert Box To The Left Insert Box To The Right Delete Box Move Box Left Clear Field Set Field Box Properties SAA AAA ATTA TS The Box Properties dialog appears 3 Click the Show Max Button checkbox so that a checkmark appears Box Properties Showing and Hiding the Name of a Box In a form each box has a title bar associated with it You may choose to either hide of this ba
329. n E Notebook menu bar select View then Go To and Browse All File Edit view Tools Help oBack s Collections Show History w Navigation Toolbar No 4 Ho So Up To 2 Ca Fo ME ENI Col Refresh User Configuration Ly Back Forward Home Reactant Folder Browse All 9 AutnT est Cefinitinns NOTE The Browse All command will only be available if you have the Read privilege for the collection at the top of the collection hierarchy If you do not have Read privilege for the collection at the top of the hierarchy it may be necessary to conduct a collection search in order to view some of the collec tions to which you have access See Searching on page 605 for more information E Notebook Workflows This portion of the guide describes the workflows in E Notebook The E Notebook features can be e 527 combined to support a number of different work flows Reactions in E Notebook The following topics describe the features that are used in an E Notebook reaction section e Drawing and Analyzing Reactions Enterprise Editing Structures Using ISIS Draw e Working with the Name to Structure Feature e Working with the Reaction Toolbar e The Stoichiometry Table Enterprise Working with Batch Explorer e Working with AutoText Drawing and Analyzing Reactions You can draw a reaction using the ChemDraw reaction field When you draw a reaction the sto ichiometry grid is a
330. n Listeners 135 Associating a Transition Listener with a TOSO ke iro wcss tones helenae Hamad ais 155 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Transition istenet cass cagonaeeinee ears 756 Removing a Transition Listener from a MP PON SIMON citi oto ae Any Beis Canta T37 Managing the Standard Transition Listeners 757 Managing the Annotate Transition Listener 757 Managing the Change Display Transition E aE E E E E T51 Managing Change Security Transition E o E T E EE E AEE 758 Managing Confirm Transition Listener 758 Managing the Export Transition Listener 758 Managing the Final Print Transition TEISCE RE Ts acre ervey ohn E oS RAY 758 Managing the Locked Container A fansition Listene sa s1 c atccan oak we ees 759 Managing the Print Transition Listener 759 Managing the Required Non Blank Properties Transition Listener 760 Managing the Required Rows Transition IAStENG EA diodes sues AEE 760 Managing the Required Properties Transition LIENEE wee dees Sain hb Bort ed Ss 760 Managing the Sign Version Transition PIE He otp le icun E ceases 760 Managing the Unlocked Contents Transition E EE E oh ted bee E E A be 760 Managing the View Signed Versions Transition E E care ice see E ened 761 Configuring Change Control Options 761 Managing Visual Display of Changes 761 Enabling Visual Display of Changes from Collection Creation Onward 762 Enabling Visual Display of
331. n a document s text graphite diamond the words graphite or diamond found anywhere within a document s text carbon the words carbon dioxide dioxide monoxide carbon monoxide or both terms found anywhere within a document s text NOTE The EQUI Valent operator has higher precedence than all other operators except the expansion operators fuzzy soundex stem Fuzzy The fuzzy operator used in an advanced text seatch or query will find documents that contain words similar to the word used in a search For example the fuzzy operator can be used to expand queries to include words that are spelled similarly to the specified term This type of expansion is helpful for finding more accurate results when there are frequent misspellings or alternate spell ings in the documents in the database e 617 The fuzzy operator is used by entering a question mark followed by the word on which to per form a search For example the following searches really mean Searching For Returns boron any wotd spelled similarly to boron found anywhere within a document s text Matches include baron read any words spelled similarly to read found anywhere within a document s text Matches include read lead and real any words spelled similarly to chemist found Pchemist anywhere within a docu ment s text Matches include chemists and chemistry MINUS The MINUS operator can be used in an adva
332. n acicr een 738 Managing Collection Listeners 738 Adding a Collection Listener to a Collecion Type odii enni e ck eenes 738 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Collection Listene esieniresi anaa iia wia 739 Removing a Collection Listener from a Collection petege aee ced 740 Managing the Standard Collection Listeners 741 Managing the Auto Number Collection TASCCHEE vaia E ERA ne aun 741 Managing the Audit Collection Listener 741 Managing the Change Display Collection E a e EEPE E P EEA ETET 741 E Notebook 10 Contents Managing the Clear Value Collection PAStenet 2btcusee Beka oleh detec e eiias 742 Managing the Delete Spawn Collection TASC i naeem be bo NE ted 742 Managing the Parent Prefix Collection Listener ait deeg hie oe eee ed pete PES 742 Managing the Database Procedure Collection Listener 00000 743 Managing the Fixed Name Collection Tistet 22h cede eut eewegde der beweet 743 Managing the Offline Collection Listener 743 Managing the Owner Full Control Collection Listener 64 2 420ed bo shows ts 743 Managing the No Create Offline Collection Listener 0 00000 744 Managing the Parent Prefix Collection Listene iu oo nk ut eee pire od to eee 744 Managing the Prevent Reference Copy Collection Distene ic 4cscsenles tm once ts 744 Managing the Prevent Delete when Referenced Collection Listener 744 Managing the Refresh Database Table Privil
333. n and right click it 3 Select Restore Changes The Restore Changes dialog appears and you are prompted to select the file containing the changes 4 Select the file you saved as a backup and click Open Your changes are restored Annotation of Changes E Notebook may be configured so that you can annotate the changes you make to data in collec tions There are two possibilities for providing annotation They are e Required Annotation each time you save the collection you must provide a reason for the changes you made You must also provide a reason for the changes if autosave has occurred e Optional Annotation you may provide a reason for the changes is you wish but it is not required Whether annotation is required or optional depends upon 1 the type of collection and 2 its state For example an Experiment or Page may be configured such that it has three states Open Closed and Reopened e Open the Open state may have optional annotation so that you may provide a reason for a change if you wish e Closed the Closed state may be read only It may not be possible to edit the collection while it is in this state e Reopened the Reopened state may permit changes but only if they are annotated each time the collection is saved In some configurations annotation may be required when you perform a collection transition For example it may be necessary to provide a rea son for mov
334. n avoid reentering information unnecessarily For example you may create a tem plate for a particular type of Experiment or Page It may contain data and notes that you often use or typical values for various properties To create a new template 1 Within your User Configuration Folder there should be a My Template folder Right click this folder and select New then the type of template you wish to create The template appears within the folder 2 Add any data you wish to the template In order to use the template as the basis for a new experiment e 517 3 Select a notebook in the tree and click the New Experiment button Mew Experiment A list of the available templates is displayed 4 Select the desired template A new experiment appears within the note book It contains all of the data that was in the template Alternatively simply click a template in the tree to select it and then drag it into the notebook to cre ate a new Experiment Working with MS Office Sections Reactions and other Sections Pages Experiments in E Notebook may contain several different types of sections for your experi mental data Just as you would use pages in a paper notebook for recording various types of data you can use sections in E Notebook for recording MS Excel data reactions images and other types of information You may associate several types of sections with the Page Experiment e Reaction Sections e Ca
335. n list This list displays all of the salt codes and solvates in your User Configuration folder 6 Click OK to close the dialog The formula you entered appears in the stoichi ometry grid Adding New Solvates and Salts To add a solvate or salt that does not appear in the dropdown list 7 Click the New Solvate button Or to add a new salt code click the New Salt Code button A dialog appears and you can browse to solvate or salts in your User Configuration folder New Solvate Code EA Q ak ap B Klal Solvate Coc efell Browse Search Help C User Configuration CH3CH20H CH30CH3 CH3CH2 20 CCl4 I MedChem AutoText Definitions H20 Mecl2 DMSO CH3COCH3 CH30H 0 Reactants Folder Structure Salt Codes Folder I gt Solvate Codes Folder Gp Water Solvate Codes Solvents Folder J Templates Rendering Folder Formula Molecular Weight 18 02 g mol Density i 8 Click New Solvate or New Salt Code and enter the structure and name ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookE Notebook Features Enterprise Working With Batch Explorer With the batch explorer you can view a reaction tree showing successors and predecessors of a selected batch or compound To view Batch Explorer in the reaction section Click the Batch Explorer tool icon S89 in Batch Explorer the reaction section A menu appears a HES view Batch Explorer Batch Create Chemistry
336. n listener appears and you are prompted to rename it Collection Type Page Configuration s ol x age r Untitled Collection Listener Collection Listener Contained Collecti d Page T N Sia a la IENCollectionListener ProglD Contained Reference Types States Search Engines Custom Properties Collection Listeners Untitled Collection Listene 3 Type in a name for the collection listener 4 Enter the ENStandard8 ChangeDisplayListener as the ENCollectionListener ProgID for the listener you wish to add The collection listener is associated with the collection type 5 To close the collection type configuration dia log click the close button in the upper right corner 762 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft The dialog closes New collections of this type will have Visual Display of Changes enabled for their entire life cycles Enabling Visual Display of Changes with a Transition To enable Visual Display of Changes when a user performs a particular collection transition 1 Right click the collection type in the Collection tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Collection Type Configuration dialog appeats 2 Click the plus sign next to States to expand the category and see the states that are associated with the collection type 3 Click the plus sign next to the state that is the initial state in the transition
337. n permits the move the collection appears in the new location Depending upon the rules that define your system configura tion a copy or a reference may appear instead Also it may not be possible to move the collection into a particular type of container If the new con tainer will not accept the collection you are attempting to move you will be unable to highlight the container when you attempt to drag the collec tion into it Creating a Reference within the Collection Tree Within the collection tree you can create a refer ence to a collection that exists elsewhere in the tree The reference acts as a shortcut to the original collection and it reflects any changes that are made to the original Also if you have editing privileges to the original any changes made to the reference are reflected in the original To create a reference in the collection tree 1 Click Browse The Collection Tree appears 2 Click the collection that you wish to reference The collection is highlighted 3 While holding down the CTRL and SHIFT keys drag the item into the Collection where you would like it to be referenced A Reference to the item appears in the Collec tion Tree within the collection you selected The icon contains a small arrow which indi cates that it is a reference An alternate method for creating a reference in the collection tree is the following 1 Right click the collection that you wish to ref erence
338. n tree ee pack al O F Id gt Everyone Users J 3 6 Configuration 6 gt Collection Types g Root ae User Group oe Uzer F al Folder Search Types Qf Offline F al User Configuration F al Reactants F al Reactants Folder 6 AutoText Definitions F al Rendering Folder F al Rendering Templates ay Biology Notebook E Biology Experiment fy Chemistry Notebook Faj Chemistry Experiment F al Salt Codes F al Salt Codes Folder F al Solate Codes F al Solate Codes Folder F al Solvents F al Solvents Folder wi Templates Faj Combi Experiment EE Chemistre Fynerinent 3 4 Right click the Search Types folder or another folder and select New then Collection Type ILL A new collection type appears in the Collection Tree and you are prompted to rename it 5 Enter a name for the collection type 1 e the search type 750 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft 6 Right click the search type and select Collec tion Type Configuration from the menu that appears z gt pack gt Everyone O B Ida it a Users A i Sears Configuration F Colle Go Up To 7 kr Browse Here E L Browse Al A 4 Refresh Folder E New Sc Import JTUL Export Te The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears N Specify the following information e Plural Name enter the name applied to multiple collections of this type e Icon Name select Search as the icon to be
339. naging the Print Section Command If the Print Section command is associated with a section type users can print the contents of a sec tion of that type by selecting the command from the section menu e 68 For example users can export a section to MS Word and store at some location outside E Note book Command Command ProgID Print Section ENRenderWord9 Print SCommand 682 Managing CommandsCambridgeSoft Chapter 38 Managing Fields Fields are the basis for the forms in E Notebook Each field is based on an add in field type E Notebook provides many standard field types Several Fields Types are designed for use exclusively within search forms to search for data in E Notebook They ate which you can use to configure your own data forms searches and analysis tools You may also develop addition add in field types for your own custom data types Chemical Query Fields Property Query Fields Collection Query Fields Table Query Fields k h Lf Collection Type Query Unannotated Version E Notebook to match your workflow and manage Fields Query Fields Search Location Fields The field types in E Notebook span many diverse types of data They make it possible to customize your information in the most effective way possi ble Text Field The following field types are designed for use in Query Text Fields data forms for data entry analysis and display State Query Fields Join Type Fields
340. nannotated version query field 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears i Section Type Test Section Type Configuration 4 Enter a name for the field and select Unannotated Version Query from the list of field types Add Field Narre Unnanotated Versions Field Type Unannotated Version Query Waiting Documents 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Search Location Fields Search Location Fields are used in search forms They make it possible for a users to search for collections and sections that exist ina particular branch of the Collection Tree Back Browse Search System Administrator NB Administrator O000001 To create a search location field 1 In the Collection tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears w Section Type Test Section Typ
341. nced text search or query to find documents that con tain two phrases with the first phrase taking prece dence The MINUS operator is used to search for documents that contain two query terms but doc uments containing the second term will ranked lower than documents without the second term The MINUS operator is useful for lowering the score of documents that contain a certain term without eliminating those documents 618 SearchingCambridgeSoft The MINUS operator is used by entering the first term then MINUS in all capital letters or enter the minus sign or hyphen followed by another term on which to perform a search For example the following searches really mean Searching For Returns the words carbon and diamond in them but documents with diamond are listed last carbon diamond the words carbon and diamond in them but documents with diamond are listed last carbon MINUS diamond the words diamond and carbon in them but docu diamond carbon ments with carbon are listed last NEAR The NEAR operator is used in an advanced text seatch or query to find documents that contain two phrases that are close together The maximum distance between the two terms can be specified The NEAR operator is used by entering the first term followed by NEAR in all capital letters or enter a semicolon followed by the second term on which the search is to be performed Use the NEAR op
342. nderer renders the value of a single table cell according to the tags in a Word table e Property Value Field Renderer renders the values of all the properties in a property list without their corresponding names Chapter 43 Using the Batch Import Facility The batch import facility in E Notebook provides for a means to import a partial or complete config uration in a single menu command This process is controlled by an import script called the Batch File which is an xml file adhering to the schema described in this document The Batch File typi cally refers to additional files either E Notebook content files created with the Export command called Content Files or subsidiary batch files This process is initiated by selecting a collection in the E Notebook collection tree which will be referred to as the Parent Collection and choosing the Import command lt batch gt The root element must be a lt batch gt There are no attributes defined for the batch element A batch may contain zero or more of any of the following elements interspersed in any order except as dic tated by the dependencies between the imported collection and section types 788 Using the Batch Import FacilityCambridgeSoft e log e alert e refresh e import lt import gt The import element causes a single file to be imported This file may contain any content including section types collection types collec tions or sections The
343. ne Search Engine Engine ProgiD Control ProgID Section ENSearchEngine9 ENSearchEngine9 SectionSeatch CollectionRe Engine sultsResultsCtl Chemical Structure Search Engine The Chemical Structure Search Engine is used to perform searches for chemical structures The e751 results are organized by substructure For each chemical structure that matches a specified query a set of references is created that contain that chemi cal structure See Managing Chemical Query Fields Search Engine Control ProgID Search ProglID Engine Chem ical ENChemSeatch9 C ENChemSearch9 Chem SearchResults Ctl hemSearchEngine Structure Creating a Search Form A seatch form is simply a section type that con tains search fields The search fields make it possi ble for users to search for the following information within E Notebook For information about each of the search fields and its usage please see Managing Search Fields When you configure a search form the informa tion that a user can search for is determined by 1 the search fields in the form and 2 the search engine associated with the search type To create a new search form 1 In the Collection Tree right click the folder or collection into which you are adding the search form The collection menu appears 752 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft 2 Select New then Section Type pate JA Heactant Show 60 Up To F Browse Here Bro
344. ner is renamed with the new prefix For example consider a Notebook collection that contains Experiments The Auto Number listener is associated with the Experiment collection type and the Parent Prefix listener is associated with the Notebook collection Type If a notebook name is changed from NB to Notebook then the Par ent Prefix listener renames the contained experi ments so that they begin with Notebook Listener Listener ProgID Parent ENStandard9 ParentPrefixListener Prefix This collection listener has no custom properties associated with it Managing the Database Procedure Collection Listener The Database Procedure Collection Listener is used to execute a database procedure during an operation on a collection For example you may wish to clear the table sec tion of a collection when a user duplicates that sec tion Listener Listener ProgID Database ENStandard9 DBProcCollection Procedure Listener With the Custom Properties of the listener you specify the name of the procedure and when it should be called for example after create before create etc Managing the Fixed Name Collection Listener The Fixed Name Listener is used to prevent the user from renaming collections If the Fixed Name Listener is associated with a collection type then the Rename command in the collection menu is made inactive when collections of that type are selected Listener Listener ProgID Fixed Name ENS
345. ner s Name js To create a Collection Query Field 1 In the Collection tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears w Section Type Test Section Type Configuration t Section Type Tes 4 Enter a name for the field and select Collection Query from the list of field types Add Field Name Collection Query Field Field Type Collection Query Chemical Query Chemical Structure Collection Query Collection Type Domain Collection Type Query Context Sensitive Help Database Table 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Collection Type Query Fields Collection Type Query Fields are used in search forms for specifying the collection type over which a search is run For example a user may specify a Page or an Experiment so that any other type of collection will not be included in the search results m Users must select this item in the search form in order to specify it for the search W Collection Type Name To create a Collection Type Query Field 1 In the Collection tree right c
346. nter a name for the field and select Property Query from the list of field types 5 Click Add Add Field Mame Property Query Field Type Property Query POF Wiewer Reaction Toolbar Search Location The new field appears in the list of fields Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Query Text Fields Query Text Fields are used in search forms The following fields data in E Notebook is searched when a user runs a search that contains query text e MS Word Fields e Styled Text Fields e Property Lists e Tables e Text in chemical structure fields e MS Excel Fields e Certain types of stored document files MS Word MS Excel MS PowerPoint r Test To create a Query Text Field 1 In the Collection tree right click the Section Type to which you wish to add the field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears w Section Type Test Section Type Configuration 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog ap
347. o j Notebook Browse Here Browse 4ll offine Import User Configuration Export Unannotated version Search Chemical Structure Search Copy Collection Search Folder Motebook Faste Faste Reference Section Search Page Template 2 Select New then select a type of collection 512eWorking with E NotebookCambridgeSoft 3 The new collection appears and you are prompted to rename it Adding a Reference within the User Collection To add a reference in a User Collection 1 In the Collection Tree click the Notebook Folder or Template to which you wish to cre ate the reference 2 While holding the CTRL and SHIFT keys drag the collection until the user collection is high lighted 3 Release the mouse The Reference appears in the Collection Tree Alternatively you may right click the collection you wish to reference and select Copy from the collection menu Then right click the user collec tion and select Paste Reference Browsing up to the User Group If you have the required security permissions you may browse up to the next highest level in the Col lection Tree and view the user group at that level To do this right click your user collection select Go Up To then the name of your user group File Edit View Tools Help Back Browse Search ca F Fol Browse Here E lee Browse All Alternatively you may select View from the menu bar then Go Up To File Edit WESA Tools Help
348. o that effect is presented and no properties dialog is displayed 5 Edit the custom properties if desired and click OK to close the properties dialog 6 To close the section type configuration dialog click the close button in the upper right corner The dialog closes The form refreshes Removing a Section Listener from a Section Type If you no longer want a particular section listener to be associated with a section type you can remove it from the section type To remove a section listener from a section type 1 Right click the section type in the Collection Tree The collection menu appears 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 If necessary click the plus sign next to Section Listeners to expand the list and view the sec tion listeners are associated with the section type Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Tost Section Type Fixed Name Section Listener Fields EA i Commands lENSectionListener ProglD ENStandard9 FixedSectionNameListener Form Tools Section Listeners Custom Properties Fixed Name 4 Right click the section listener you wish to remove and select Delete Section Listener from the menu that appears Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Test Section Type Fields Commands Form Tools Section Listeners Fixed Mame Fixed Mame Section Listen
349. oft Creating a New Collection Type 731 Creating a New Section Type 645 Creating a Property List 697 Creating a Search Form 752 Creating a Search Type 749 Creating a Table Field 711 Creating a User 767 Creating a User Group 768 Creating and Editing the Export Templates for a Collection Type 765 Creating the Export Template for a Section Type 666 Creating the Export Templates for a Collection Type 765 Cutting and pasting a section 580 D Database Lookup Configuration 701 702 713 Delete a structure 569 Deleting a Box from a Form 658 Deleting a collection 587 Deleting a Field Type 724 Drawing a structure or reaction 528 Drawing and analyzing reactions 529 Duplicating a collection within a container collec tion 586 Duplicating a section between collections 581 Duplicating a section within a collection 580 E Editing a structure or image 568 Editing an Enumerated Values List 714 Editing the Export Template for a Section Type 666 Editing the Header and Footer Information 766 Editing an Enumerated Values List 700 Enabling Visual Display of Changes from Collec tion Creation Onward 762 Enabling Visual Display of Changes with a Tran sition 762 Ending a Session 780 E Notebook 10 Ending a session 641 E Notebook getting started 506 introducing 503 refreshing 642 User s Guide 511 Escape characters 615 Exact phrase matching 615 Expanding the drawing window 528 Exporting a collection 588 Exporting a co
350. ok subsections E Note book provides a standard subsection listener e Button View Subsection Field Listener forces subsections into button view To add a subsection field listener 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type containing the subsection field and select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 2 Right click the subsection field in the list of Fields and select Field Properties from the menu that appears The Field Properties dialog appears 3 Click the Listeners tab The listeners tab appears 4 Right click Listeners at the top of the left frame and select New Field Listener The New Field Listener dialog appears 5 Enter the ProglD for the Field listener and click OK The New Field Listener dialog closes 6 If the listener has custom properties click the Properties button to configure them 7 Close the properties dialog Managing the Button View Subsection Listener The Button View Subsection Listener forces sub sections into button view as shown below A user may then scroll through the subsections using the e 709 arrow buttons or right click a subsection name and select Go To in order to browse to a specific subsection Subsectio IENSubsectionListener n Listener ProgID Button ENStandardCtl9 Button View ViewSS Listener The Button View Subsection Listener has no cus tom properties Manag
351. olbar please see the ChemDraw User s Guide It is possible to associate a listener with a chemical structure field to perform a specialized function E Notebook offers a listener that automatically updates the stoichiometry grid when a user modi fies a reaction drawing See Managing the Analyze Reaction Chemical Structure Listener on page 689 for more information XN z NO NO Y gt Me Mi Di cr NH3 TsOH NOE To add a chemical structure field to a section type 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field Section Type Test Section Type Test Section Type mel New Field Form Tools Section Listeners 4 The Add Field dialog appears Add Field Name Field Type C e 5 Enter a name and select Chemical Structure from the drop down list of field types 6 Click the Add button The new field appears in the list of fields NOTE Anything that you draw in the Chemical Structure Field will appear with the new sections of this type that users create Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation You may also develop your own Chemical Struc ture F
352. ollection an error message to that effect appears as shown Error Renaming Collection A Sorry the Chemistry Experiment cannot be renamed because the specified name is not Chemistry Notebook 01 followed by a number Your system configuration determines which types of collections cannot be renamed Copying Collections that Contain References It is possible to copy collections that contain refer ences in the collection tree in the same way as you would copy normal collections without references The copied collection contains references to all of the collections that are contained within the collec tion at the time the copy is made In some cases your system configuration may pre vent you from copying collections that contain ref erences to specific types of collections that are in specific states This pertains only to references that exist in property lists and tables It does not pertain to references in the collection tree For example an experiment page collection type may be config ured to prevent you from copying pages experi ments that contain references to folders that are in a Closed state Your system configuration determines which types of collections you can copy and into which types of container collections you can copy them For more information about copying collections see Copying a Collection on page 586 Creating a Collection Each item displayed in the collection tree repre sen
353. ollection Security Transition Security Inherited Permissions Permigsion Assigned Permissions Permigsion CAMSOFT Snhowe Full Control CAMSOFTSELMS Read Type of Access for CAMSOFT Snhowe Full Control Remove Inherited Permissions are permissions inher ited from the parent collection in the collection tree These permissions can not be changed from this dialog Only the Assigned Permis sions can be changed from this dialog 590eWorking with Sections and CollectionsCambridgeSoft 4 Take the appropriate action Desired Result Add a User or Group to the list Remove a User or Group from the list Action to take Click Add Select the appropriate user ot group from the tree You may either a right click within a blank portion of the tree and select Browse All to see all of the Users or b click the Search button and perform a search for a User or group of Users Click Add Select the appropriate access from the listbox Read permits a user to view the Collection but not edit it Read and Write permits a user to view and edit the Collection Full Control permits a user to view the Collection edit it and assign or remove security permissions for it Highlight the user or group in the list Click Remove A menu appeats Desired Action to take 2 Select Collection Properties Result P The Collection Properties dialog box appea
354. ollection Tree click the Page or Exper iment to which you would like to add the sec tion 2 Click the New Section button kea Section A list of the section types that can be added appears 3 Select MS Excel Spreadsheet A new MS Excel Spreadsheet appears in the right frame 4 Edit the spreadsheet just as you would nor mally edit a spreadsheet in MS Excel Importing an MS Excel document To import an MS Excel document 1 Click the import tool icon for the MS Excel field e Import Export A menu appears when you click the icon 3 1 E Exp Import M5 Excel Spreadsheet Export MS Excel Spreadsheet Clear MS Excel Spreadsheet l a 2 Select Import MS Excel Spreadsheet A dialog box appears and you are prompted to select the file 3 Select the file and click the Open button The spreadsheet appears in E Notebook The section of the spreadsheet that was most recently active is displayed To export the file 1 Click the import tool icon A menu appeats 2 Select Export MS Excel Spreadsheet A dialog appears prompting you to select a location for the exported file 3 Enter a destination for the file and a file name and click the Save button The file is exported to the location you selected To clear an MS Excel file from a section in E Notebook 1 Click the import tool icon A menu appeats 2 Select Clear MS Excel Spreadsheet ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorkin
355. ollection named Page Section Types 8 Click OK to close the properties dialog 9 To close the Collection Type Configuration dialog click the close button in the upper right corer The dialog closes and your changes are saved Similarly you can configure the rendering tem plates for other sections and with other com mands Designing a Rendering Template Export templates allow users to print and export from E Notebook You can insert various tags in the export templates to pull different types of information into a rendition 670 Managing Rendering in E NotebookCambridgeSoft Rendering Tags The following tags can be inserted into headers footers and section rendering templates and replaced with the corresponding data Tag Replacement lt collectionStatus gt The state of the collection Note that if you are using the Final Print Transition Listener the state will print as the initial state of the transition and not as the target state In this specific case if you would like the name of the target state to print simply type the text name of the state into the header or footer lt dateCreated gt The timestamp of creation of the collection lt dateModified gt The timestamp of last modification lt dateToday gt The timestamp of the creation of the export document or printout lt collectionOwner gt The name of the owner of the collection lt collectionName gt The name of the collec
356. on Assigned Permissions Permigsion Inherited Permissions are permissions inher ited from the parent collection in the collection tree These permissions can only be changed by disabling inherited security as discussed above or by changing the security profile of the parent collection Only the Assigned Per missions can be changed from this dialog 776 Managing E Notebook SecurityCambridgeSoft 4 Take the appropriate action Desired Action to take Result Add a User 1 or Group to the list of Assigned Permissions 2 Click Add The Choose User or Group dialog appears Select the appropriate user or group from the tree You may either 1 right click within a blank por tion of the tree and select Browse All to see all of the users or 2 click the Search button and perform a search for a user or group of users 3 Click Add 4 Select the appropriate access from the list box Read permits a user to create new collections of this type in the Collection Tree Note If a user also has read access to the par ent collection of this col lection type he will be able to view the collection type in the collection tree Read and Write permits a user make changes to the configuration and content of the collection type itself These users may also cre ate new collections of this type in the collection tree Desired Result Remove a User or Group from the list Change
357. on at the time of export or printout Tag Replacement lt sectionName gt The name of the section lt sectionIndex gt The numerical position of the section within its containing set of sections lt sectionCount gt The number of sections that are contained within the set of sections The Rendering Template for an Ancillary Data Section looks as shown below File Edit View Tools Help Back A amp Iq 4 Page Section Types J D pil Browse Search Help oint Slideshow Reaction Spectra Spectrum Table Title Page Blank Template New a Capturedimage Image Imported Data MetaData MS Excel Spreadsheet MS Word Docume nt Ancillary Data Information Properties lt Ancillary Data gt 672 Managing Rendering in E NotebookCambridgeSoft Managing the MS Word Section Renderers The word sections renderers can be associated with commands as a command listener or transi tions as a transition listener to modify the behav ior of rendering commands and transitions If more than one Word section renderer is associated with a rendering operation then the Word section renderers insert their contents in the order they are associated with the rendering operation For example a transition type contains three tran sition listeners in the following order PrintTLis tener Full History Renderer and Fixed Text After Renderer In this case
358. on of the signature process e g to Closed e The transition that should occur upon failure of the signature process e g to Open Managing the Unlocked Contents Transition Listener The Unlocked Contents listener checks to ensure that the collections contained within a collection are all locked before the container collection can transition into a locked state meaning that the change and annotation rules for the state are Read Only For example consider an Experiment collection contained within a Notebook collection Closed is a read only state and the Close transition moves a collection from an unlocked editable state to the Closed read only state If the Unlocked Contents Listener is associated with the Close transition of the Notebook collection type then users will be prevented from closing a Notebook if it contains experiments that are not Closed Listener Listener ProgID Unlocked ENStandard9 UnlockedCon Contents tentsListener The Unlocked Contents Transition Listener has no custom properties associated with it Enterprise Managing the View Signed Versions Transition Listener The View Signed Versions Transition Listener allows a user to view all of the electronically signed renditions of a collection This listener is used with the E Signatures feature Listener Listener ProgID View Signed ENStandard9 DisplaySignedVer Versions Tran sionTL sition This listener has no custom proper
359. on prior to the transition occurring e Export Transition Listener exports the con tents of a collection as part of a transition e Locked Container Transition Listener checks to ensure that the container of the collection is in a state which permits full control over the contents of the container e Print Transition Listener prints the contents of a collection as part of a transition e Required Non blank Properties Transition Lis tener prevents a transition from occurring if specific properties are not filled in 784eSummary of the Standard Add InsCambridgeSoft e Required Rows Transition Listener prevents a transition from occurring if specific rows are missing from a table e Required Properties Transition Listener checks to ensure that the contents of the prop erty list and tables meet the configured Required or Not Blank option If they do not then the transition will not be completed e Unlocked Contents Transition Listener checks to ensure that the collections contained within a collection are all locked before the container collection can transition into a locked state Section Listeners E Notebook provides a number of standard Section Listeners which may be used to modify the behavior of sections e Audit Section Listener prevents a user from deleting the section only if it has been modified since it was created e Clear Value Section Listener clears specified values
360. onfiguration dialog and select Field Properties from the menu that appears Section Type Test Section Type6 Configuration Test Section Typeb Fields Ge Catabase Table List of Prope New Field Listener Database Table Field Field Type Database T able I umber E E EES Move Field Down Form Tools Section Listener Rename Field Field Properties The Properties dialog appears Database Table Properties Record Set Appearance Connection String Username Password SQL String Property List Field 2 Enter the following information See below for examples e Connection String A string used to define a connection to a database If this string is 0 length Null in the database then it is assumed to be a connection to the pri mary schema of the E Notebook database If the string is a path to an MDB file then a connection is made to that file using the Microsoft Access OLEDB provider Other wise the string is treated as a valid string that can be assigned to an ADODB Connection object s ConnectionString property e Username An optional string used to specify the logon identification required to connect to the specified database If the Username is 0 length and the Connection e 691 String is 0 leneth then the owner of the pri mary schema of the E Notebook database is used as the username Password An optional string used to iden tify th
361. ook l j Reaction Reactants Products Tools _ Chemistry Notebook l 001 Edit Reaction E Chemistry Notebook l 002 a Chemistry Notebook l 003 Prepare From Existing Experiment 2 Select Prepare from Existing Experiment The Select Experiment dialog appears with the Collection Tree displayed in the left frame Select Experiment to Prepare From Q Back ag amp KX 4 Chemistry Notebo v DIP Browse Search amp Jurie Library Product Reaction Summary Parallel or Small Array Summary User Configuration BY Chemistry Notebook lap Chemistry Notebook I 001 Chemistry Notebook I 002 _ Chemistry Notebook l 003 Offline Reaction Reactants Products Tools Reaction Reactants Products ic Reaction and Components a o vy gt S _ R o cl Rz i o Ry a R2 a 3 Click the experiment to select it in the Collec tion Tree then click the Select button The generic products of the reaction you selected appear in the reaction field See Adding a Generic Reaction on page 623 for instructions on how to edit the reaction Managing CombiChem Reactants This portion of the CombiChem guide provides instructions for managing reactants in Com biChem adding and editing reactants and specify ing reaction sites for the product enumeration process Adding Reactants from a Chemical Database After you have added a generic reaction you
362. opy of the section appears TIP Note thatin some cases you system configuration may prevent you from duplicating a particular section within a col lection Duplicating a Section between Collections To copy a section from one collection to another 1 Go to the section you wish to duplicate 2 Click the section menu icon The section menu appears Paste Section on Duplicate Section Delete Section Rename Section Export to MS Word Print 3 Select Copy Section 4 In the Collection Tree click the collection in which you would like the copied section to appear 5 Click the section menu icon The section menu appears 6 Select Paste Section A copy of the section appears in the right frame TIP Note that in some cases your system configuration may prevent you from copying the section into a collection Exporting Sections to MS Word You can export sections to MS Word then manage them as you would other MS Word documents See Exporting on page 571 for details Printing Sections You can print sections from E Notebook See Printing on page 573 for details Working with Collections All of the information in E Notebook is organized into collections which are the items displayed in the Collection Tree Collections may be note books folders experiments pages etc E Note book allows you to browse through collections and to search them for important information It
363. or add text as Adobe Acrobat menu with editing tools are also present To annotate 1 Go to the PDF converted imported image file j Reaction Captured Image yj Asean amp E Fevew amp comment A 2 Save CI noteto E e We o show Ta 7A A OOO ss smn Select Text E Select Table H Select image z The Adobe menu with Acrobat annotation tools is present above the image in the Cap tured Image section as shown below A z a A Review amp Comment A Note Tool So ed D T Show Lat j o Q a DIOJ o a ef Se T Select Text E Select Table a Select Image 2 Select any of the editing tools present in the menu to edit or add some text in the image For example you can click the Note Tool but ton to add your comments A dialog is dis played within the image field where you can type your comments as shown Reaction Captured Image s y Ai a w 3 Se erie cons A Seve i net too F B gt WW Bsnow e Da hal Sy A 1 62 103 2 E Select Text E Select Table ia Select Image ED 33h n 3 Bookmarks This is an image of Protein a v Z 535 Mira Q O o 5 Layers Signatures Similarly you can use the other annotation tools in the image field Working with Image Viewer Sections You can use MS PowerPoint Sections to manage images in
364. ording to Preferred Width iooo the options you select Maximum Height 22767 e Minimum Height and Minimum Width Maximnurn width 32767 nop i l i The minimum height and width eight 3 respectively to which the box can shrink Sub Box Layout Vertical when the E Notebook window is resized or Lancel BELL the form is further configured in a way that 4 Click OK would shrink the box for example by adding a box next to it e Preferred Height and Preferred Width The starting height and width respectively of the box relative to other boxes in the The dialog closes and the box sizes change to reflect your change Test Section Type Untitled Box 2 Structure Properties same container To calculate the actual height of a box within a container begin with the preferred height of the contained boxes Then eif the preferred dimensions would leave extra space in the container box add the extra space in the container to each 662 Managing Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and FormsCambridgeSoft contained box according to its Weight relative to the other boxes ensuring that each box does not exceed its maximum dimensions eif the preferred dimensions would cause the contained boxes to overflow the container subtract space from each box according to its Weight relative to the other contained boxes ensuring that each box is no smaller than its mini
365. ore Reactants Export Solvents Export to MS Word Custom Properties Print Character Ma Products Import Reaction Toolbar Form Tools Section Listeners Move Form Tool Down 4 Select Delete Form Tool A message appears asking you to confirm that you wish to delete the form tool from the sec tion type NOTE Ifthe form tool has no custom properties a message to that effect is presented and no properties dialog is displayed Click Yes The form tool is deleted ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms e 649 6 To close the section type configuration dialog click the close button in the upper right corner The dialog closes The form refreshes If there was an icon associated with the form tool it no longer appears in the form Managing the Standard Form Tools E Notebook provides a number of standard form tools The form tools listed below may only be associated with section types There are several form tools that may only be associated with collec tion types for example the New Section Form Tool See Managing Collection Type Form Tools on page 747 for more information Managing the Next Step Form Tool The Next Step Form Tool is used to create a new page of experiment containing the products of the associated chemical reaction In order to use the Next Step Form Tool in an E Notebook form one of each of the following
366. ort gt lt source gt Section Types xml lt source gt lt import gt lt import gt lt target gt lt childReference name Section Types gt lt target gt lt source gt General Information xml lt source gt lt import gt Assuming Section Types xml describes a collec tion named Section Types and that General Information xml describes a section type this ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookUsing the Batch Import Facility lt import gt will create a Section Types collection and within that a General Information section type The E Notebook collection hierarchy distinguishes between the nodes called collections and the links between the nodes called references Every reference has one container collection and one tar get collection and a collection may be referred to as the target of any number of references Thus the lt childReference gt describes a reference but if a lt target gt specifies a reference it is assumed that the target is the reference s target collection A lt chil dReference gt may contain a lt targetCollection gt ele ment explicitly to indicate that the target is the collection not the reference but this is optional unless one wishes to further specify a collection contained within this collection For example to specify deeper levels in the collection hierarchy one might use lt import gt lt target gt lt childReference name Some Folder gt lt targ
367. otebook User s Guide provides instructions for configuring AutoText Note that for the AutoText features to function the Auto Text collection type name section type name and field names in the section type must not be changed If you configure the Styled Text Field to display the toolbar users may alter any of the following formatting options e Italics An example of a Styled Text Field is shown below ar ati AutoT ext Arial ad F B Z U X x 00 m A Dilute 2 Al fA 1 L one necked round bottom flask fitted with Claisen condensor protected from moistur Conditions drying tube is charged with freshly distilled triethyl orthoformate 200 g 1350 mmol p tolue Workup acid 1 0 g 5 81 mmol and 2 methyl 3 nitrobenzenamine 152 g 999 mmol The solution is F Wash C and all of the ethanol formed is continuosly distilled off Fractional vacuum distillation of th Backextract gives at 156 158 C 6 mm the imidate ester 184g 88 as a light yellow solidifying oil mp Combine and Extr Combine and Wa Dilute Fitter v To add a Styled Text field 1 In the Collection tree right click the Section Type to which you wish to add the field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field Section Type Test Section Type Test Section Type Mew Field Form Tools Section Listeners
368. ou would like to reference and holding the mouse button down drag the collection into the upper left corner of the property list cell until the cursor displays a small arrow as shown 7 4 Release the mouse The reference is created and a small arrow appears in the upper left corner of the property list cell 5 You can click the arrow in the property list cell to navigate to the collection you have refer enced and click the Back arrow oBack to return to the property list Alternatively you may right click the collection you wish to reference and select Copy Then right click within the property list to which you are add ing the reference and select Paste Reference Adding a Link from a Property List to an E Notebook Section To add a link from a property list cell to a section in E Notebook 1 In the Collection Tree click the collection con taining section that you would like to reference then select the section The section to which you would like to make a reference appears 2 Right click the Section menu icon and select Copy Section 3 In the Collection Tree click the collection con taining the property list to which you are add ing the reference then click the section that contains the property list 560eWorking with Data in ENNotebookCambridgeSoft 4 Right click within a property list cell and select Paste Reference from the menu that appears The reference is added to the property list
369. ou may also configure table properties so that they are read only or so that they must contain values before a collection transition is performed Another feature of tables is the ability for users to add references to them When a user adds a refer ence to a table he may navigate to the collection or section he has referenced simply by clicking a link in the table cell Creating a Table Field This topic provides instructions for adding a table to a section type and configuring the table To add a table 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the table 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click Fields and select New Field w Section Type Test Section Type Configuration t Section Type Tes ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields The Add Field dialog appears 4 Enter a name for the field and select Table from the list of field types iw Add Field a x Name Table Field a Field Type SSS 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields Adding a Property to the Table NOTE Note The Properties you add to a Table will ini tially appear as its columns Once you have added the table to a form however you may pivot the table so that the prop erties appear as rows To add a property to the table e71 1 Right click the table field in the Section Type
370. ou to enter the ProgID for the listener Mew Field Listener ProglD for the new teld listener Cancel 3 Enter the ProgID and click the OK button The listener appears in the left frame and you are prompted to rename it 4 Enter a name for the listener To view and edit the properties of the property list listener 5 Click the listener The Prog ID and properties button appear to the right Section Type Ancillary Data Configuration pr lipaigh Data Person Property Field Listener Fields 4 Ancillary Data IENFieldListener ProgID ENStandardCtlS PersonPropertyPListener Properties Custom Properties Field Listeners Person Property Commands Form Tools Section Listeners 684 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft 6 Click the Custom Properties button If the listener has properties associate with it they are displayed and may be edited Managing Generic Field Listeners The following field listeners are not limited to any particular type of E Notebook field Most E Notebook field listeners were created for a spe cific field type Managing the Block User Edit Field Listener The Block User Edit Field Listener may be used to prevent users from editing a particular field within a section If this listener is associated with the field the field will be read only to users This listener still enables administrators to edit the field IENTableListener ProgID Table L
371. ours and minutes Paris to Auckland and beyond a minus sign indicates time zones that are west of UTC to the international date line Azores to Mid way Island and beyond Dates appear in the following locations e The history display e The collection properties dialog box e The version properties dialog box e The session manager dialog box e The properties field type control e The tables field type control e The query table field type control e The collection query field type control e The state query field type control e The table of contents In the history display the collection properties dia log box the version properties dialog box and the session manager dialog box dates are displayed using the time zone of the client machine that gen erated the date For example the time of a version is displayed in the time zone of the user who saved the version the time of an annotation is displayed in the time zone of the user who created the anno tation In the properties and tables field type controls when a user is about to edit a date the date to be edited is changed to the corresponding time stamp ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields of the editing user s time zone For example User A in New Jersey enters a date of June 1 2004 12 00 00 PM in a date property in a property list After editing the date appears as 06 01 2004 12 00 00 PM 0500 User B in New Jersey views the property list with the saved date an
372. out the struc tures of compounds that interest you You can also add standard image files to the chemical structure fields To add a structure or image to a table 568eWorking with Data in ENNotebookCambridgeSoft Double click a table cell corresponding to a structure or image The Edit Structure dialog box appears and you can use the ChemDraw tools to draw the struc ture Or you may copy a standard image file into the field 15 x eee eo OK Cancel Draw the structure or paste in the image and click OK Copy in an image by right clicking within the field and selecting Edit then Paste The structure or image appears in the table Editing a Structure or Image To edit a structure or image in a table 1 Double click the table cell containing the struc ture of image The Edit Structure dialog box appears and you can use the ChemDraw tools to edit the struc ture of you may copy an image file into the field as wy gt C pH 0 Exact Mase 232 08 Mol W 232 30 mb 232 08 100 0 233 08 12 3 K 8 23407 44 EOSL IYAC 51 70 H 6 94 O 2755 13 80 nN Bl wth v 9 Gi FA aa PO TAL OK Cancel O oO 2 Edit the structure or change the image and click OK The modified structure or image appears in the table Delete a Structure To delete a structure or image from a table 1 Double click the cell of the structure or image you wish to delete The Edit Stru
373. parents and moved into different collections 6 Click the checkboxes to select the features you wish to apply to the contained collection type Changing the Relationship between a Contained Collection Type and the Parent Collection Type To change the relationship between a contained collection type and its parent collection type 1 In the collection tree right click the parent collection type and select Collection Type Configuration The collection type configuration dialog appears 2 Click the plus sign to expand the contained col lection types 3 Click the contained collection type for which you wish to change the relationship The relationship features appear to the right e 735 4 Select or deselect the features as desired 5 Click the Close button in the upper right corner to close the Collection Type Configuration dia log Removing a Contained Collection Type from a Collection Type If you wish to remove a contained collection type 1 In the Collection Tree right click the the parent collection type and select Collection Type Configuration The collection type configuration dialog appears 2 Click the plus sign to expand the contained col lection types 3 Right click contained collection type you wish to remove and select Delete Relationship from the menu that appears Collection Type User Group Configurati User Group Contained Collection Types Folders User Co Mimi
374. pe you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation After you have added the URL Display Field to a form you may enter a URL and display its corre sponding page Each time a user creates a section of this type the URL and its content will appear To do this 1 Enter the URL address as shown above In this example http www cambridgesoft com was entered 2 Click the Go button to the right of the address The page corresponding to the URL appears You may navigate from within the displayed page if desired Note however that the URL does not change to reflect your navigation If you wish to change the URL that is saved with the section type you must type in another address e717 Managing Search Fields Several field types are designed for use exclusively within search forms to search for data in E Notebook They are e Chemical Query Fields e Collection Query Fields e Collection Type Query Fields e Query Text Fields e State Query Fields e Property Query Fields e Table Query Fields e Unannotated Version Query Fields e Search Location Fields e Join Type Fields See Managing Data Fields for information about the other E Notebook Fields Chemical Query Fields Chemical Query Fields are used in search forms for finding chemical structures in E Notebook tables and chemical structure fields m Chemical Structure Map Reaction Cente
375. pe from the list The section appears 3 If you wish you can add data to the section or change the appearance of the section The alterations you make will appear only when an E Notebook user creates this particular type of collection Removing a Section Type from a Collection Type If you no longer wish to include a particular sec tion type in a collection type you can remove the section type 734 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft To do this Right click the collection type from which you wish to remove the section type and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Collection Type Configuration dialog appeats Expand Form Tools and right click the New Section Form Tool In the right frame click the Custom Properties button A dialog appears listing of the section types in the right panel Section Types for Collection Type Chemistry Experiment Acronym Reaction Advanced Query MS Word Document AutoT ext Definitions MS Excel Spreadsheet AutoT ext Item AutoT ext Keywords Basic Query Chemical Structure Hit Chemical Structure Query Chemlmage Collection Search Results Combi Library Captured Image Combi Parallel or Small Array Sumn lt lt Remove Captured Chemlmage Combi Product Reaction Summary Word Link Combi Products Untitled Section Type 2 Combi Reactant test Combi Reactants Combi Reaction Home Page Larger Array Offline Version Parallel
376. pears Untitled Box Hide Box Show Contents Insert Box Within Insert Box Above Insert Box Below Delete Box Move Box Up Move Box Down Clear Field Set Field Box Properties The Insert Field dialog appears listing the Fields that have been added to the section type Motes Spectrum Spectrum Properties Table 5 Select the field to be insert and click Insert The field appears in the form In the example below a query text field has been inserted Spectrum Spectrum No Spectrum Specified Sy Imports Export Rearranging Boxes in a Form You may rearrange the boxes in a form to change the layout of the form 1 Right click the frame of the box that you wish to move The box menu appears 2 Select one of the options for moving the box Depending upon the orientation the box either 1 Move Box Left and Move Box Right or 2 Move Box Up and Move Box Down will appear in the menu In this example we are moving a box to the left Z Spectrum Insert Box Within S Insert Box To The Left E Insert Box To The Right Import Export Clear Field Set Field Box Properties The box is moved according to the selection you made Spectrum Spectrum No Spectrum Specified Deleting a Box from a Form If you no longer want a particular box to be part of a form you may delete it If you delete a box that contains a field there must be an empty box for
377. pears i Section Type Test Section Type Configuration 4 Enter a name for the field and select Query Text from the list of field types Add Field Hame Query Test Field Field Type jueryTet amp POF Viewer PowerPoint SlideShow Property List Property Query gt Reaction Toolbar Search Location 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation State Query Fields State Query Fields are used in search forms They make it possible for a user to specify the state of the collections over which a search is conducted For example a user may only want to search for Collections that were in the Closed state as of a particular date IV State Name contains Completed asof 3 28 2003 To create a State Query Field ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields 4 Enter a name for the field and select State Query from the list of field types Add Field Name State Query Field 0 Field Type jtteQuery 0 Query Text Reaction Toolbar 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Table Query Fields Table Query Fields are
378. perator is used by entering the first term then the word AND in all capital letters or entering the ampersand amp symbol followed by another word or phrase on which to perform a search For example the following searches really mean Searching For Returns carbon AND diamond both the words carbon and diamond found anywhere within a docu ment s text both the words carbon and diamond found anywhere within a docu carbon amp diamond ment s text all the words carbon diamond and graphite found anywhere within carbon amp diamond amp graphite a document s text thymidine synthesis AND carbon dioxide both the phrases thymi dine synthesis and catbon dioxide found anywhere within a docu ment s text EQUIValence The EQUIValence operator used in an advanced text search or query will allow the user to find ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookSearching documents that contain information about words that can be used in place of each other alone or in a phrase The EQUIValence operator is used to specify an acceptable substitution for a word in a quety The EQUIValence operator is used by entering EQUIV in all capital letters or enter the equals sign followed by the phrase on which the search is to be performed For example the following searches really mean Searching For Returns graphite EQUIV diamond the words graphite or diamond found anywhere withi
379. perties Molecular Weight and Molecular Formula Configuring E Notebook with ISIS Draw Tool This topic provides instructions for administrators who are adding the ISIS Draw tool to the E Notebook configuration ISIS Draw ENISISDraw9_ISIS DrawCSListener To add the form tool to a section type ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields e 689 1 Browse to the Section type in the Collection tree and right click on it to display the follow ing menu E MS Word Document E MS Excel Spreadsheet T MS PowerPoint Slideshow E Offline Version Reactant Table of Contents 60 Up To F z Penden Browse Here p a Browse All p Saaie Refresh Section Type E solvate Export E Solvent E solvents Restore Changes E Spectrul E Spectra Delete E Table Rename E Chemica 2 Select Reaction and right click it to select Sec tion Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type configuration dialog appears as Section Type Reaction Configuration a Section Type Reaction Fields Summary Field none Reaction Field Listeners Analyze Reaction Reaction Conditions Reactants Products Preparation Solvents Reaction Toolbar Commands Export to MS Word Print Form Tools Ota Cormlavae lt E 3 Right click Field Listener and the following dia log follows Section Type Reaction Configuration Reaction
380. perties you wish to change ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Sections and Collections e 59 4 Take the appropriate action Desired Action to take Result Add a User or 1 Click Add Group to the list The Choose User or Group dialog appears 2 Select the appropriate user ot group from the tree You may either a right click within a blank portion of the tree and select Browse All to see all of the Users or b click the Search button and perform a search for a User or group of Users 3 Click Add The Choose Transition Types dialog appears 4 Select the appropriate transition type s 5 Click Add The User or Group appears in the Assigned Permissions list along with the transition type s you selected Remove a User 1 Highlight the user or group or Group from in the list the list 2 Click Remove 592 Working with Sections and CollectionsCambridgeSoft Performing a Collection Transition Collections may be configured to have states asso ciated with them These states define the life cycle of the collections For example a Notebook may have Open and Closed states the Open state may permit editing and the Closed state may be a read only state that does not allow edits Transitions are the actions you perform to move a collection from one state to another for example from Open to Closed In order to perform a transition on a collection 1 Click Browse The Collection Tree a
381. piropentane C5H8 Add Property After Remove Property Move Property Left Move Property Right 2 Pyrimidine C4H4t Add Row Before Add Row After Move Row Down Gut Reference Gopy Reference Paste Reference Clear Reference 4 Carbazole C12H Edit Reference Sort Ascending Sort Descending Pivot Table 2 Select Move Property Left or Move Property Right The column is moved either one place to the left or one place to the right depending upon your selection Move a Row To move a tow up or down 1 In the table right click the row you wish to move A menu appears Spectra Ancillary Data Table Table Compound ID Molecular Formula BLF 1 Spiropentane C5H8 Add Property Before Add Property After Remove Property Move Property Left Move Property Right Add Row Before Add Row After Remove Row Move Row Down Gut Reference Gopy Reference Paste Reference Glear Reference Edit Reference 2 Select Move Row Up or Move Row Down The row is moved either up one place or down one place in the table depending upon your selection Molecular Weight Structure 68 1182 g mol I N y 80 089 g mol N LO 116 162 g mol 167 21 g mol Sort Data by a Property To sort the table by a particular property 1 Right click the row or column corresponding to the property by which you wish to sort the table A menu appear
382. play only and it may not be possible to edit them e Required it may not be possible to delete a 1 Click a cell in the property list The values you can enter will depend upon the data type of the specific property 2 Enter an appropriate value particular property from a property list If a property is required you will be presented with an error message when you attempt to delete it Not Blank it may be necessary to enter a Data Action to take type Date Click the date box and select a date and time Text Enter text Number Enter a number Certain prop ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Data in E Notebook erties may have default units associated with them which will appear when you enter the number See Working with Numerical Units in Property Lists on page 558 for more information value for a particular property before you can perform a transition on the collection For example an experiment collection may be set up such that it is necessary to enter an equip ment ID before you can close the experiment If this is the case you will be prompted to enter the values when you attempt to perform the transition e Validated Values you enter into property list may be checked against an external database to ensure that they are valid values In this case if you enter an invalid value you will receive an error message and E Notebook will not accept the value e Enumerated from a
383. possible for you to associate a file type which is not supported by E Notebook Although the file cannot be viewed from within E Notebook a user can export it to a selected location and then open it and view or edit it from there When you import the file the checksum source path source file name source file size and source file type are populated automatically into the E Notebook For detailed information about all the features of Ancillary Data Sections see Working with Ancil lary Data Sections on page 564 Table Sections Tables enable you to organize data in an easily interpreted tabular format The Table sections in E Notebook can be used to organize the chemical properties of compounds that interest you You can add properties to a Table pivot a Table resize columns and rows and organize columns and rows Tables may contain several basic types of data text data numerical data dates or struc tures You may set up tables in different sections in E Notebook to contain different types of informa tion Another feature of tables is the ability for you to add references to them You can insert links to other E Notebook sections or collections into a table When you add a reference or link to a table you may navigate to the collection or section you have referenced simply by clicking a link in the table cell See Working with Table Sections on page 565 for more information Spectrum and Spectra S
384. ppears 2 Right click the collection in the Collection Tree that is to undergo the transition The collection menu appears 3 Select the name of the transition from the menu for example Close Final Print or Reopen Again the options will vary based upon your system configuration 4 You may be prompted to enter additional information such as an annotation or addi tional data before the transition can pro ceed If so enter the information to proceed with the transition The transition occurs and the collection enters the new state You may always view the state of the collection by right clicking it in the Collec tion Tree then selecting Collection Properties Transitions may also perform certain functions such as printing a copy of the collection Your system configuration determines which tran sitions may be performed and by whom Exporting a Collection or Section to MS Word You can export Collections and Sections to MS Word then manage them as you would MS Word documents See Exporting on page 571 for details Printing Collections You can print collections from E Notebook to maintain your hardcopy archives See Printing on page 573 for details Printing Multiple Collections at Once Some configurations provide the ability for you to print multiple contained collections at once To do this 1 Click the container collection in the Collection Tree For example this may be a noteboo
385. ppears Notebook 5435 0072 Properties General Collection Security Transition Security Name Notebook 5435 002 Owner CAMSOFT nhowe Type Page Contents 0 items Created Thursday Aprl 08 2004 10 52 47 AM 0400 Last Modified Friday April 09 2004 12 00 47 PM 0400 Statue Open Aubtogave Interval Edit Aubosave Interval 3 Click the Collection Security tab 772 Nanaging E Notebook SecurityCambridgeSoft The Security tab appears The Groups and Users who have permission to access this item appear in one of the two lists Inherited Permis sions Assigned Permissions Notebook 5435 0072 Properties General Collection Security Transition Security Inherited Permissions Permigsion Assigned Permissions Permission CAMSOFT Snhowe Full Control CAMSOFTSELNS Read Type of Access for CAMSOFT Snbowe Full Control Remove Inherited Permissions are permissions inher ited from the parent collection in the collection tree These permissions can only be changed by disabling inherited security as discussed above or by changing the security profile of the parent collection Only the Assigned Per missions can be changed from this dialog 4 Take the appropriate action Desired Result Add a User or Group to the list of Assigned Permis sions Remove a User or Group from the list ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging E Notebook Security Action to take 1 Click Add The C
386. properties of the form tool Section Type Test Section Type Test Section Type 10 Click OK to dismiss the form tool properties Fields i Commands properties dialog Sectio MAs The properties dialog closes 11 To close the section type configuration dialog click the close button in the upper right corner 4 A new form tool appears in the tree and you prompted to name it The dialog closes The form refreshes and dis Section Type Test Section Type Configuration Test Section Type Fields plays the icon associated with the form tool Untitled Form Tool Form Tool ee penin aed Viewing and Editing the Disabled Icon Import Properties of a Form Tool ee r You can view and edit the custom properties that are associated with a form tool For example you 5 Enter a name and fill in the IENFormTool may want to associate the form tool with a differ ProgID ent field in an E Notebook form Or if you had This is the programmatic identifier that the developed a form tool to conduct calculations you Windows registry uses to uniquely identify the may want to change a property that defines the object that implements the corresponding precision of the calculated results interface The format is OleServer To view and edit the properties of a form tool Name ObjectName 1 Right click the section type in the Collection For the ProgID s of the standard E Notebook Aret form tools see Mana
387. property even collections that are in a locked read only state This means that you could poten tially obscure data by changing property names The following procedure is recommended for changing the name of a property 1 In the collection tree select the section type containing the property you wish to modify The section type is displayed 2 Right click the field containing the property and select Field Properties from the menu that appears The properties of the field are displayed 3 Click the property you wish to change The attributes of the property are displayed in the right frame 4 Deselect the Active checkbox This will pre vent users from adding new instances of the property to new or existing sections 5 Add a new property right clicking Properties and selecting New Property from the menu that appears and give it the new name 6 Close the Section Type Configuration dialog If a section of this type appears by default in one of the collection types you will have to remove the old property from the collection type 7 Click the collection type in the tree to select it 8 In the section containing the property right click the property and select Remove Property 9 Right click within the field and select Add Prop erty then select the new property you created in step 5 above Note that once you have made this change it will still be possible for users to view the old property in the col
388. pted to enter a password for the user as well User Properties Login ID Administrator C ee Once you have created the User you must assign a geographical region See Setting the Region for a User The User automatically inherits the security privi leges of the User Group or other container collec tion to which he was added You may disable inherited security and set the access permissions for the User independently In addition you may add additional security permissions to the User Collection See Managing Collection Security for more infor mation e 767 Creating a User Group You create a User Group just as you would create another collection You can then add Users to the group and the Users automatically inherit the security profile of the group It is possible to add additional permissions to a User s individual secu rity profile as well To create a User Group 1 Right click the collection to which you wish to add the User Group This is often the root col lection of E Notebook A menu appeats 2 Select New A list of the collections you may add appears 3 Select User Group Ea i pack 7 J everyone 2 Medic Go Up To H Contig Browse Here A Biolog Browse All Hoga Chem Refresh Root 2 Bioch Import Folder Export User Configuration A User Group is created and you are prompted to give it a name Esl hi pack gt P gt Everyone
389. ptured Image Sections e Ancillary Data Sections e Table Sections e Spectrum and Spectra Sections e MS Word Sections e MS PowerPoint Sections e MS Excel Spreadsheet Sections Your system configuration determines the types of sections that are available in E Notebook 518 eWorking with E NotebookCambridgeSoft Reaction Sections Reaction Sections can be used to show one step in a reaction You can draw and store a reaction using the ChemDraw reaction field The ChemDraw Toolbar allows you to create a chemical structures in the reaction field The section contains a stoichi ometry grid as well that analyzes the reaction drawing automatically The AutoText feature updates the preparation text when you change the reaction drawing and or information in the sto ichiometry grid For detailed information about all the features of Reaction sections see Reactions in E Notebook on page 528 Captured Image Sections Captured Image Sections allow you to view and annotate PDF images and documents using the same tools as Adobe Acrobat software With Cap tured Image Sections you have the capability for importing exporting viewing and annotating PDF documents The section supports all image file types such as JPG GIF PNG TIFF and BMP For detailed information about importing export ing clearing etc see Working with Captured Image Sections on page 551 Ancillary Data Sections Ancillary Data Fields make it
390. r Managing the Audit Collection Listener The Audit Collection Listener is used to prevent users from deleting a collection if the collection has been modified since it was created If this lis tener is associated with a collection type then the delete command will be disabled if the collection has been modified Listener Listener ProgID Audit Collection ENStandard9 AuditCollec tionListener This collection listener has no custom properties associated with it Managing the Change Display Collection Listener The Change Display Collection Listener is used to enable Visual Display of Changes when a user cre e 741 ates a particular type of collection See Managing Visual Display of Changes on page 761 Listener Listener ProgID Change Display ENStandard9 ChangeDisplay Listener The Change Display Collection Listener is used to enable Visual Display of Changes from collection creation onward Note that there is also a transition listener that enables Visual Display of Changes when a particular transition is performed on a col lection See Managing the Change Display Transi tion Listener on page 757 for more information Managing the Clear Value Collection Listener The Clear Value Collection Listener is associated with a collection type containing sections with tables property fields This listener can be used to clear specified properties in tables or property list fields when a collection is dup
391. r ing of the collections then the newly created col lections will be automatically named by appending a serial number to the name of the collection that contains the newly created collection For example if a Notebook collection contains experiments and the notebook is named Chemis try Notebook 01 the experiments within the col lection will be automatically numbered for example Chemistry Notebook 01 001 as shown Fal i ack gt k amp Jurie User Configuration fB Chemistry Motebook 01 Chemistry Motebook 01 001 Chemistry Motebook 01 00 Chemistry Motebook 01 003 When renaming a collection whose name was gen erated according to the auto numbering the collec tion will check to ensure that the name fits within the parameters described by your system adminis 582 Working with Sections and CollectionsCambridgeSoft trator for the auto numbering For example when you rename a Notebook the names of the Pages or Experiments within it will change to match the name of the Notebook The name must begin with the name of the parent collection followed by a dash and a serial number Collections that Cannot be Deleted In E Notebook you may be prevented from delet ing the specific collections Actually your system administrator may configure some specific collec tions so as to prevent you from deleting them once they have been created Therefore the Delete com mand in the collection menu of such
392. r a user just as you would change the security properties of any other collection See Managing Collection Security o Chapter 41 Managing E Notebook Secu e rity Security in E Notebook is set up on a collection basis Security properties may be set up for any col lection in the Collection Tree whether it be a User a Notebook a Folder etc The security prop erties of a collection determine who has read 1 Right click the collection for which you wish to disable inherited security A menu appears Back Browse Search CAMSOFT nhowe Notebook 5435 write ot full control access to that collection These access privileges may be assigned to individ C Notebook 5435 001 ual users or to user groups a nis Go Up To gt Browse Here By default each collection inherits the security S tee T properties of its parent in the Collection Tree The L Motel E sisal Import inherited security option may be disabled how Cy Nos PPa ever so that the security properties of a collection S H copy F a ael Paste can be configured independently of its parent E Notebook Paste Reference J Folder ENI Collection Move Up In addition to security at the collection level you User Con Move Down may also set up security for collection transitions Export to MS Word specifying which users may or may not perform certain transitions on collections In order fo
393. r of the text populate the AutoText To do this field 1 With your cursor in the text field at the point where you wish to insert the reactant or prod ae uct click the reactants products button E ta a The AutoText pane appears listing the avail able AutoText items A menu appears F Autol ext Microsoft Sans Serif X a B Z U X x m l 1 L round bottomed flask is charged w 200 g 1 35 mol of freshly distilled dedii Insert Product Standard Addition Funnel Addition Syringe Distillation Heat Solvent Wash Stir In Conditions 2 Select one of the options Charge and Heat 3 hy AutoT ext Insert Reactant allows you to browse to a Extraction new reactant and add it to the text and stoichi Flash Column ometry grid Insert Reactants AutoText Insert Products AutoText 2 Double click any of the items in the list to Insert Product allows you to browse to a insert the corresponding AutoText In this new product and add it to the text and stoichi example Back extract was double clicked ometry grid Preparation e U ce 9 YAutoText jal z 7 B Z U x 00 m Ad Insert Reactants AutoText inserts the Dilute A The layers are seperated the aq layer was backextracted with SOLWENTS1 NUMBE Dilute 2 VOLUME Combined the LAYER d h with SOLYVENTS2 NUME text TReactants which you may then right
394. r or have it appear above the box in the form Hiding the Box Name To hide the name of a box 1 Right click the frame of the box The box menu appears 2 Select Box Properties ASAT AAI ESI IIIT III II IIIT ITT TI ITII IITs Chemical Structure Map Reaction Centers Hide Box Insert Box Within Insert Box To The Left Insert Box To The Right Delete Box Move Box Left Hame Minimum Height Hlinimum width Preferred Height Preferred Width Maximum Height Maximum Width Chemical Structure x 3000 a000 3000 a000 32767 OO 4 A 4 4 if Show Name Show Max Button Clear Field Set Field Box Properties AAA AAA The Box Properties dialog appears 3 Click the Show Name checkbox to clear it Ca 32767 Weight 2 00 Sub Box Layout Vertical X ox Cancel 4 ClickOK The dialog closes and the max button appears 4 LA E 4 E 4 4 A A A A 4 t 4 E A A A Map Reaction Centers Box Properties Name MME Structure x 3000 Fs Show Name 4000 Show Max Button 3000 a000 32767 Maximum width I 32767 0 Weight 200 Sub Box Layout Vetical o Cancel 36 Minimum Height Minimum Width 4 4 Preferred Height Preferred Width 4 4 Maximum Height 4 ClickOK 660 Managing Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and FormsCambridgeSoft The dialog closes and the name of the box is no longer
395. r system administrator may configure E Notebook such that the subsections are forced into button view and VCR style buttons are dis played to navigate the sections in a subsection as shown below 14 _4 chemistry Notebook t 004 0001 a1 zj gt gt y You may then scroll through the subsections using the arrow buttons or right click a subsection name e 563 and select Go To in order to browse to a specific subsection Working with Ancillary Data Sections You can use an Ancillary Data section to associate a file which is not supported by E Notebook with an E Notebook page or experiment When you import the file the checksum source path source file name and your user name are populated auto matically Although the file cannot be viewed from within E Notebook it can be exported to a selected loca tion then opened viewed or edited from there Erais E 2 Type of File Unknown Type of Document v Size 140288 bytes Section ct Re Checksum b0690c5b38fc0a901fc842a2854a9172 Higa Source Path C Documents and Settings nhowe Desktop NH040202 mpp Source File Name NH040202 mpp Editor To create a new Ancillary Data section 1 In the Collection Tree click the Page or Exper iment to which you would like to add the Ancil lary Data Section 2 Click the New Section button in the right frame Section A list of the section types that can be added appears 3 Select Ancillary Data
396. r window A menu appears Batch Explorer A N ZnBr CSH4BrNZn Flip Panning Save 4s Bitmap Copy N Br CSH4BrN Select All 5 Select Print A Print Diagram dialog is displayed which allows you to make your selections Print Diagram Printer Driver winspool Print Device K CAMPAIGNShp LaserJet Close Output Nef Preview gt Select Printer Margins f Fit Diagram on One Page Orientation rc f Portrait Horizontal Pages wm Landscape 1 Vertical Pages hiz printer has bitmap support 6 Click the Margins button to set the page mar gins ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookE Notebook Features 7 Click Preview button to see the Print Preview as shown below Print Diagram Printer Print Preview Driver jwinspool Pit Device A CAMPAIGN hp Laserdet Close AA Output Ne04 Preview gt gt Select Printer Margins Fit Diagram on One Page Orientation fs Portrait Horizontal Pages Wi we Landscape Vertical Pages 1 i printer has bitmap support LO Print Diagram 8 Click the Select Printer button to select the printer The printer dialog box appears and you can select the printer Print Setup Frinter Name MEAM PAIGN Shp Laserlet 3030 PCL 6 ka Properties EE Status Adobe PDF Type Microsoft Office Document Image Writer Send2k Notebook Where Gnaalt 7 Comment Faper Orientation Size Letter fe Portrait
397. r you to see who is logged into E Note Print Close Duplicate Delete book there is a Session Management tool This Rename tool also provides the ability to end the E Note book session for a particular user Show History User Info w Inherits Security Collection Properties Managing Collection Security As an Administrator you may change the access privileges that E Notebook Users have to specific collections If Inherits Security is checked select it to clear the checkmark Inherits Security is disabled NOTE If you disable Inherits Security the permissions that the collection had inherited will become The default security for a new collection is Inherits assigned permissions You must remove these Security meaning that a collection has the same permissions explicitly if you do not wish these users or security profile as its parent collection in the collec groups to have access to the collection tion tree You may disable inherited security if you would like the security profile of a collection to be independent of the security profile of its parent Collection Security To configure or change the security properties of a To disable inherited security collection ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging E Notebook Security e 771 1 Right click the collection whose security prop erties you wish to change A menu appears 2 Select Collection Properties The Collection Properties dialog box a
398. ransitions are the actions a user takes to move collections from one state to another For example a page experiment may have several states each of which has different annotation rules associated with it Transition listeners perform certain functions as the collection moves from one state to another For example a user may be prompted to enter val ues for certain fields or a visual display of the changes a user makes to a collection may be enabled Adding States to a Collection Type The states of a collection type define properties such as change control options that vary through out its life cycle To add states to a collection type e 753 1 Right click the collection type in the Collection Tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears Back Browse Search Configuration Show 60 Up To F Browse Here Browse All Import Relationships E Test Folde Export H B Section Types Move Up Move Down Export to MS word Print Delete Rename User Info w Inherits Security Collection Properties Collection Type Configuration The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears Right click States and select New State from the menu that appears w Collection Type Notebook 2 Configuration Notebook 2 E Contained Collection and Page Types H Collection Listeners A new state appears and you are prompted to rename it 2 Ent
399. rch for a volume of 500 mL will return both 500 mL and 0 5L The search will assume the default units for the property if you do not enter units Using the same example if mL were the default unit for a volume property and a search were conducted for a property value of 0 5 no hits would be returned A search for 0 5 L would return both 500 mL and 0 5 L Creating a Reference within a Table Cell Within a table cell you can add a link to another collection section in E Notebook or a link to an external URL This makes it easy to browse back and forth between related data Adding a Link from a Table to an E Notebook Collection To add a link from a table cell to a collection in E Notebook e 569 1 In the Collection Tree click the collection con taining the table then select the section con taining the table The section containing the table 2 Click the table cell to which you wish to add the reference 3 In the Collection Tree click the collection you would like to reference and holding the mouse button down drag the collection into the upper left corner of the table cell until the cur sor displays a small arrow as shown 4 Release the mouse 5 The reference is created and a small arrow appears in the upper left corner of the table cell a ndene 6 You can click the arrow in the table cell to nav igate to the collection you have referenced and click the Back arrow to return to the table A
400. re and the part after the first such character Spaces surrounding the character are discarded Each string is further interpreted according to the subsequent rules The string is tested iteratively beginning with the entire string and truncating one character off the end during each iteration until a string is found which is determined to be numeric as defined by the Visual Basic IsNumeric function If no such leading numeric substring is found the string is deemed uninterpretable The remaining part of the string after removing the leading numeric substring and any con tained spaces is compared against the list of units permitted for this type If this string is not empty and a match is not found the string is deemed uninterpretable If the string was found to consist of a range and a valid units designation was found only for the second element of the range that units designation is used for both elements If no units designation is present then the default units designation is applied e 727 Note that all measurements described in this topic tables This topic does not apply to quantities in are stored in an E Notebook property lists or text fields 728 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft Chapter 39 Managing Collection Types Information in E Notebook is organized into col lections which are the items that appear in the col lection tree When a user creates a collection the properties and content of the collection
401. re are no attributes defined for the import element Each import element may contain a target element if none is specified the target is the parent collection Each import element must contain a source element lt target gt The target element describes where in the E Note book collection hierarchy the imported content is to be placed This element must contain one of the following elements depending on what sort of content is being imported e collectionType e childReference lt collectionType gt A collectionType element indicates that the rela tionships for a previously imported collection type are to be imported The name attribute specifies the name of the collection type for which relation ships are to be imported and the collectionType element must include a collection element which specifies by position the first and only collection which defines that collection type For example lt import gt lt target gt lt collection Type name Binder gt lt collection position 1 gt lt collectionT ype gt lt target gt lt source gt Collection Types Binder xml lt source gt lt import gt lt childReference gt A lt childReference gt indicates a reference to a col lection contained within the Parent Collection This element must contain a name or position attribute but is invariably used with a name For example this may be used to create a grandchild of the Parent Collection as follows lt imp
402. reactant e Molecular Weight MW sum of the atomic masses atomic weights of the atoms in the molecular formula as set forth in the peri odic table Formula Mass sum of the atomic masses atomic weights of the atoms in the formula of the compound This tends to be a more general term than molecular weight and can be applied to compounds such as ionic compounds by Weight Wt the percentage of reac tant in the sample Moles the number of molecules of the reac tant 6 023 x 102 Equivalents the proportion of the reactant relative to the other components in the reac tion Molarity the number of moles per volume of the reactant Volume Vol the three dimensional mea surement of the reactant such as mL L etc Density D the mass per unit volume of the reactant Loading the number of reactant moles per amount of the reactant sample Product Properties Name the text name of the product Molecular Formula the chemical formula that shows the number and kinds of atoms ina molecule of the product Theoretical Mass the calculated mass of product the reaction yields Actual Mass the actual mass of product the reaction yields Yield the ratio of the actual amount to the theoretical amount Purity the percentage of the actual amount that is the product Molecular Weight the sum of the atomic masses atomic weights of the atoms in
403. reating hid ing renaming duplicating and moving behaviors Managing the Auto Number Collection Listener The Auto Number Listener is used to automati cally name newly created collections by appending a serial number to the name of the collection that contains the newly created collection For example if a Notebook collection contains experiments and the notebook is named NB 001 the Auto Number Collection Listener can be asso ciated with the Experiment collection type to auto matically number experiments within the collection for example NB 001 001 Listener Listener ProgID Auto Number ENStandard9 AutoNum berListener The Auto Number Listener has three custom properties minimum increment and maximum The minimum is used to specify the serial number ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types of the first newly created collection The increment is used to specify the increment between newly cre ated collections The maximum is used to limit the number of collections that can be contained Auto Number Properties First Number 1 eal Increment 1 Ei l Last Number 999 eal me When renaming a collection whose name was gen erated with the Auto Number Collection Listener the collection will check to ensure that the name fits within the parameters described by the Auto Number Listener properties The name must begin with the name of the parent collection followed by a dash and a serial numbe
404. reste a New Set of Search Results Search Now z A n arch Domain e g Entire Datat ave Search In Save Query New Query Section 2 From the Search for drop down list select the type of search you would like to conduct 3 Click the New Query Section icon A menu appeats The options in the menu depend on both the type of search chosen in step 2 and your con figuration ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookSearching 4 Select the type of query you would like to run An empty query form is displayed An example is shown below Fag Q Bee A E Browse Search f Resuts ch for Sections v Basic Query Create a New Set of Search Results ps Search Now Py Search Domain e g Entire Database My Collection e g Notebook or Page Attributes ave Search In I Collection s Name Save Query a X e Back H B Owner s Name l Creation Date i 37272005 0630 New Query lis Section 14 Alficurie DIDI Last Modified Date Browse Search tr Status 2 se a User Configurat Search Content by Full Text Search Content by Structure or Reaction Advance d Search Substructure M Map Reaction Cer NO2 Me N OE 5 Specify the parameters that will determine the search results The parameters you can specify are determined by the type of query you are conducting 6 Do one of the following e Click Search Now to execute the query A results list app
405. riment Contained Collection Types Contained Reference Types States Search Engines Custom Properties Commands Export to PDF Print Form Tools New Section Collection Listeners Export to MS Word Command IENCommand ProglD ENRenderVVord9 ExportCCommand 678 Managing CommandsCambridgeSoft 2 If necessary click the plus sign next to Com mands to view the commands that are associ ated with this collection type Click the command whose properties you wish to view or edit 3 Click the Custom Properties button The command properties dialog appears This example shows the properties dialog for the Export to MS Word command which is one of the standard E Notebook commands 4 Edit the properties if you wish For example you may wish to add section types to be ren dered For this a Click the Set Rendered Section Types button to add section types A dialog appears dis playing the list of section types and check boxes before their names b Check the boxes to select the section types and click OK to close the dialog 5 Click OK to close the properties dialog 6 To close the Collection Type Configuration dialog click the close button in the upper right comer The dialog closes and your changes are saved Removing a Command from a Collection Type If you no longer want a particular command to be associated with a collection type you can remove it from the collection
406. rmation 3 In the right frame click the Custom Properties button A dialog appears listing all of the section types in the left panel 4 Click the section type s you wish to add You may use CONTROL click to select multiple section types or SHIFT click to select a range 5 Click the Add gt gt button The section type s are moved into the right panel 6 Click the Close button The Section Types dialog closes The section type s are added to the collection type When a uset cteates the collection in E Notebook he will be able to add these sections to it Having a Section Appear by Default If you would like a section to appear automatically when a user creates the collection e 733 1 Click the New Default Section button in the right frame A menu appears listing all of the E Notebook section types May Export Template 4ncillary Data Acronym Reactant Table of Contents AutoText Item AutoText Keywords AutoText Definitions Home Page MS Word Document MS Excel Spreadsheet Reaction Spectrum Spectra Table Chemical Structure Hit Chemical Structure Query Collection Search Results Saved Collection Search Results Advanced Query Basic Query Unannotated version Query Section Search Results Saved Section Search Results Table of Contents Title Page Solyvate Code Solyvate Code Table of Contents Salk Code Salt Code Table of Contents Test Section Type 2 Select a section ty
407. rs a n The search is a substructure search See the User Guide if you would like more information on structure searching To create a Chemical Query Field 1 In the Collection tree right click the section type to which you wish to add the field 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 718 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft 3 Right click Fields and select New Field The Add Field dialog appears w Section Type Test Section Type Configuration t Section Type Tes 4 Enter a name for the field and select Chemical Query from the list of field types ig Add Field E xj Name Chemical Query Field Field Type Active Document Chemical Quer Chemical Structure Collection Query Collection Type Query Database Table Products Property Criteria 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor mation Collection Query Fields Collection Query Fields are used in search forms for finding collections that match the metadata cri teria that a user specifies W Collection s Name is J Creation Date lis 49 72003 M LastModified Date is 4787203 Users must select each of the criteria they wish to specify for the search MW Ow
408. rs Change the type 1 Highlight the user or group 3 Click the Transition Security tab of access for a in the list of Assigned The Security tab appears The Groups and user of group Permissions Users who have permission to apply a transi currently in the tion to this item appear in one of the two lists list 2 Select the appropriate Inherited Permissions Assigned Permissions access from the listbox Notebook 5435 0072 Properties e Read permits a user to General Collection Security Transition Security view the Collection but ie Inherited Permissions not edit it Permission e Read and Write permits a user to view and edit the Collection e Full Control permits a Assigned Permissions uset to view the Permission 4 8 Users Close Open Page Collection edit it and CAMSOFTSELNS Re Upen Closed assign or remove security permissions for it Transition Security Transition Security is the security applied to the collection transitions For example some users may be allowed to close a collection while others can also reopen the collection Inherited Permissions are permissions inher ited from the parent Collection in the Collec tion tree These permissions can not be changed from this dialog Only the Assigned Permissions can be changed from this dialog To change the Transition Security Properties of a Collection or Page 1 Right click the Collection or Page whose Secu rity Pro
409. rs prompting you to select a location for the exported file 3 Enter a file name and a destination for the file and click Save The file is exported to the location you selected To clear an MS PowerPoint file from a section in E Notebook 1 Click the import tool icon A menu appears 2 Select Clear You are prompted to confirm whether you wish to clear the document file 3 Click OK The slideshow is cleared Working with Property Lists Property Lists are used in forms to record various types of data properties An example is shown below Reaction Conditions Pressure 100 atm Temperature 120 C Property lists may contain the following data types Datatype Actiontorake O Click the date box and select a date and time ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Data in E Notebook A 19 9nNA 13 NN NN AM April 2004 1 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 18 GD 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 e 555 Datatype Action torake O S you enter the number Enumerated Value Adding Properties to Property Lists To add a property to a property list 1 Right click the within the property list in a sec tion A menu appears Reaction Conditions Pressure 100 atm E Temperature 80 C rOpErEY Remove Property More Up Move Down Cut Reference Copy Reference Paste Reference Clear Reference Edit Reference 2 Select Add Property 556eWorking w
410. rsion is the version that existed when visual display of changes began e A list of changes grouped by field In some configurations there is a Final Print tran sition that automatically creates a complete print out of the collection Enterprise E Sig natu res With E Signatures you can electronically sign a PDF version of your completed experiment This experiment rendition is then routed to co authors where applicable and witnesses Once all required parties have signed the experiment rendition it is 574eWorking with Data in E NotebookCambridgeSoft stored in a separate database for protection of your intellectual property Signing and Closing When you have completed your experiment you can electronically sign it 1 In the Collection Tree right click the experi ment you wish to sign and close A menu appears rf pack cA P i p iis H Rhodium User Configuration Offline fB Chemistry Notebook Mil Go Up To r Browse Here Ej cr Refresh Chemistry Experiment x Import al eh Export Fy cy Annotate Last Change E wt Restore Changes Folder Copy 2B Chemii paste Paste Reference Duplicate Rename Move Down Export to MS Word Export to PDF Print Sign and Keep Open N view Signed Versions Hide History w Inherits Security Collection Properties 2 Click Sign and Close A dialog appears which asks you to confirm Sign and Clo
411. rt a collection to MS Word or PDF and save it at some location outside E Notebook Managing Collection Commands You can associate commands with a collection type to render the contents of collections in vari ous formats i e MS Word or PDF The results of renderings can be stored in files printed on paper or stored in databases For example users may export a collection to MS Word or PDF and save it at some location outside E Notebook This section describes how to set up an E Note book application to render the contents of collec tion in a specific format E Notebook can be configured to render the contents of a collection in several contexts such as in response to a menu command or as part of a transition Adding a Command to a Collection Type You can associate commands with a collection type if you wish the users to allow to render the contents of collections in specific formats i e MS Word or PDF To add commands to a collection type ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Commands 1 Right click the collection type in the Collection Tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears 7 mr ack gt f i Id 4 gt Everyone Users 6 gt Configuration gt Collection Types JF Root a User Group PY User L Go Up To BE 4 Otil Browse Here e Browse All es arenc af Rea Refresh Collection Type Afi Res Import Relationships A a Export ni Rer a RET Re
412. rties dialog appears This example shows the properties dialog for the Export to MS Word command which is one of the standard E Notebook commands 5 Add the section type for which the rendering template has to be associated For this a Click the New Section button to add section types A dialog appears displaying the list of section types and checkboxes before their names as Rendered Section Types C ACON C Advanced Guery Ancillary Data C AutoTest Definitions C AutoText tem C AltoText Keywords C Basic Query Captured Chemlmaqe b Checkmark the boxes to select the section types and click OK to close the dialog 6 Click the section type for MS Word document in this case and then the From Configuration button in the dialog 7 Select the properties as shown Export to MS Word Properties Rendering Templates ARH Rendering Template Document Settings Renderers From Configuration From Here Header Footer Configuration Folder Rendering Folder v Section Types k i ee 7 Ancillary Data Configuration Collection Page Section Types X Captured Chemlmage Configuration Section Ms Word Document Captured Image Chemimage Image MS Excel Spreadsheet MS PowerPoint Slideshow MS Word Document Reaction Spectra Spectrum Table Title Page In this example the rendering template is located in the each user s User Configuration Folder within a folder named Rendering Folder that contains a c
413. s Spectra Ancillary Data Table Table BLUF 1 Spiropentane C5H8 2 Pyrimidine C4H4N2 3 Indene 4 Carbazole C12HSN 2 Select either Sort Ascending or Sort Descending The data in the table is sorted according to the values of the property you selected ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Data in E Notebook Compound ID Molecular Formula Molece s tatabi Christin Add Property Before 68 119 Add Property After Remove Property Move Property Left Move Property Right 80 089 Add Row Before Add Row After Gut Reference Gopy Reference 167 21 Sort Ascending Sort Descending Pivot Table Resizing Columns and Rows in a Table You can easily resize rows and columns in a table so that the information is displayed more effec tively To resize a row or column 1 Move the cursor to the border of the row or column in a table A double headed arrow appears 2 Drag the border in the direction you desire until the column or row is the correct size The resized column or row appears in the table To autofit a column or row to the size of its con tents move your cursor to the name of the row or column and double click The column or row resizes Pivoting a Table You can transpose the columns and rows of a table to alter the way the information is displayed To pivot a table 1 Right click the table A menu appears 2 Select Pivot Table The ro
414. s The name you entered is added to the Disabled Addins box below the text you added previously 4 Similarly to remove a previously added Add In from the disabled list select one of the items in the Disabled Addins box The Remove button gets enabled 5 Click Remove The selected item is removed from the list in the Disabled Addins box 6 Click OK The dialog to configure the field lis tener closes ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields Managing Remove Macros Field Listener The Remove Macros Field Listener may be associ ated with the Excel fields to remove macros from the field when a user performs a save The user will be presented with a message stating that the mac ros will be removed when the spreadsheet is saved Listener IENListener ProglD ENStandardCtl9 Remove MacrosF Listener Remove Macros Managing PowerPoint Fields PowerPoint Fields make it possible for users to embed and edit MS PowerPoint Slideshows in E Notebook sections An example of a Power Point Field is shown below REI Gag EE L Design New Slide lll gt Conversion of Chemical Names to Structural Diagrams using Name Struct brief overview in context of Patent Application No 05502 810 Jonathan Brecker November 3 2004 AutoShapes AN Aa 1 4 Al 22 8 bi Se he AWS If the Active Doc Form Tool is associated with the section a user may import or export the document To
415. s are permitted The version of the collection that existed when the Visual Display of Changes began is called the Base line Version of the collection Note a version is created each time the collection is saved Users will see this version highlighted in the History Pane If Visual Display of Changes is enabled there are visual indicators next to the data that was changed after the Baseline Version was saved See the User Guide for further description of the ways changes are presented to the user When Visual Display of Changes is enabled for a collection the printed output will include 1 the e 76 baseline version that existed at the time that Visual Display of Changes began and 2 all subsequent changes Note that once Visual Display of Changes is enabled for a collection it remains enabled for the life of the collection Enabling Visual Display of Changes from Collection Creation Onward To begin the Visual Display of Changes at collec tion creation 1 Right click the Collection Type in the Collection tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears 2 Right Click Collection Listeners and select New Collection Listener from the menu that appears Collection Type Experiment Configuration Experiment Contained Collection Types Contained Reference Types States Search Engines Commands Form Tools Collection Listeners New Collection Listener A new collectio
416. s dialog ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging E Notebook Security 4 Take the appropriate action Desired Action to take Result Add a User or Group to the list of Assigned Permissions 1 Click Add The Choose User or Group dialog appears 2 Select the appropriate user or group from the tree You may either 1 right click within a blank por tion of the tree and select Browse All to see all of the users or 2 click the Search button and perform a search for a user or group of users 3 Click Add 4 Select the appropriate access from the listbox Read permits a user to view the section type in the Collection Tree Note that the user must also have Read access to the parent collection of a section type in order to view it in the tree Read and Write permits a user make changes to the to the configuration of the section type Full Control permits a user to view the section type modify it and assign or remove security permis sions for it e 779 Desired Action to take Result Remove a User or Group from the list Change the type of access fora user or group cur rently in the list Using the Session Manager The Session Manager makes it possible for you to see who is logged in to E Notebook at any given time This tool also provides the ability to end the E Notebook session for a particular user You may want to end a user s session if the user has locked a
417. s in the table are positioned using tags that e 673 appear in the second row of a word table The tags are of the form lt FieldName gt lt PropertyName gt Field Renderer Field Renderer ProgID Fixed Table ENReaction9 Fixed TableRenderer The renderer has no custom properties associated with it Managing the NonBlank Property Field Renderer The NonBlank Property Renderer renders the name and value of a property if the property is not blank When this renderer is associated with a property list field the label and the data are only printed for properties that do not have blank val ues The label is printed with a Bold typeface Field Renderer Field Renderer ProgID NonBlank Property ENReaction9 NonBlank PropertyRenderer The renderer has no custom properties associated with it Managing the One Property Value Field Renderer The One Property Value Field Renderer renders the value of a single property according to the tags in a Word table When this renderer is associated with a property list field the data for one property in the property list is positioned using tags that 674 Managing Rendering in ENotebookCambridgeSoft appear in the Word template The tags are of the form lt FieldName gt lt PropertyName gt Field Renderer Field Renderer ProgID One Property Value ENReaction9 OneProper tyValueRenderer The renderer has no custom properties associated with it Managing the One Table Value Fi
418. s of ancillary data of section Ancillary Data of page Notebook 6986 005 Click OK The file is cleared Working with Table Sections You can use Table sections to organize the chemi cal properties of compounds that interest you You can add properties to a Table pivot a Table resize columns and rows and organize columns and rows You can also insert links to other E Note book sections or collections into a table Adding Columns and Rows to a Table You can add columns and rows to a table in E Notebook To add a column 1 Browse to the section that contains the table 2 Right click the table at the location where you would like to add the column A menu appeats Compound ID Molecular Formula Molecular Weioht Structure Add Property Before Add Property After Remove Property Move Property Left Move Property Right 1 Indene C9H8 2 Benzonaphthene C13H10 Add Row Before Add Row After 3 Norbornane C H12 4 a N 8 18 crown 6 C12H2406 Sort Ascending Sort Descending nm a 3 Select Add Property Before to add a property before the current property or Add Property After to add a property after the current prop erty ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Data in E Notebook A dialog box appears with a list of the proper ties you may add w Add Property Compound ID Molecular Formula Molecular Mags Molecular eight Structure Cancel 4 Highlight the property
419. s possible you can select which reaction sites you would like to include in the product enumeration process e Automatic stoichiometry calculations When you enumerate products in Com biChem you can automatically populate the stoichiometry grid for each individual reaction e Flexible plate handling you can determine the plate size location of blanks and grouping otder of reactants in the plate e Navigator and structure palettes you can browse through CombiChem easily Clicking a location in the CombiChem Navigator displays the reaction components in that loca tion With the structure palette you can scroll through the corresponding structures of reac tants and products e Configurable data sections as with all E Notebook sections the configuration of CombiChem sections may be modified easily so that your data is presented in the most effec tive manner See the following topics e Setting up the Generic Reaction e Managing CombiChem Reactants e Enumerating and Managing CombiChem Products e Using the CombiChem Navigator and Struc ture Window e Managing Plate Layout and Structure Palette Settings CombiChem is sold as a separate E Notebook add in feature and may not be available in your configuration of E Notebook Setting up the Generic Reaction In a CombiChem Library you may either add a new generic reaction or prepare a reaction from an existing experiment Adding a Generic Reaction
420. s to break the links to external data sources in Excel documents when the docu ment is saved If links are present in the field they will be stripped from the document when the user browses away and the user will be warned when saving the file that the link will be broken once the document is saved in E Notebook Listener IENListener ProglD Break Link ENStandardCtl9 Break LinksOListener The listener has no custom properties associated with it Managing Hide Addins Excel Listener The Hide Addins Excel Listener may be associated with the Excel fields and disables and enables spec ified Excel Add ins associated with the Excel field listener IENListener ProglD ENStandardCtl9 HideAd dinsOListener Hide Addins With the field listener selected in the tree 1 Click the Custom Properties button in the right panel to configure the properties associated with it Hide Addins Properties Options Disable Selected Addins C Enable Selected Addins Only Disabled Addins Add In OK Cancel A dialog to configure the field listener opens It contains a box to list the Disabled Addins an enabled Add button and a disabled Remove button 2 Click Add A dialog opens that allows you to enter the name of the Add In you want to dis able Disabling Excel Addins Enter the name of the Add In you want to disable Cancel _ 3 Enter name of an Add In in the text box and click OK The dialog close
421. s with ends with contains 1S starts with ends with 1S is not 1S is before is after 1S is before is after A menu appears Property List Query Parameter Options Property Data Type Section Type State Name the e contains name ofthe current 1S Add Property emg E Fy Oe I state of the Collec e starts with lowe Up tion Examples are ieee Haun P e ends with Ka Each of these options can 2 Select Add Property be specified as of a certain The Add Property dialog appears listing the date For example Closed properties that appear in E Notebook If prop as of 2 1 2003 would retutn erties are already present in the field the list is the Collections that were in filtered to display only those properties that the Closed state on share the same section type 2 1 2003 e Property Query field the properties that appear in E Notebook property lists are dis Searching with the Property played e Table Query field the properties that very and Table Query Prop Q Q appear in E Notebook tables are displayed Fields 3 The Property Query Field is used to search over property lists and the Table Query field is used to seatch over E Notebook tables These search fields are normally found in Advanced Section Select the properties you wish to include in the search You may use SHIFT click and CTRL click to select multiple properties Make sure that all of the properties
422. se Confirm Sign and Close Sign and Close the chemistry experiment Chemistry Notebook I 002 Yes Mo 3 Click Yes A dialog appears which contains a list of users who can be potential witnesses and you are prompted to select a witness elect Witnesses Available Witnesses Selected Witnesses nitrogen carbon Add gt helen ospgen System Administrator Cancel 4 Select witness es and click OK The experiment is now rendered to PDF and the experiment in PDF format appears which is now ready to submit chemistry experiment Chemistry Notebook I 002 Chemisty Experment Chemistry Novebook 002 Owner Rhodum Step 1 Step 2 ZnCl ea he ae ae N 2nBy pen Pd OAc Reaction Conditions H m S E o J 3 T z T G a G D E 5 oO Ki 8 5x11 in Comment please review optional Checking this box and entering your password indicates that you have performed the work as V described User ID Password EE 5 Scroll through the entire rendition enter your userID and password in the appropriate text boxes and click Sign and Store Upon Sign and Store the chosen witness is given read permission to the experiment so that s he can countersign it ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Data in E Notebook You can view the record of your submitted docu ments in the Display Document List Field at the bot tom of your Home Page
423. select the collection type and state corresponding to the references that will be blocked In the example below a user will be prevented from adding a reference to an Page collection that is in the Closed state Block Ref in State Properties Source Collection Type Chemistry Experimertt Source State ieee ea Note that you may associate multiple instances of this listener with a property list if you would like to prevent users from adding references to several different collection types and or several different states of a collection type e 705 Managing the Person Property List Listener The Person Property List Listener populates the value of a property with the logged on user s name whenever the value of another property is changed ENStandardCtl9 Person PropertyPListener Person Property The listener has custom properties associated with it Person Property List Listener Properties Source Property Checksum Target Property Editor Target SAL SELECT username from ELN_people WHERE primary_key Logged_In_User_Key Use the bind variable pKey to specify the person key of the logged in user Fill in the following information e Source Property the property that when changed will populate the target property with the logged on user s name e Target Field the field containing the prop erty that will display the user name or user ID e Targe
424. sh Database Table Privilege Change lis tener is used to refresh the contents of a database table when the privileges associated with a collec tion change The listener has properties that describe the field that is refreshed when a privilege is added or removed from a collection Listener Listener ProgID Refresh Database ENStandard9 Refresh Table Privilege DBTablePCListener Change With the Custom Properties of the listener you specify the target section type and target field The Target Section Type popup list contains a list of all of the section types the currently logged in user can read The Target collection type should be set to the section type that contains the field to be refreshed The Target Field popup list contains a list of all of the database table fields in the Target section type The Target field should be set to the ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types field which displays the data that is changed when the privileges change Managing the Section List Collection Listener When the Section List Collection Listener is asso ciated with a collection type a list of the sections in each collection of that type is cached on the E Notebook client This makes it possible for E Notebook add ins and field controls to use the list For example in the default configuration the Section List Collection Listener is associated with the Acronym collection type A list of the sections in an Acronym collection
425. sh to edit the current Enumeration Tem plate 1 From a CombiChem Library section click Products in the CombiChem menu The Products menu appears 2 Select Update Enumeration Template The Enumeration Template appears and you may edit it as desired Removing an Enumeration Template If you wish to remove the current Enumeration Template to for example replace it with a new Enumeration Template 1 From a CombiChem Library section click Products in the CombiChem menu The Products menu appears 2 Select Remove Enumeration Template The Enumeration Template is removed from the CombiChem Library ChemOffice 2006 E Notebooklntroducing CombiChem for E Notebook e 629 Enumerating Products When you enumerate the products of the generic reaction you may either enumerate all possible products or only a selection of the products Enumerating All of the Products of a Generic Reaction To enumerate all of the products for a reaction 1 From a CombiChem Library section click Products in the CombiChem menu The Products menu appears 2 Select Enumerate All The Enumerating Products dialog appears showing the progress of the enumeration When the enumeration is complete each product appears as a subsection in the Products tab You may scroll through the products to view them Depending upon your enumeration template the products will either be displayed as structures or displayed in reactions If they are d
426. sions You must remove these permissions explicitly if you do not wish these users or groups to have access to the collection 778 NManaging E Notebook SecurityCambridgeSoft Section Type Security To set up or change the security properties of a section type 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type whose properties you wish to change A menu appears 2 Select Collection Properties The Collection Properties dialog box appears Acronym Properties General Collection Security Mame Owner Type Contents Created Last Modified Status Aubogave Interval Acronym System Administrator Section Type 0 items Friday April 23 2004 4 32 09 PM 0400 Tuesday May 04 2004 11 51 27 AM 0400 Created Edit Aubosave Interval 3 Click the Collection Security tab The Security tab appears The groups and users who have permission to access this item appear in one of the two lists Inherited Permissions Assigned Permissions Acronym Properties General Collection Security Inherited Permissions Permission Eyvernone Assigned Permissions Permigsion Inherited Permissions are permissions inher ited from the parent collection in the Collec tion Tree These permissions can only be changed by disabling inherited security as dis cussed above or by changing the security pro file of the parent collection Only the Assigned Permissions can be changed from thi
427. sition Listener Closed Re Open Search Engines Commands 7 Enter a name for the Transition Listener and fill in its IENTransitionListener ProgID The transition listener is associated with the transi tion The function it performs will occur each time a a user conducts this type of transition on this type of collection 756 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft See Managing the Standard Transition Listeners for descriptions of the standard transition listeners that E Notebook provides Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Transition Listener A transition listener may have custom properties associated with it To view and or edit the custom properties 1 Right click the relevant collection type in the Collection tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears 2 Click the plus sign next to states to expand the category and see the states that are associated with the collection type 3 Click the plus sign next to the state that is the initial state in the transition In this example the transition is from Open State to the Closed State The Transition Types category appears 4 Click the plus sign next to Transition Types to expand it and see the transitions 5 Click the transition listener whose properties you wish to view or change Collection Type Experiment Configuration Experiment change Display Tr
428. specific attributes such as owner s name and creation date To conduct a search for collections 1 While in Search mode select Collections or Sec tions from the Search for drop down list 2 If no form appears in the right frame click the na New Query icon Query A menu appeats 3 Select Basic Query or Advanced Query An empty query form appears 4 If you would like to search by collection attributes select the checkboxes next to any items you would like to include in the query Selecting a checkbox makes visible an area that allows you to enter criteria Collection e g Notebook or Page Attributes Collection s Name Owner s Name MV Creation Date Last Modified Date Status contains starts with af 4345 Ben is is before 4 9 2004 gt 0400 5 9 2004 gt 0400 v is la jal la la Open asof 4 9 2004 0400 612 SearchingCambridgeSoft Specify the collection attributes that will determine the search results The parameters you may enter are Parameter Collection s Name the name of the Collection Owner s Name the name of the User who created the Collection Type the Collec tion type Examples are Notebook Folder Experiment ot Page Creation Date the date the Collec tion was created Last Modified Date the date the Collection was last modified Options contains 1S start
429. stener Configuring a Form Fach section type in E Notebook has a single form associated with it The form is what users see when they create sections of this type You can configure a form to display data in the most effective way Boxes are the building blocks of forms You can add boxes to forms delete them from forms and manipulate their sizes and proper ties You insert the fields you wish to appear in a form into the boxes NOTE Prior to configuring the form the section type must contain the fields that are to be added to the form Configuring a New Form When you create a new section type you must configure its form Initially the form has a single root box You configure the form by adding addi tional boxes and then inserting fields into those boxes The configuration created in the steps below is an example There are many ways in which boxes may be organized within the form To configure a new form 1 Right click within the root box A menu appeats Test Section Type p 2 Select Insert Box Within A box appears within the root box The hashed lines indicate that there is a box behind the top box 3 Right click within the inner box and select Insert Box Above from the menu that appears Test Section Type ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms e 655 A box appeats on top of the box you selected A box appears to the right of t
430. store Changes mr Bin a The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears 2 Right click Commands and select New Com mand from the menu that appears Collection Type Folder C Folder Contained Collection Types Contained Reterence Types states search Engines New Command Forts retlartiam octamer e 677 A new command appears and you are prompted to rename it Collection Type Folder Configuration Folder Untitled Command Command Contained Collection Types Contained Reference Types IENCommand ProglD PO States Search Engines Custom Properties Commands Jntitled Command Form Tools Collection Listeners 3 Type in a name for the command 4 Enter the IENCommandProgID for the Com mand you wish to add 5 To close the Collection Type Configuration dialog click the close button in the upper right corner The dialog closes 6 To add another command to the Collection Type repeat steps 2 and 3 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Collection Command You can view and edit the custom properties that may be associated with a collection command To do this 1 Right click the collection type that contains the command in the Collection Tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears Collection Type Chemistry Experiment Configuration Chemistry Expe
431. story pane displays a list of the saved ver sions and transitions for a collection Configuring Annotation Options You may configure E Notebook such that users can annotate the changes they make to collections E Notebook provides four options for annotation You configure these options on a per collection type per state basis This allows you to configure different annotation rules for the different phases of a collection life cycle To configure the annotation rules for a state 1 Right click the collection type in the Collection tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears 2 Click the plus sign next to states to expand the category and see the states that are associated with the collection type ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types 3 Click the state for which you are configuring the annotation options Collection Type Experiment Configuration Experiment i i Open State Change and Annotation Rules Contained Collection Types Contained Reference Types States For New Sections Witabsle with Optional Annotation Transition Types Closed Re Open Search Engines Commands Form Tools Collection Listeners For Existing Sections iritable with Optional Annotation You may select an annotation rule for 1 Exist ing Sections and 2 New Sections There are four annotation rules from wh
432. structure fields If you enter text into the Query Text field and you have specified no other search criteria in the search form all of the E Notebook sections you have read access to will be searched The searches are not case sensitive Search Content by Full Text benzene A number of basic and advanced text searching options are available to you e Basic Text Searching e Advanced Text Searching Numerical properties in Property Lists and Tables can be searched but only as text that is if you per form a search for 500 you will find 500 g 500 atm etc you cannot search for a numerical range or perform a greater less than search with the Query Text field Also the advanced text searching options do not apply to Property Lists and Tables Depending upon your database settings text entered into MS Word fields and Styled Text fields may not be available for searching immedi ately after it is entered There may be a delay of several hours Basic Text Searching You can use basic text searching or querying to find information in MS Word and Notes portions of E Notebook There are a number of special characters used in basic text searching which will help narrow or increase search results Normally the more narrow a search the more pre cise the search results become making it easier to find the information you need As a search becomes broader the number of hits in the search results list becomes greater Differ
433. sually by performing an operation that is associated with the transition To configure a transition between states 1 Right click the collection type in the Collection Tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears 2 Click the plus sign next to States to expand the category and see the states that are associated with the collection type 3 Click the plus sign next to the state that is to be the initial state in the transition In this exam ple we are setting up a transition from the Open state to the Closed state The Transition Types category appears 4 Right click Transition Types and select New Transition Type from the menu that appears Collection Type Experiment Configuration Experiment Contained Collection Types Contained Reference Types States Open Transition Types Closed Re Open Search Engines Commands Form Tools Collection Listeners New Transition Type A dialog appears listing the possible target States for the Transition Add Cancel 5 Click a target state and click the Add button The target state appears within the list of Tran sition Types To the right a checkbox appears with which you may specify whether the owner of the collection can perform the Transition By default the owner of the collection can per ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types form
434. sure atm Pa kPa torr bar mbar temperature 2C K SF time S Us min hr ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Data in E Notebook Type of Permitted Units Measurement velocity m s km hr mi hr volume ml ul l m3 When you are in Search mode the property query field allows you to find all equivalent values entered in various units that share the same unit type For example a search for a volume of 500 mL will return both 500 mL and 0 5L The search will assume the default units for the property if you do not enter units Using the same example if mL were the default unit for a volume property and a search were conducted for a property value of 0 5 no hits would be returned A search for 0 5 L would return both 500 mL and 0 5 L Creating a Reference within a Property List Within a property list you can add a link to another collection section in E Notebook or a link to an external URL This makes it easy to browse back and forth between related data Adding a Link from a Property List to an E Notebook Collection To add a link from a property list cell to a collec tion in E Notebook 1 In the Collection Tree click the collection con taining the property list then select the section containing the property list The section containing the property list appears e 559 2 Click the cell of the property list to which you wish to add the reference 3 In the Collection Tree click the collection y
435. t PDF is the only format QUINIZARIN 9 ou ae C A f Wy A a os a S J meo FAO i d ou Submitted by L A Bigelow and H H Reynolds Checked by Roger Adams and G S Hiers Save in ENotebook Documents ece E Print setup instructions 1 Procedure 2 a x G E o a g i T B i oH oF o E e o a G a a is o i 5 O One hundred fifteen grams 0 9 mole of p chlorophenol 300 g 2 0 moles of phthalic Ge P sans e ene sann gt nne A a My Recent z Documents atd pb OG The document in PDF format gets saved to your specified location and you can bring it into the E Notebook later sere Working Offline My Nevo _ fg E Notebook makes it possible for you to work in e arel_ 7 i aveastype PDF pdf Fies offline mode In offline mode you are discon nected from the network When you reconnect you can upload the changes you made offline to the central E Notebook database See Working Offline on page 546 522 Working with E NotebookCambridgeSoft Chapter 28 E Notebook Features Browsing the Collection Tree Collections and their contents are organized in a tree structure called the Collection Tree on the left side of the browsing screen E Notebook offers a number of options for browsing collec tions e To begin browsing collections click the Browse button at the top of the screen The Collection
436. t click the Move Value Up or Move Value Down button respectively Click OK to close the dialog Managing Table Listeners Table listeners are used to modify the behavior of E Notebook tables E Notebook provides several standard table listeners See Managing Field Listeners for instructions on associating a field listener with a field Managing the Reactants Table Listener The reactants table listener calculates and displays properties of reactants in a stoichiometry grid The table can be combined with a products field a table field with the products table listener to create a stoichiometry grid The combination of the sto ichiometry grid with a chemical structure field and the addition of the Reaction Form Tool creates a Reaction Section Reaction Sections allow users to draw a reaction in the chemical structure field and then analyze the reaction automatically populating the stoichiome try grid with information about the reactants and products In addition the Next Step function cre ates a new page of experiment containing the prod ucts of the chemical reaction IENTableListener ProgID Table Listener ENStandardCtl9 Reac tantsListener Reactants Managing the Products Table Listener The products table listener calculates and displays properties of products in a stoichiometry grid The table can be combined with a reactants field a table field with the reactants table listener to cre ate a stoichio
437. t make the target property read only in the property list This will prevent users from dragging or copy ing other references into the property and force them to use the Insert Reference Form Tool Managing the Print Multiple Form Tool The Print Multiple Form Tool allows a user to print multiple collections with a single action Form Tool Control ProgID Form Tool Print Multiple ENStandardCtl9 PrintMultiple FormTool If the collection containing the section in which the form tool appears has contained collections or references a dialog box appears when the user selects the Print Multiple form tool The dialog allows the user to specify the range of contained collections to be printed The Print Multiple Form Tool has no custom properties Managing Section Listeners A Section Listener modifies the behaviors of sec tions such as the add duplicate remove move and rename behaviors E Notebook provides sev eral standard section listeners which you may add to section types You may also develop your own section listeners to further customize the behavior of sections in E Notebook Adding a Section Listener to a Section Type A section listener modifies the behaviors of sec tions such as the add duplicate remove move and rename behaviors 652eManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and FormsCambridgeSoft To add a section listener to a section type 1 Right click the section type in
438. t Browse Here The collection you selected appears at the top of the collection tree J Motebook Notebook 001 L Notebook 002 L Notebook 003 Browsing from Home You can browse from your Home Collection which contains all of the collections associated with you as a user of E Notebook This is the col lection that appears when you first log in 526 E Notebook FeaturesCambridgeSoft To browse to your Home Collection and bring the Home Collection to the top of the Collection Tree 1 Click Browse The Collection Tree appears 2 Right click any blank area of the Collection Tree A menu appeats 0 Home Browse All Refresh User Info Session Manager Add In Configuration About E Motebook 3 Click Go Home The Home Collection appears at the top of Collection Tree Alternatively you may select View then Go To then Home from the E Notebook menu bar File Edit views Tools Help Back Collections Show History w Navigation Toolbar Ho Ho 60 Up To F T C GoTo o o H To Back Cil Refresh Forward C Notebook 5512 003 2 Folder Browse All D Maotehank KA3R 0NF Browsing at a Higher Level You can browse at a higher level in the Collection Tree and see all of the collections at that level To browse at a higher level 1 Click Browse 2 The Collection Tree appears 3 Right click a collection in the tree A menu appeats File Edit View Tools Help
439. t New Form Tool A new form tool appears Field Subsections of Section Type Subsections Form Tools New Form Tool 8 Enter the ProgID ENStandardCtl9 NewSec tionFormTool in the right frame 9 Import icons for the form tool clicking the Import button and selecting an icon file 10 Click the Custom Properties button A dialog appears listing all of the section types in E Notebook Section Types for Field Subsections of Section Type Test Section Type Acronym Advanced Query Ancillary Data AutoT ext Definitions AutoT ext Item AutoT ext Keywords Basic Query Chemical Structure Hit Chemical Structure Query Collection Search Results Export Template Home Page MS Excel Spreadsheet MS Word Document Reactant Table of Contents Reaction Salt Code Salt Code Table of Contents Saved Collection Search Results Saved Section Search Results Section Search Results 11 Select the section types you would like the user to be able to add as subsections and click the Add button The section types appear in the right frame 12 Click the Close button to close the dialog ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields 13 Rename the form tool by right clicking it and selecting Rename Form Tool This name will appear on the button the user will click to add new subsections Managing Subsection Field Listeners Subsection field listeners are used to modify the behavior of E Notebo
440. t Property the property that will dis play the user name or user ID e Target SQL the SQL statement that selects the username or user ID In the example shown above a change to the source property Checksum will populate the Editor property with the name of the logged on user Managing the Chemical Properties Property List Listener The Chemical Properties Property List Listener populates the Molecular Weight and Molecular 706 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft Formula properties automatically as the drawing in a chemical structure field is changed Listener ProgID Chemical Properties ENStandardCtl9 ChemProper tiesCSListener The following is required in the section type in order to use this listeners e A chemical structure field e A property list with the following properties Molecular Weight and Molecular Formula The listener has no custom properties associated with it Managing the Validate Value Property List Listener The Validate Value Property List Listener allows you to validate a value in a property list against an external database to ensure the value entered into E Notebook is valid If it is not a valid value the user will be presented with an error message to that effect Property IENPropertyListListener List ProgID Listener ENStandardCtl9 Validate Val uePListener Clicking the Properties button after adding the lis tener to a property list displays the fo
441. t the file and click Open ChemOffice 2006 E Notebooklntroducing CombiChem for E Notebook e 625 The file you selected is scanned for structures that match the generic reactant The matches are imported into E Notebook Each imported reactant appears as a subsection within the Reactants section 5 Use the scroll bar to scroll through the reac tants 14 a f Reactant He 14 displays the first reactant aj displays the previous reactant displays the next reactant bt displays the last reactant You may also browse to a particular reactant by right clicking the scroll bar and selecting Go To Section tal 4 Reactant 17 0 To Section Adding Reactants Manually In addition to adding reactants from a chemical database you may add the reactants manually To add reactants manually 1 From a CombiChem Library section click Reactants in the CombiChem menu The Reactants menu appears 2 Select Add Reactant 626eIntroducing CombiChem for E NotebookCambridgeSoft The Add Reactant dialog appears as shown below v v T Back 29 S K a Chemistry Notebook L001 D Pil amp Curie Library ProductReaction Summary Parallel o User Configuration EA Chemistry Notebook l Reaction Reactants Products Tools Gap Chemistry Notebook l 001 P Chemistry Notebook l 002 Chemistry Notebook l 003 _ Offline Edit Current Reactant Reacti Add Reactant
442. tandard annotation dialog appears 5 Enter the reason for the changes or select a reason from the predefined list of reasons 6 Click OK The annotation is saved with the version Visual Display of Changes Depending upon the type of collection and its state it is possible to view a Visual Display of Changes that have been made to data in the collec tion If Visual Display of Changes is enabled the changes that have been made to a collection can be viewed in E Notebook and a record of the changes made will be shown as footnotes in the printed collection e 601 In some configurations Visual Display of Changes will be possible from the very beginning of the col lection life cycle when the collection is first cre ated In other cases Visual Display of Changes will begin when a particular collection transition is per formed a common example is the transition from a closed read only state to a reopened state in which edits are permitted The version of the collection that existed when the Visual Display of Changes began is called the Base line Version of the collection It is underlined in the History Pane In the example below the Base line Version in the version that existed when the Close transition was performed A black line appears under this version Histo Date 6719 2003 4 56 24 PM 0400 671972003 3 51 25 PM 0400 2 Re Dpen 6 19 2003 3 38 52 PM 0400 Close 67197 2003 3 38 47 PM 0400 Jave 6719 2003 3 3
443. tandard9 FixedNamelListener The Fixed Name Collection Listener has no cus tom properties associated with it ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types Enterprise Managing the Offline Collection Listener The Offline Collection Listener is associated with Offline Collection type This listener automatically creates a reference to a newly created collection in the offline folder Listener Listener ProgiD Offline ENStandard9 UniqueChild OfTypeCListener This collection listener has custom properties asso ciated with it to configure The dropdown list dis plays all of the collection types in the Container Collection type and you can select the container collection type to which you wish to add the Offline Collection Managing the Owner Full Control Collection Listener The Owner Full Control collection listener pro vides the user with Full Control permission for this type of collection when he she is the owner For example if this listener is associated with the note book collection type then the user who creates a notebook will automatically be able to assign and remove access permissions for the notebook Listener Listener ProgID Owner Full Control ENStandard9 OwnerFull ControlCListener This Collection Listener has no custom properties associated with it e 743 Enterprise Managing the No Create Offline Collection Listener The No Create Offline Collection Listener pre vents the creation of
444. tates Search Engines Commands Form Tools Collection Listeners Features of Unspecified Types of Collections within Folders Copies of existing Unspecified Types of Collections can be Added to Folders v Unspecified Types of Collections can be Deleted from Folders C Unspecified Types of Collections can be Moved into Folders Unspecified Types of Collections can be Removed from Folders and Moved into Different Collections Unspecified Types of Collections and Unspeci fied Types of Template appear in the list of col 738 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft lection types when you add a new contained collection type or contained reference type New Collection or Page Types within Folders Section Search Templates Solate Codes Collectians Solate Codes Folder Collections Solvate Codes Folder Templates Solvate Codes Templates Solvents Collections Solvents Folder Collections Solvents Folder Templates Solvents Templates Templates Collections Templates Templates Test Folder Collections Test Folder Templates Unspecified Types of Collection Templates Unepecitied Types of Collections User Configuration Collections User Configuration Templates leer Groun Temolates ill Add Cancel Managing Collection Listeners Collection listeners modify the behaviors of collec tions such as the creating hiding renaming duplicating and moving behaviors E Notebook provides several standard colle
445. tation or additional data before the transition can proceed If so enter the information to proceed with the transition The transition occurs and the collection enters the new state You may always view the state of the collection by right clicking it in the Collection Tree and then selecting Collection Properties Transitions may also perform certain functions such as printing a copy of the collection Your system configuration determines which tran sitions may be performed and by whom Working with Form Tools A form tool is used to perform a particular func tion in an E Notebook form field There are sev eral standard form tools in E Notebook that may be associated with the section or collection types for example the New Section Form Tool associ ated with Notebook collection type or ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Sections and Collections e 593 Import Export Form Tool which is present in new section types you create NOTE Your system configuration determines the collec tions to which this form tool can be added The New Section Tool The New Section Tool allows you to add new sec tions to a collection for example to a page or an experiment When you click the tool you will be presented with a list of the types of sections you may add If you would like to create a new section within a Page Experiment 9 Click the New Section icon kaa Section A list of the section types that can be added
446. tesads ure EARE 785 Fiel TAGEEHCTS oxi ice the hit cok te eee dee 786 CO man akc c ets teem ee einer oe 787 Rendering Add ins enscvshectouwtede ogee 788 Chapter 43 Using the Batch Import Facility Aled ra e a EEEO 788 SIMDOL e erruit peewee EER ERA 788 E e Ohta eee E A E E EET 788 Teo llec onI pE or Terpin An eE EEES ates 789 ed Retre NTE 2h ciel UEN a eS 789 e T E a E A E E cies 789 NO e E N EN N eg 789 a E E E E ETE 790 eS 0 SC E N EEE ERD 790 Technical Support Serial Nitin bers ereo e A E ide ded 185 JLOUbIESHOOUN Gs os eae e ee een cease 185 Accessing the CambridgeSoft Web Site Registenne Onpa eee iiaee e EE AE 187 Accessing the Online ChemDraw User s Guide 187 Accessing CambridgeSoft Technical Support 188 Finding Information on ChemFinder com 188 Finding Chemical Suppliers on ACX com 189 Finding ACX Structures and Numbers 189 ACA SHUCU E eenei i ee E a e 189 ACX Number zet eA 190 Browsing ChemStore com si wwisrereduseains t 190 Browsing CambridgeSoft com 190 Using the ChemOffice SDK oenssnnasunean 191 Index E Notebook 10 Contents ContentsCambridgeSoft Section IV E Notebook Chapter 26 Introducing E Notebook 10 0 E Notebook 10 0 is an electronic notebook that facilitates daily record keeping for scientists E Notebook makes it possible for you to manage diverse types of data on electronic pages that are much like the pages of a paper notebook The elec tronic
447. th this collection type Click the collection listener whose properties you wish to view or edit Click the Custom Properties button Auto Number Properties First Number h Last Number 999 j cme Increment h e 739 The collection listener properties dialog appears This example shows the properties dialog for the Auto Number Listener which is one of the standard E Notebook collection lis teners Note that if the collection listener has no custom properties associated with it a mes sage to that effect will appear when you click the Custom Properties button 4 Edit the properties if you wish 5 Click OK to close the properties dialog 6 To close the Collection Type Configuration dialog click the close button in the upper right comer The dialog closes and your changes are saved Removing a Collection Listener from a Collection Type If you no longer want a particular collection lis tener to be associated with a collection type you can remove it from the collection type To do this 740 Managing Collection TypesCambridgeSoft 1 Right click the collection type that contains the listener in the Collection Tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears Back Browse Search Configuration La hann Show i Folder 0 Up To H E Search Ty gt Browse Here a Notebook l Browse All i Perry P Fage P Reactant Import Rel
448. the User Collection Listener 746 Managing the Validate Value Property List Lis tener 706 Managing the Validate Value Table Listener 716 E Notebook 10 Managing the Analyze Reaction Chemical Structure Listener 689 Managing Transition Listeners 755 Managing Units in Property Lists and Tables 726 Managing URL Display Fields 717 Managing Visual Display of Changes 761 Managing Property Query Fields 720 Managing Search Location Fields 722 Managing State Query Fields 721 Managing Table Query Fields 721 Managing Unannotated Version Query Fields 122 Move a column 566 Move a row 566 Moving a section within a collection 580 Moving collections between container collec tions 585 Moving collections within a container collection 584 N Navigation overview 507 New features 503 O Organizing collections 584 Other fields in a spectrum section 562 Overview 508 P Page Breaks 668 Performance optimizing 186 Performing a collection transition 592 Printing collections 593 multiple collections at once 593 sections 581 Property lists 543 Providing required annotation 599 Providing unprompted optional annotation 599 Index yv R Reaction drawing 528 drawing and analyzing 529 Reactions MS Word MS Excel and other sec tions 525 Rearranging Boxes in a Form 658 Reconfiguring an Existing Form 657 Refreshing E Notebook 642 Removing filters 532 properties from the field 613 reactants and products from the sto
449. the application Using specific operators in an advanced search allows you to nar row search parameters dramatically Escape Characters In order to perform a query over words or symbols that have special meaning to query expressions such as amp or you must escape them There are two ways to escape characters in a query expres sion using curly brackets or a backslash Curly Brackets Use braces to escape a string of characters or sym bols Everything within a set of braces in consid ered part of the escape sequence When you use braces to escape a single character the escaped character becomes a separate token in the query e615 The following table has examples of how to use curly brackets to escape an ampersand amp and a dash Instead of Use AT amp T AT amp T high voltage high voltage Backslash Use the backslash character to escape a single char acter or symbol Only the character immediately following the backslash is escaped The following table has examples of how to use a backslash to escape an ampersand amp and a dash Instead of Use AT amp T AT amp T high voltage high voltage ABOUT The ABOUT operator when used in an advanced text search retrieves documents that contain infor mation related to a word or phrase Use the ABOUT operator by entering the word ABOUT in all capital letters followed by the word ot phrase on which to search in parentheses ABOUT se
450. the contents of the tag creates a Word table to replace the contents of the tag The first column of the data corresponds to the property name and the second column corre sponds to the value a column in the Word table each row of the data corresponds to a row in the Word table If the tag appears within a Word table then instead of creating a new Word table the Word table that contains the tag is used to contain the data Any formatting within the Word table is applied to the content ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms 667 e Query Text field type The Query Text field type replaces the tag with the text stored in the section e Search Location field type The field marker within the template is either deleted if the Search In check box is unchecked or replaced by the name of the selected collection if the Search In check box is checked e Spectrum field type The Spectrum field type substitutes an image of the spectrum for the tag e State Query field type The Collection Type Query field type replaces the export tag with tab separated description of the collection type query e Stored Document field type The Stored Document field type replaces the export tag with tab separated description of the stored document its type and its size in bytes e Styled Text field type The Styled Text field type replaces the tag with the formatted
451. the document produced by the PrintTListener will contain all of the sections to be printed followed by the full history of the collection being printed followed by the fixed text that is associated with the Fixed Text After Ren derer Managing the Fixed Text After Word Renderer The Fixed Text After Word Renderer renders some fixed text at the end of a collection when rendering the collection This renderer is config ured with a word document whose contents are inserted into the main story of the rendered output after all of the sections that are rendered as part of a print or export operation For example the ren dered document might contain a signature block Word Renderer Word Renderer ProgID ENRenderWord9 Fixed TextA fterRenderer Fixed Text After Select the custom properties as shown below Fixed Text After Properties Rendering Template From Configuration From Here Configuration Folder Rendering Folder ka Configuration Collection Page Section Types ka Configuration Section Ms Word Document ka emen Managing the Full History Word Renderer The Full History Word renderer may be associated with a collection type This renderer inserts the full collection history of a collection after all of the sec tions that are rendered as part of a print or export operation Word Renderer Word Renderer ProgID ENRenderWord9 FullHis toryRenderer Full History Select the custom properties as s
452. the section type export template if you do not want sections to print on the same page To add a page break before a sec tion check the Page Break Before paragraph set ting for the first paragraph of the corresponding export template This is an MS Word setting If this paragraph setting is not checked then the sections will appear continuously on the word page 668e Managing Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and FormsCambridgeSoft Chapter 36 Managing Rendering in E Notebook This portion of the guide describes the configura tion of printing and exporting in E Notebook Printing and Exporting operations are configured and executed in similar ways Because of these sim ilarities the term Render is used throughout to refer to either Printing or Exporting An E Notebook system can be configured to ren der the contents of a collection in several contexts such as in response to a menu command as part of a transition or the operation of a form tool Dif ferent rendering add ins support different work flows For each use of a rendering add in the add in is configured with one or more rendering tem plates that determine how the information in a col lection or section is laid out within the Microsoft Word document For add ins that render collec tions templates are created that specify paper sizes styles headers footers and the layout of data for each type of section to be rendered During the r
453. the values from a drop down list that appears in the property cell This list of values may be either manually entered as described here ot pulled from an external database as described in Managing Database Values in Property Lists on page 701 To associate a list of manually entered values with a property 1 In the Collection Tree right click the section type containing property you wish to config ure 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears 3 Right click the property list field in the list of fields and select Field Properties from the menu that appears Section Type Test Section Type Configu Test Section Type Fields Database Table i ag A Commands Form Tools Move Field Up Section Listeners List of Properties Fielc Field Type Property New Field Listener Rename Field Field Properties The Field Properties dialog appears 4 Click the property for which you would like to add the list of enumerated values The attributes of the property appear to the right e 699 5 Click the drop down arrow for the Enumera tor and select Enumeration List Enumerator None r lt None gt Enumeration List Database Lookup 6 Click the Properties button NOTE The button will only be enabled for a property of data type text The Enumerated List Properties dialog appeats 7 Click the Add
454. this type of collection when the user is working offline Listener Listener ProgiD No Create Offline ENStandard9 NoCre ateOfflineCListener This collection listener has no custom properties associated with it Managing the Parent Prefix Collection Listener The Parent Prefix listener is used to ensure that when a user renames a collection any contained collection that has a name generated by the Auto Number Listener is renamed with the new prefix For example consider a Notebook collection that contains Experiments The Auto Number listener is associated with the Experiment collection type and the Parent Prefix listener is associated with the Notebook collection Type If a notebook name is changed from NB to Notebook then the Par ent Prefix listener renames the contained experiments so that they begin with Notebook Listener Listener ProgID Parent Prefix ENStandard9 ParentPre fixListener This collection listener has no custom properties associated with it 744eManaging Collection TypesCambridgeSoft Managing the Prevent Reference Copy Collection Listener The Prevent Reference Copy collection listener prevents users from copying collections that con tain references to specific types of collections that are in specific states For example if this listener is associated with an experiment page collection type it may be configured to prevent users from copying pages experiments that contain references
455. ties Configuring Change Control Options E Notebook provides auditing and change control features For every change that a user makes an audit trail records the logged in identity of the user the date and the time This is done automatically when users add delete or update data The audit ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types trail information is stored in the E Notebook data base In addition you may configure E Notebook such that users must annotate the changes they make to collections You may also enable Visual Display of Changes at some point in the life cycle of a collec tion See the following topics e Managing Visual Display of Changes e Configuring Annotation Options e Configuring Autosave Managing Visual Display of Changes Depending the collection type and its state it is possible for users to view a Visual Display of Changes that have been made to data in the collec tion If Visual Display of Changes is enabled the changes that have been made to a collection can be viewed in E Notebook and the changes will be shown in the printed collection Visual Display of Changes may be enabled from the very beginning of the collection life cycle when the collection is first created Alternatively you may enable Visual Display of Changes when a user performs a particular collection transition a com mon example is the transition from a closed read only state to a reopened state in which edit
456. tion lt collectionType gt The type of the collection ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Rendering in E Notebook Templates for Headers and Footers Headers and Footers are described using templates that are separate from the document settings tem plate used to implement page sizes and styles This allows multi section Word documents to be included in rendered documents and the headers and footers to be included in all sections of the rendered documents The header and footer is printed on every page when a user prints the collection or a portion of the collection The header and footer of a collec tion type export template can contain standard replacement tags above The Rendering Template for a header looks as shown below CS_NOTEBOOK9 E Notebook Instance File Edit View Tools Help ey Import Tool To edit this data 1 While viewing the export template in E Note book click the print layout view button in the lower left corner of the MS Word field It is the third button in the row a a fy a lt Frink Layoue view e 671 The export template appears in print layout view and the header is visible 2 Double click the header or footer lt nblype gt lt pbtitle gt Dwner nb o gt Section Metadata Tags Within the contents of a section type export tem plate the following tags can be inserted Each of these tags will be replaced by the corresponding informati
457. tion Types Managing the Locked Container Transition Listener The Locked Container listener checks to ensure that the container of the collection is in a state which permits full control over the contents of the container For example consider an Experiment collection contained within a Notebook collection Closed is a read only locked state the Reopen transition moves a collection from the Closed read only state to a state in which edits are permitted If the Locked Container Listener is associated with the Reopen transition of the Experiment collection type then users will be prevented from reopening an Experiment within a Notebook that ts in the Closed locked state Listener Listener ProgID Locked Contents ENStandard9 LockedContain erListener The Locked Container Transition Listener has no custom properties associated with it Managing the Print Transition Listener The Print Transition Listener supports the printing workflow It makes it possible to print the contents of a collection as part of a transition Listener Listener ProgID Print Transi ENStandard9 PrintTListener tion The rendering sections and their corresponding templates must be set as properties of this listener e 759 Managing the Required Non Blank Properties Transition Listener The Required Non blank Properties Transition Listener prevents a transition from occurring if specific properties are not filled in Listener Listener Prog
458. tion collection is contained within a configu ration folder The configuration folder and the configuration collection may be referenced within the user configuration folder if you want several users to have the same rendering configuration or contained directly in the configuration folder if you want users to be able to customize their ren dering templates To associate a rendering template for a section type with an Export to MS Word command 1 Right click the collection type that contains the section for which the rendering template has to be associated 2 Select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears e 669 3 Click the plus sign next to Commands to view the commands that are associated with this col lection type In this example click the com mand for Export to MS Word 4 Click the Custom Properties button Export to MS Word Properties Rendering Templates Set Flekd Rendering Template Document Settings Renderers From Configuration From Here Header Footer Configuration Folder Rendering Folder v Section Types A 3 aes Page Section Types Ancillary Data Configuration Collection Page Section Types X Captured Chemlmage Configuration Section Ancillary Data v Captured Image Chemimage Image MS Excel Spreadsheet MS PowerPoint Slideshow MS Word Document Reaction Spectra Spectrum Table Title Page The command prope
459. to render the con tents of a collection to an MS Word docu ment type Enterprise Export to PDF Collection Command allows to render and save the contents of a collection to a PDF document e Print Collection Command prints the con tents of a collection using an MS Word doc ument e Section Commands e Export to MS Word Section Command this command allows you to render the con tents of a section to an MS Word document type e Print Section Command prints the con tents of a section using an MS Word docu ment e 787 Rendering Add ins Rendering add ins may be used to modify the behavior of rendering printing and exporting to Word e Fixed Text After Word Renderer This ren derer renders some fixed text at the end of a collection when rendering the collection e Full History Word Renderer This renderer renders the entire history of a collection when rendering the collection e Tracked History Word Renderer This ren derer renders the history of a collection since change display was turned on for the collec tion e Fixed Table Field Renderer renders the con tents of a table according to the tags in a Word table e NonBlank Property Field Renderer renders the name and value of a property if the prop erty is not blank e One Property Value Field Renderer renders the value of a single property according to the tags in a Word table e One Table Value Field Re
460. to send a section to the inbox of another collection such as an experiment or a user collection New Subsection Form Tool creates a new subsection when clicked Next Step Form Tool creates a new collec tion with a reaction section containing the products of the selected reaction Spectrum Form Tool enables the import of various spectra files and allows users to copy paste import and export those files Word Link Form Tool allows a user to create a link from an MS Word document to a section or collection in E Notebook Collection Type Form Tools e Duplicate Collection Form Tool allows a user to create a copy of the collection ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookSummary of the Standard Add Ins e New Child Collection Form Tool creates a new collection within the selected collection For example the tool may be used to created a new page within a notebook e New Section Form Tool allows a user to associate a new section with a collection Enterprise New Sibling Collection Form Tool allows a user to create a new collection of the same type Search Engines e Three standard search engines may be used e Collection Search Engine used to search for collections based on their metadata e Section Search Engine used to perform searches for sections and match criteria speci fied in the a variety of field types e Chemical Structure Search Engine used to perform se
461. tore Com Browse CambridgeSoft com Browse Cambridgesoft Documentation Browse Cambridgesoft Technical Support Browse Cambridgesoft Downloads Register Online Browse ChemOffice SDK Registering Online ChemOffice 2006 applications utilize a new secu rity scheme In order to activate any ChemOffice application you must register with the Cambridge Soft website to receive a registration code Upon filling out a registration form the registration code is sent to you by email This registration scheme does not apply to site licenses If your serial number is invalid for any reason or if you do not have an internet connection you will have to contact CambridgeSoft Support to receive a registration code You may use your ChemOffice application a lim ited number of times while waiting for the registra tion process to be completed Once the application times out you must register to activate the soft wate In addition to registering your software you can request literature or register for limited free access to ChemFinder com ChemACX com Chem Club com and the email edition of ChemNews from the Register Online link of the Online menu This link connects you to the CambridgeSoft Pro fessional Services page From this page you can link to a registration form To register online 1 From the Online menu choose Register Online The CambridgeSoft Professional Services page opens in your browser Professional Services
462. transition 1 Right click the collection type in the Collection tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Collection Type Configuration dialog appeats e755 2 Click the plus sign next to states to expand the category and see the states that are associated with the collection type 3 Click the plus sign next to the state that is the initial state in the transition In this example the transition is from the Open state to the Closed state The Transition Types category appears 4 Click the plus sign next to Transition Types to expand it and see the transitions 5 Right click the transition with which you wish to associate the transition listener A menu appeats Collection Type Experiment Configuration Experiment Contained Collection Types Contained Reference Types States Open Transition Types Close Transition Lisi Mew Transition Listener Closed Re Open Search Engines Commands Form Tools 7 Ce een es ee ron 6 Select New Transition Listener A new transition listener appears and you are prompted to rename it Collection Type Experiment Configuration Experiment g Close Transition Listener Transition Listener Contained Collection Types Contained Reference Types IENTransitionListener ProglD cS Gl States Open Custom Properties Transition Types Close Transition Listeners Close Tran
463. try Motebook ll 003 2 To expand a collection and view the items within it either double click the collection or click the plus sign next to the collection 3 Right click the collection you wish to move up ot down within the container collection The collection menu appears File Edit View Tools Help Back Browse Search 60 Up To F Browse Here C Browse All New F Import Export Copy Paste I HE Eh h h Ge n arar SS Faste Reference 4 Select the appropriate option Move Up moves the collection up a single position in the Collection Tree Move Down moves the collection down a single position in the Collection Tree Alternatively you may press CONTROL and the up arrow key to move a collection up or CONTROL and the down arrow key to move a collection down Moving Collections between Container Collections You can organize collections in the Collection Tree by moving them from one container collection to another Your system configuration defines the rules that determine which collections can be moved into which types of container collections To move an collection between container collec tions 1 Click Browse The Collection Tree appears 2 In the Collection Tree click the collection you wish to move The collection you wish to move is highlighted 3 Drag the collection into the new container col lection using your mouse If your system configuratio
464. ts User Configuration EA Chemistry Notebook A Name Status Created Modified Transition Product Yield Chemistry Notebook I hemistry Notebook ll 001 Open 06 Oct 05 07 Oct 05 06 Oct 05 70 Chemistry Notebook ll 001 O Chemistry Notebook ll 002 Chemistry Notebook lI 003 Ey 1 PhH2C N N CH2Ph Chemistry Notebook ll 004 Chemistry Notebook Lo0s _ New o 0 7 Experiment N ri Offline ehemistry Notebook ll 002 Closed 06 Oct 05 07 Oct 05 07 Oct 05 New Section 2 N CN To set the summary field for a section type 1 Right click the section type in the Collection Tree The collection menu appears 2 Select Section Type Configuration from the menu The Section Type Configuration dialog appears Section Type Reaction Configuration Section Type Reaction Fields Summary Field None Reaction Reaction Conditions Reactants Products Preparation Solvents Reaction Toolbar Commands Export to MS Word 3 In the right frame click the field that you wish to be the summary field for this section type You may only select one of the following types of fields as a summary field e a styled text field e a chemical structure field e a spectrum field 4 Close the dialog If you do not specify a summary field the name of the first section will appear in the table of contents Managing Form Tools If you would like to perform
465. ts a collection in E Notebook In order to cre ate a new collection you must first select a container or parent collection for it The new col lection will be created within the container collec tion in the tree For example you may select a notebook as the container collection and you may create new experiments or pages within the note book Another example would be creating notebooks within a user collection All of the notebooks a user creates could fall within the container collec tion that bears the user s name Your system configuration determines where vari ous types of collections may be added to the Col lection Tree To create a new collection 1 Be sure you are in browse mode by clicking the Browse button The Collection Tree appears 2 Right click the collection in the Collection Tree that you would like to be the container for the new collection ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Sections and Collections e 583 A menu appeats Bai y Back j P 2 Wet 60 Up To r Browse Here Browse All Refresh User Import Export Restore Changes Copy Paste Paste Reference 3 Select New A menu appears listing all of the type of collec tions that may be added to this container col lection NOTE Your system configuration determines which options appear I E Chemistry Notebook Import Folder Export offline User Configuration
466. ts in Batch Explorer 537 Flipping Experiments in Batch Explorer 537 Saving Experiments as Bitmap in Batch E DONE oe tei cea ween eatin Attn 538 Copying Experiments in Batch Explorer 538 Printing Experiments in Batch Explorer 539 Selecting Experiments in Batch Explorer 539 Working with Autotext 0000 540 Inserting Reactants and Products with PEO DEX Geta cist Gk tone a oo Pee fod 540 Adding Items from the AutoText Pane 541 Inserting Links with Autotext 542 Inserting Custom AutOte xtc tata chawie s 542 Creating New Autotext Definitions 543 Working with Solvents in a Reaction Section 544 Usine the IND OX 34 ta eee eaen oak noina ia 545 Workine OMIM errre iieri ee isa 546 Working With the Offline Folder 546 Creating an Offline Folder 547 Chapter 29 Working with Data in E Notebook Working with Chemical Structure Data 549 Draving Sacr sic Geeta tertenese se 549 Expanding the Drawing Window 549 ContentsCambridgeSoft Working with Images in Chemical Structure Fields 550 Inserting an Image a Structure 550 An otatine he Bate eers piocre rea ei 550 Working with Database Tables 550 Working with MS Excel Spreadsheets 550 Importing an MS Excel document 551 Working with Captured Image Sections 551 Importing and Exporting a PDF File 551 Importing an Image Files 2 010 4 5 cnuntaes 552
467. ts list allows you to browse to that item Basic Section Query aale HE e g Entire Collection e g Notebook or Page Attributes Er Searchin M Collection s Name lt aBack gt Browse Search emer s Name 7 M Creation Date is z 47972004 0400 Last Modified Date Everyone Users fi Configuration m Shared User Configuration Status Search Content by Structure or Reaction Certain menus in E Notebook are accessed when a particular item or icon is right clicked For exam ple right clicking a collection in the Collection Tree will display the collection menu If at any point you would like to expand the size of a field in a section you can double click the titlebar of the field The field will expand to take up the entire section area increasing your working space To shrink the field simply double click the titlebar again Security Overview Each user of E Notebook has a unique username and password Thus only valid users may log in to E Notebook Once a user has logged in security in E Notebook is set up on a collection basis Security properties may be set up for any collection in the Collection Tree whether it be a User a Notebook a Folder etc The security properties of a collection determine who has Read Write or Full Control access to that collection These access privileges may be assigned to individual E Notebook users or to user groups e
468. ty to create folders the contained collection type within user groups The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears 2 Right click Contained Collection and Page Types A menu appears with the option New Con tained Collection or Page Type 3 Select New Contained Collection or Page Type A dialog box appears listing the collection types in E Notebook and their corresponding templates 4 Click the collection type you wish to add and click the Add button ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Collection Types 5 The new contained collection type appears in the left pane In the right pane the features of the contained collection type within the parent or container collection are displayed w Collection Type User Group Configuration Features of Folders within User Groups ollection and Page Types New Folders can be Added to User Groups ence Types Copies of existing Folders can be Added to User Groups Collection Listeners JV Folders can be Deleted from User Groups Folders can be Moved into User Groups r Folders can be Removed from User Groups and Moved into Different Collections 5 For example if the contained Collection is the child within the parent collection e New children can be added to parents e Copies of existing children can be added to parents e Children can be deleted from parents e Children can be moved into parents e Children can be removed from
469. ty you specify SELECT value tablefield condition allows you to select a value in a table based on a condition e g SELECT Moles Equivalents Reactants Limiting Yes returns the value of Moles Equiva lents from the Reactants table for the limit ing reactant 7 Use the format field if you wish to format the numeric value Operands in a formula are evaluated in the fol lowing order Parentheses NOT 1 amp lt lt gt gt lt gt AND OR XOR Commas ate used to separate arguments within functions ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Fields e Whenever the contents of the section are changed the formula will be checked and the target cell will be recalculated if neces sary Managing the Block Reference In State Property List Listener The Block Reference In State property list listener may be used to block users from adding a refer ence to a specific type of collection that is in a par ticular state If the listener is configured to block the reference the user will be unable to add the reference to the property list For example you may wish to prevent users from adding references to pages experiments that are in an archived state Property List Listener IENPropertyListListe ner ProgiD ENStandardCtl9 Block RefInStatePListener Block Reference In State This property list listener has custom properties associated with it You must
470. u first log into E Notebook Browse Search Work Offline Help 1 143939 2 097224 2 903646 3 595236 4 194444 6 121622 9 27193 17 25714 35 E Series m Series Seriesi 1234567585484 x e 511 frame The home page displays summary informa tion about your open pages or experiments Back Browse Search Help 4 System Administrator Home Page i 45345 m Search Folder p Creation Date Last Transition Transition Date 4 45345 001 6 2 2004 5 54 58 PM 0400 Create 6 2 2004 5 54 58 PM 0400 2 45345 002 6 2 2004 9 45 21 PM 0400 Create 6 2 2004 9 45 21 PM 0400 F45345 004 6 2 2004 9 45 36 PM 0400 Create 6 2 2004 9 45 36 PM 0400 4 45345 003 6 2 2004 9 45 30 PM 0400 Re Open 6 2 2004 9 50 55 PM 0400 You may add several different types of collections directly to your user collection e Notebooks e Folders e User Configurations and AutoText Definitions e Searches Collection Searches Section Searches Text Searches Unannotated Version Searches Chemical Structure Searches e Page or Experiment Templates e References to Notebooks e References to Folders e References to Page or Experiment Templates Adding a New Collection to the User Collection To add a new collection 1 In the Collection Tree right click your user collection A menu appeats File Edit View Tools Help Back Browse Search Esi CAMSOFT snows User Conf 99 Up T
471. u may provide a rea son for your changes at any time You initiate pro viding the reason it is not mandatory To provide optional annotation 1 Click the changes icon ay A menu appears e 599 2 Select Save and Annotate Changes NOTE This command will only be available if there are unsaved changes 3 Click a predefined annotation or type in another annotation 4 Click Save The version is saved along with the annota tion The version is listed in the History Pane Working with the History Pane The History Pane indicates whether prior versions of a collection exist and enables you to view those versions A version of the collection is created each time the collection is saved For each version the history pane shows the date time and the action name which may be save autosave or a transition Tree 1 Right click the collection in the Collection The collection menu appears Back Browse Search Notebook E986 C Notebook 6996 001 CI Notebo Go Up To Ci Moteba Browse Here Browse All Import Export Restore Changes Copy Paste Paste Reference Move Up Move Down Export to MS Word Print Close Duplicate name To view the History Pane of a collection Delete Rename Show Histor H User Info w Inherits Security Collection Properties Select Show History The History Pane appears in a pane below the Collection Tree It displays all versions and
472. u32s thguvnat cies g ae ts 635 Docking the Structure Window at PUMOtHET LOCALO reece tie oe eee Chale ees 635 Managing Plate Layout and Structure Palette SENOS nti erea ab tte nee san Silke 636 Editing Structure Palette Display Settings 636 Editing Reactant Layout Settings 636 Editing Product Layout Settings 637 Specifying Empty Wells in the Plate 637 Changing the Size of the Plate 638 Changing the Grouping Order 638 Setting Product Grid Options 638 Chapter 34 Miscellaneous Topics Using the Session Manager ic icoits ii vows 641 Endine A Session boii cath eames seated bie 641 Refreshing W Notepooks 3ceieneiocieht oes 642 Viewing User Information a 6 c tcc owes 642 Chapter 35 Managing Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms Creating a New Section Type sisseessiss 645 Managing Fields within a Section Type 646 Adding a Field to a Section Type 646 Managing Summary Fields in a Table Of COMLCIES acne can E adnan g Reker tae 647 Managing Form Tools 000 647 Adding a Form Tool to a Section Type 647 Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Form Tool eiere near OEA 648 Removing a Form Tool from a Section Type 649 Managing the Standard Form Tools 650 Managing the Next Step Form Tool 650 Managing the New Section Form Tool 650 Managing the New Subsection Section Form ROOM Shek aa E S
473. uresCambridgeSoft Chapter 29 Working with Data in E Note book E Notebook enables you to work with many diverse types of data and then keep related data together in collections such as Experiments and Pages NOTE Your system configuration determines what types of data you can add to the sections in E Notebook To model your workflow and ensure that E Notebook accommodates the data types you frequently use your system configuration may include modified versions of these data types Also cer tain data types may not appear in your configuration and additional custom data types may have been added Working with Chemical Structure Data Chemical structures can be drawn with the use of the ChemDraw Toolbar The ChemDraw Toolbar allows users to create a chemical structure by con necting frequently used substructures together For more information about using the ChemDraw Toolbar please see the ChemDraw User s Guide It is also possible to paste standard image files into chemical structure fields and then user the Chem Draw toolbar for annotation such as text and arrows Text in the chemical structure fields is searchable Drawing a Structure To draw a chemical structure 1 Click within a chemical structure field ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with Data in E Notebook The ChemDraw toolbar appears Reaction NOs NO gt mg HC OEt s Me NH gt TsOH woe Tico Qe rma H o r TF mes L
474. use MS PowerPoint Sections to manage MS Power Point slideshows in E Notebook Formulas You can now associate your own custom formulas with tables or property lists in E Notebook The formulas can refer to other values in an E Notebook form Enterprise PDF Rendering You can now export Collections to PDF then manage them as you would PDF documents Searching enhancements You can now perform a search that is a union or an intersec tion of two searches Or you can subtract one set of search results from another Enterprise Inbox It is now possible to send data to an E Notebook experiment or another E Notebook user Acronyms database E Notebook provides a database of 2400 acronyms which you may add to your reactions Enhanced table of contents You can now create a customized table of contents hiding columns showing additional columns and sorting items in an ascending or descending order Enterprise Offline data management You can create or modify experimental records off line then upload them at a later time Send2ENotebook Send2File It is now possible to render the contents of a document using a print driver and insert the contents into a collection 504 eIntroducing E Notebook 10 0CambridgeSoft Enterprise E Signatures You can now get your experiments electronically signed and then stored in PDF format once they are fin ished Terminology Many of the t
475. utomatically populated with the properties of the reactants and products If you remove a reactant or product from the stoichiome try grid the corresponding structure will be removed from the reaction drawing The ChemDraw Toolbar allows you to create a chemical structure by connecting frequently used substructures together For more information about using the ChemDraw Toolbar please see the ChemDraw User s Guide Drawing a Structure or Reaction To draw a reaction 1 Click within a reaction field 528 E Notebook FeaturesCambridgeSoft The ChemDraw toolbar appears j Wi x lt ET EOS f Reaction 2 2 Me Me HC OEt E al TsOH Z NH2 7 See ico APS r aoi F F r EA E OOTI asl a LS Go 3 2 T TE 2 Using the ChemDraw tools draw a reaction with reactants to the left of the arrow and prod ucts to the right NOTE You can access a drawing menu by right clicking in the structure window This menu allows you to among other things copy and paste structures Expanding the Drawing Window To expand the drawing window 1 Double click the titlebar of the chemical struc ture field The chemical structure field expands 2 Using the ChemDraw tools draw the structure or reaction When you are finished editing double click the frame of the chemical structure field to return it to its original size in the form Enterprise Working with ISIS Draw
476. utton The Collection Tree appears with a new Collection Search and you are prompted to name the search Your search for collections may include the follow ing search fields Query Text Field see Query Text Field on page 608 Chemical Structure Field see Chemical Struc ture Field on page 608 Search Location Field see Search Location Field on page 609 Collection Metadata Properties see Collec tion Metadata Properties on page 609 Property Query and Table Query Fields see Property Query and Table Query Fields on page 609 Chemical Structure Search Substructure searching finds structures that con tain the query and any additional attachments at the open positions Using the ChemDraw toolbar you can attach different features such as atom lists and variable bond types to a query to perform a narrower or broader search The Chemical Structure search will find structures in chemical structure fields and tables in E Note book The results of the search are grouped by structure for easy analysis and organization You can save queries and the results lists to the E Note book Collection Tree Note that you may also search for chemical struc tures with the Section Search and Collection Search These searches allow you to combine the structure search with other search criteria The results of the Section Search and Collection Search 610 SearchingCambridgeSoft
477. ver may need to be updated contact the maker of the driver and obtain the most up to date driver If you still have trouble contact us with the relevant details about the original driver and the resulting problem Try reinstalling the software Before you rein stall uninstall the software and disable all back ground applications including screen savers and virus protection See the complete unin stall instructions on the CambridgeSoft Tech nical Support web page If the problem still occurs use our contact form at http Awww cambridgesoft com ser vices mail and provide the details of the prob lem to Technical Support Appendix I G Accessing the Cambridge Soft Web Site Online Menu Overview The ChemFinder Online menu gives you quick access to the CambridgeSoft web site from within ChemFinder With the Online menu you can e Register your software e Search for compounds by name or ACX num ber and insert the structure in a worksheet e Use ACX numbers or names or structures in the worksheet to search for chemical informa tion e Browse the CambridgeSoft website for techni cal support documentation software updates and more To use the Online menu you must have internet access Online Window Help Find Suppliers on Chem4Cx Comm Find Information on ChemFinder Com Find ACS Numbers From Structure Find Structure from AC Number Find Structure From Mame at ChemAC Com Browse ChemS
478. w Apply Filter Names Starting ith kd chloro ores 2 From the dropdown list select either Names Starting with or Names Containing 3 Enter the text for the filter In this example chloro was entered e 531 4 Click OK to close the Apply Filter window The filtered list of acronyms is displayed Select amp Add Structure Structure Chloroacetaldehyde diethyl acetal Name J Chloroacetaldehyde diethyl acetal Chloroacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal Chloroacetic acid Chloroacetic anhydride Chloroacetonitrile Chloroacetyl chloride Chlorobenzene Chlorodibromomethane Chlorodifluoroacetic acid Chlorodimethylphenylsilane Chlorodimethylsilane Chloroform Chloroform d Chloroiodide Chloroiodomethane Chloromethanesulfonyl chloride Chloromethyl 4 chloropheny sulfide Chloromethy ethyl ether Chloromethy methyl ether Chloromethyl methyl sulfide Chlaramethul nhenul sulfide Removing a Filter To remove a filter 1 Click the Remove Filter button The filter is removed and the entire list of acronyms is displayed Defining a New Acronym with the Reaction Toolbar You can use the reaction toolbar to add new acro nyms to reactants collections in E Notebook To do this 2 In the reaction drawing use the ChemDraw tools to select the structure you wish to define as an acronym 3 Click the down Define button in the reaction toolbar A dialog appears prompting you to
479. ween 06 01 2004 08 00 00 AM 0000 and 06 02 2004 07 59 59 AM 0000 inclusive matches that date wherever it was entered in the world In the Table of Contents only dates appear with no time zone reference The date corresponds to e725 the date in the time zone of the generator of the date Managing Units in Property Lists and Tables You may associate the following types of measure ments with a property in a property list or table The units may then be specified or displayed in the several units shown Note that in all cases the stan dard units are the SI units for the given type which may not be the units commonly entered or dis played Permitted Units Type of Standard Measurement Units kg m3 g ml ug ml mg ml ug l mg l g l kg l kg m3 density length m mass kg g 726 Managing FieldsCambridgeSoft Type of Measurement molality quantity per mass of solvent or substrate molar mass molarity quantity per volume of solu tion moles quantity of substance normality ion equivalents per volume of solution pressure Standard Units mol kg kg mol mol m3 mol mol m3 Pa Permitted Units mol kg mol g mmol kg mmol g umol kg umol g g mol kg mol dalton D kD mol l umolar mmolar molar mmol umol mol N mN uN atm Pa kPa torr bar mbar Type of Measurement temper ature time velocity volume Standard Units
480. when a user duplicates a section e Fixed Section Name Listener prevents the user from renaming the section e New Name Section Listener prompts a user to enter a name for a section when it is created e Required Section Listener prevents the user from deleting the section at any time e Unduplicatable Section Listener prevents certain sections from being copied when a user copies the collection that contains them Form Tools E Notebook provides a number of standard form tools which may be associated with section types to perform certain functions Section Type Form Tools Active Document Import Export Form Tool allows the import and export of MS Word documents and stored document Fields I Enterprise Batch Explorer Form Tool allows a uset to view a tree diagram of the pre decessors and successors of a batch or com pound Character Map Form Tool allows a user to enter Unicode characters into a text field prop erty list or table Import Image Form Tool allows a user import a standard image file as a PDF Insert Export Form Tool to insert and export MS Word documents Insert Reference Form Tool allows a user to reference to a specific collection type in a target property of a property list Load Query Form Tool allows the user to copy the contents of the currently selected query into the query panel to conduct a search Mail Section Form Tool allows a user
481. wing information Reactants Jf Reactants Folder e Plural Name the name applied to multi gA AutoText Definitions A Rendena Folder ple collections of this type 2 Rendering Templates PP Biology Notebook e Icon Name the icon to be associated with ae Secor enen J the collection type in the Collection Tree 3 If you wish you may right click the Configura g tion Folder and select Browse Here so that the Configuration Folder will appear at the top of the Collection Tree If you would like the collection type to be used as an organizational tool for administrators you may select any of the following options Normally these options are not selected for ye Qu A FA new collection types In the default E Note EE pew senn book setup only Folders such as the Collec Everyone A B Users Jp tion Types folder may contain collection types gt Ree te F 5 6 Caled colp To 3 and section types pag ronse Here e Can Contain Collection Types a check A L Browse All 1 Refresh Folder mark indicating whether administrators may HOS New gt add collection types to this collection type aag Import Bl export e Can Contain Section Types a checkbox r l indicating whether administrators may add section types to this collection type 732eManaging Collection TypesCambridgeSoft e Can Contain Collection Type Refer ences a checkbox indicating whether new admin
482. wing searches really mean ment s text Matches Searching For Returns include carbon and carboxylic commit read any words that sound like the word read in a docu ment s text Matches include read and lead Stem chemist The stem operator is used in an advanced text search or query to find documents that contain words similar to the word used in a search When the stem operator is used enter a dollar sign followed by the word on which to perform a search ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookSearching any words with the root commit found in the docu ment s text Matches include commits commit ting committee and committed any wotds with the root chemist found in the docu ment s text Matches include chemist chem istry and chemists in them e 62 622 SearchingCambridgeSoft Chapter 33 F Introducing CombiChem for E Notebook With the introduction of CombiChem it is now possible for you to set up and manage combinato rial chemistry libraries in E Notebook You can set up a generic reaction add reactants and automati cally enumerate the products Features include e Data import export import reactants from an SD file or other chemical database and CombiChem will scan the database for reac tants that match generic components CombiChem also allows you to export enumerated products to an SD file e Select reaction sites when more than one reaction site i
483. within Box X by using the Insert Box Within command The menu options for Box Y mill include Insert Box to the Right and Insert Box to the Left If you inserted Box Z into Box Y the menu options for Box Z would include Insert Box Above and Insert Box Below By default the orientation of the container box is opposite the orientation of the contained box Reconfiguring an Existing Form In some cases you may want to reconfigure a pat ticular form adding new fields removing existing fields or changing the layout of the fields in the form For audit reasons it is not possible to remove a field from a form if that form is in use Adding a Field to an Existing Form 1 Click the section type of interest in the Collection Tree The form for the section type appears in the right frame 2 Right click the frame of the box that is to be adjacent to the new box you are adding The box menu appeats Select a menu option to add a new box to the form In this example we are selecting Insert Box Above to add a box above the Metadata Prop etties box Spectrum Spectrum No Spectrum Specified e Export The new box appears in the form Spectrum ectrum o Spectrum Specified E Iraport Export Untitled Box otes ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookManaging Section Types and FormsManaging Section Types and Forms e 657 4 Right click within the new box and select Set Field from the menu that ap
484. within user groups Back Browse Search Configuration hann Show a E Folder o 60 Up To F H E Search Ty j r Browse Here a Notebook l Browse All l Perry P Fage os P Reactant Import Relationships o hy Test Folde Export H E Section Types Move Up Move Down Export to MS Word Print Delete Rename User Info w Inherits Security Collection Properties Collection Type Configuration The Collection Type Configuration dialog appears w Collection Type User Group Configuration User Group Fl Contained Reference i References te p Search Engines i Collection Listeners 2 To expand the collection type to which you wish to add a contained reference type either double click it or click the plus sign next to it 3 Right click Contained Reference Types A menu appears with the option New Con tained Reference Type 4 Select New Contained Reference Type A dialog box appears listing the collection types in E Notebook and their corresponding Templates 5 Click the collection type you wish to add as a contained reference type and click the Add button 6 The new contained reference type appears in the left pane In the right pane the features of the contained reference type within the parent collection are displayed For example if the contained reference is the child within the par ent collection e New references to children can be ad
485. ws and columns of the table are trans posed Figure 29 1 Before 116 16 g mol 166 219 g mol 3 Norbornane CrH12 36 1702 g mol C12H2406 264 31 g mol Compound ID Indene Benzonaphthene Morbomane 18 crown 6 Molecular Formula CIH8 C13H10 CrH12 C12H2406 Molecular Weight 116 16 g mol 166 219 g mol 96 1702 g mol 264 31 g mol Adding Information to a Table Cell There are a number of ways to add information to a table cell Data may be text numbers dates or e 567 structures Your system configuration determines what type of data it is possible to add to any partic ular cell There are three ways to add information to a cell e Choose a value from the dropdown menu that appears in the cell You will use this option when the cell has a list of possible values asso ciated with it e Enter a value using the keyboard e Draw a Chemical Structure See Working with Structures and Images in Tables on page 568 for more information In some cases your system administrator may have configured E Notebook such that a particular property in the table has one or more qualities such as Read Only See Setting and Editing Values in a Property List on page 557 for details on qualities Certain numerical properties in a table may have units associated with them Working with Structures and Images in Tables Tables may contain chemical structure fields which you can use to manage data ab
486. ws as well The toolbars displayed with an MS Excel field in E Notebook are the toolbars that appear when you open MS Excel spreadsheets For detailed information on this topic see Work ing with MS Excel Spreadsheets on page 550 Send2ENotebook and Send2File You can send a file from another application to E Notebook with Send2ENotebook and have it appear within E Notebook in PDF format The objective of the Send2 feature is to allow the con venient capture or various types of data from other applications into E Notebook system This is typi cally output from either instrument control appli cations or from various scientific analysis software PDF is the format for Send2 feature With the Send2File feature you can also send such a file in PDF format to your network outside the E Notebook so that you can bring it later into the E Notebook whenever you require This is useful for sending files from workstations that do not have the E Notebook application installed To start the Send2ENotebook or Send2File process e 519 1 Open the document you wish to send and expand File or whichever menu option accesses to the Print option it view Insert Format Tools Table Window Help AdobePDF Acrobat Comments Type a question for help i FI 9 amp Ay G1 100 Wired Bi A Ctrl O Ctrl 5 Save s l Save as Web Page SQ File Search Web Page Preview Page Setup H3BO i 200 C Pr
487. wse All Chemical Structure Search Collection Search Folder Reactant Import Export Section Search Collection Type Section Type A new section type appears in the Collection Tree its blank form appears to the right You are prompted to enter a name for the section type 3 Type in a name for the section type 4 Right click the new section type in the Collec tion Tree and select Section Type Configuration from the menu that appears The Section Type Configuration dialog appears This is the dialog through which you add and configure the components that make up the Form e Fields e Form Tools e Section Listeners When you add Fields to the Section Type you must add search fields For information about how to configure the sec tion type see Managing Section Types and Forms Viewing and Editing the Properties of a Search Engine In some cases a search engine may have custom properties associated with it You can view and or edit the properties that are associated with a search engine 5 Right click the search type in the Collection Tree and select Collection Type Configuration from the menu that appears E Text Search iii E UAL ee Notebook E Reactants Fe Ba Experiment iE Test Page H Section Types Bee amp Collection Search bets EA Chemical Structure Search deve E3 Chemical Structure Search Result bas E Section Search Show 60 Up To F Browse Here
488. x Move Box Up Move Box Down Clear Field Set Field Box Properties 2 Select Box Properties The Box Properties dialog appears 3 Change the Sub Box Layout to Vertical 1 e the opposite of the current layout Box Properties 4 Click OK The Box Properties dialog closes The three boxes are now arranged vertically as shown below Analytical Section Type mC ontainer Box 1 ntitled Box e ntitled Box 3 Analyst Untitled Box 2 Managing Export Templates for Section Types Export templates for section types allow users to print E Notebook sections and export sections to Microsoft Word You create export templates with MS Word sections using tags to refer to E Note book fields An export template must be set up for each new section type you create To view the export template 1 Right click the section type in the Collection Tree A menu appears 2 Select Show and then Export Templates JZE Templates an E Section Types Export Template J Ancillary Data ple i Default Contents for New Sections Export Templates Go Up To p Name Container Box 1 Minimum Height I OO W Show Name Minimum width I Show Maw Button Preferred Height W foo o oo Prefered width W 1000 o ooo v aa Maximum Height Maximum width fw 32767 Weight ft 0 Sub Box Layout wf wf wf wf 0 Horizontal Vertical Browse Here If the section type h
489. xtracted with Ethanol x 25 mL Combined the organic layers and wash with SOLYENTS2 NUMBER x OLUM The LAYER was dried DRYING AGENT filt and conc t g Dilute Dilute 2 Workup Wash Backextract Combine and Extr Combine and Wa Dilute Fitter Purification v lt lili lv 4 You may right click the colored text again to modify your selection Certain items in the AutoText list may refer to other data in the section In the example below double clicking Conditions in the AutoText pane automatically fills the Reaction Conditions into the text field The Reaction Conditions are shown in the right side below CO Y AutoT ext arial B Z U xz x _ Name Ratio Volume Dilute 2 Conditions Workup Vash Backextract Combine and Extr Combine and Va Dilute Filter Reaction Conditions Reaction Molarity 10 mol L Pressure Temperature A Reaction Condition 10 mol L 25 atm 120 C ii Inserting Links with Autotext From a text field you can insert links to other sec tions and collections in E Notebook To do this 542 E Notebook FeaturesCambridgeSoft 1 Click the One Link button in the toolbar of the text field A dialog appears prompting you to select a collection or section for the target Select The Collection Section You Want To Link To Back Browse Search 3 CAMSOFT nhowe Spectrum 2 User Configuration Notebook 6986
490. y also contain additional configuration information For example a property list field contains a list of the proper ties that can be included in the property list Form the layout of a section is determined by the Form which contains Fields Boxes and possibly Form Tools Form Tool a Form Tool is used to perform particular function in an E Notebook section such as data analysis or data import export Full Control privilege The privilege required to manage the security settings of a collection The Full Control privilege sub sumes all of the features associated with the Read amp Write privilege History A list of the versions and transitions that have been made to a collection Home The collection that appears when you first log in to E Notebook It is the collection associated with you as a user Logging In Entering E Notebook by pro viding a user name and password Meta data Data that describes other data For example you can use meta data such as creation date or owner s name as parameters when searching for data and information in E Notebook Owner of a Collection the E Notebook usert who created the collection Property List A list of data properties corre sponding to a particular section For example the property list in a reaction section may con tain pressure temperature etc Read privilege The privilege required to view a collection in the collection tree
491. y collection that may be locked by it To access the Session Manager 1 Right click within a blank portion of the Col lection Tree A menu appeats Ea A Oo Back gt P User Configuration B7 Chemistry Notebook 2 Chemistry Notebook ll Offline a0 Home Browse All Refresh User Info Session Manager System Configuration About E Motebook 2 Select Session Manager ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookMiscellaneous Topics Alternatively click Tools from the menu bar at the top in the window and select Session Man w Inherits Security User Conf Fey Chemistry recs 4dd In Configuration The Session Manager appears Session Manager B 30 Sep 05 10 26 25 AM 0530 30 Sep 05 10 57 17 AM 0530 30 Sep 05 10 58 35 AM 0530 30 Sep 05 14 22 21 PM 0530 System Administrata 44 System Administrata 45 46 JCurie gt End Session This dialog shows the Users Session numbers and Start Times for each current session Ending a Session If you wish to end a session 1 Click the session in the list The session is highlighted 2 Click the End Session button e 641 A message appears asking you to confirm that 1 Click Browse you wish to end the session 2 Right click a blank space in the Collection Tree Contirm End Session E i sack GA A re vou sure you want to end session 9 of System Administrator A Jcuri
492. y of it see Printing Sections on page 581 for more information ChemOffice 2006 E NotebookWorking with E Notebook When you rename a Notebook the names of the Pages or Experiments within it will change to match the name of the Notebook Working with Pages and Experiments Pages Experiments in E Notebook may contain several different types of sections for experimental data Creating a Page or Experiment To create a new Page or Experiment collection 1 In the Collection Tree right click the Note book collection to which you would like to add the Page or Experiment A menu appears File Edit View Tools Help Ey Y ack ce Pa i la chemistry t A Jurie Product Table of Conte User Configuration Fy Chemistry Motek 2 E l Name Offline Go Up To t Bhemistry t 9 Folder Browse Here fo Biology Notetoe Refresh Chemistry Notebook Import Chemis Export 2 Select New then Page or Experiment A new Page or Experiment collection appears within the Notebook It is numbered automat ically You may associate several types of sections with the Page Experiment e Reaction Section e MS Word Document Section e Ancillary Data Section e Spectrum Section e Spectra Section e Table Section e MS Excel Spreadsheet Section e MS PowerPoint Section e513 e Captured Image Section Creating a Page or Experiment from a Template To create a new Page or Experiment collection from a template
493. y set Do you want to navigate to section Reaction of Chemistry Experiment Chemistry Notebook I 008 A dialogue appears prompting you to select a No molecule to explore Use the scroll buttons to e Create step Link To Existing Chemistry select a molecule and click OK Experiment creates a link between two existing E Notebook reactions in same differ ent notebooks such that the product of one Select a Molecule reaction is a reactant in the other Both the reaction sections should contain valid reac tions Hence a link is created between two pre a existing pages To do this pa M Br 11 Click the Create Chemistry Experiment As Next Step In link 536e E Notebook FeaturesCambridgeSoft The Batch Explorer window appears and you can right click the molecule to view the options to display predecessors or successors or all steps of the batch Batch Explorer Ss uccessors For This Batch vw d Hide Predecessors For This Batch CSH4BrN All Steps OF This Batch Successors For This Compound Predecessors For This Compound Panning Experiments in Batch Explorer You can use the panning feature to zoom in ona particular portion of the reaction tree For panning an experiment 13 To view the panning window right click within a blank portion of the Batch Explorer window A menu appears Batch Explorer C4HSLi Zibr CSH4BrNZn Flip Save As Bitmap Copy Print Se
494. ypes 5 Click Add The new field appears in the list of fields In order for users to be able to import and export the PDF documents and to import images you must associate the Active Document Form Tool Managing Property Lists and Import Image Form Tool respectively with the field Once you have added a field to the section type you may add it to the form for the section type See Configuring a Form on page 655 for more infor Property Lists are used in forms to record various types of data properties Property lists allow the following data types mation Datatype User perspective Date A user may click the date box and type in a date and i time 3 6 7 8 12 a d4 15 13 20 2H 22 26 2 28 29 30 Tl oe 3 at 5 A Today 371372003 Number A user may enter a number A property may also be configured to have units associated with it Enumerated Value A user may choose a value from the drop down list The values may be from either a preconfigured list or a list that is pulled from an external database Validated Value an external database You may configure property lists so that they are read only or so that they must contain certain val ues before a collection transition is performed Another feature of property lists is the ability for users to add references to them When a user adds a reference to a property he may navigate to the collection or section he has referenced simply by clicking

E-Notebook User`s Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents